<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://hindupedia.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Sachi+Anjunkar</id>
	<title>Hindupedia, the Hindu Encyclopedia - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://hindupedia.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Sachi+Anjunkar"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/en/Special:Contributions/Sachi_Anjunkar"/>
	<updated>2026-04-22T13:41:04Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.39.1</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Colonial_Discourse_and_the_Suffering_of_Indian_American_Children&amp;diff=175426</id>
		<title>Talk:Colonial Discourse and the Suffering of Indian American Children</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Colonial_Discourse_and_the_Suffering_of_Indian_American_Children&amp;diff=175426"/>
		<updated>2026-04-17T14:50:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: /* Book Reviews in Popular Media */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-3-031-57627-0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==University Presentations==&lt;br /&gt;
# Central Sanskrit University, Prayagraj&lt;br /&gt;
# BHU, Varanasi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Recorded Interviews==&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NWs8XYB7aC8&amp;amp;t=3s COHNA talk]&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://youtu.be/OYJ4RDi1H1A?feature=shared Prashant Parikh talk]&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://youtube.com/watch?v=dsM3EA2umIU&amp;amp;si=azxj0Jx7njNMj3t6 PGurus]&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://youtu.be/3KPBoPHCgHc Brihat]&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=I8t5m5SZfzA The Jaipur Dialogues]&lt;br /&gt;
#[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4ac6Fkj9hHk Sanatana is Way Forward for Bharat at The Jaipur Dialogues]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Book Reviews in Popular Media==&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://swarajyamag.com/topic/Colonial%20Discourse%20and%20the%20Suffering%20of%20Indian%20American%20Children Swarajya]&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://www.brhat.in/dhiti/colonialdiscourse Brhat]&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://theprint.in/opinion/mill-macaulay-marx-hinduphobia/2894160/ The Print]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Misc==&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://www.hinduismtoday.com/hpi/2024/05/15/groundbreaking-book-exposes-suffering-of-indian-children-in-american-education-system/ HPI Press Release]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Colonial_Discourse_and_the_Suffering_of_Indian_American_Children&amp;diff=175425</id>
		<title>Talk:Colonial Discourse and the Suffering of Indian American Children</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Colonial_Discourse_and_the_Suffering_of_Indian_American_Children&amp;diff=175425"/>
		<updated>2026-04-17T14:50:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: /* Book Reviews in Popular Media */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-3-031-57627-0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==University Presentations==&lt;br /&gt;
# Central Sanskrit University, Prayagraj&lt;br /&gt;
# BHU, Varanasi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Recorded Interviews==&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NWs8XYB7aC8&amp;amp;t=3s COHNA talk]&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://youtu.be/OYJ4RDi1H1A?feature=shared Prashant Parikh talk]&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://youtube.com/watch?v=dsM3EA2umIU&amp;amp;si=azxj0Jx7njNMj3t6 PGurus]&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://youtu.be/3KPBoPHCgHc Brihat]&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=I8t5m5SZfzA The Jaipur Dialogues]&lt;br /&gt;
#[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4ac6Fkj9hHk Sanatana is Way Forward for Bharat at The Jaipur Dialogues]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Book Reviews in Popular Media==&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://swarajyamag.com/topic/Colonial%20Discourse%20and%20the%20Suffering%20of%20Indian%20American%20Children Swarajya]&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://www.brhat.in/dhiti/colonialdiscourse Brhat]&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://theprint.in/opinion/mill-macaulay-marx-hinduphobia/2894160/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Misc==&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://www.hinduismtoday.com/hpi/2024/05/15/groundbreaking-book-exposes-suffering-of-indian-children-in-american-education-system/ HPI Press Release]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Prayer_for_the_Departed_Yog%C4%AB_and_All_Humanity&amp;diff=175161</id>
		<title>Talk:Commentary on Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad: Prayer for the Departed Yogī and All Humanity</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Prayer_for_the_Departed_Yog%C4%AB_and_All_Humanity&amp;diff=175161"/>
		<updated>2026-01-08T12:10:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: Created page with &amp;quot;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Context&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The final mantra of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad envisions Brahman as the Light of the universe, replete with spiritual treasures, wisdom, and bliss. It is a prayer addressed to the Lord as the Cosmic Fire and Light, the knower of all actions and intentions, beseeching Him to grant mokṣa.  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;अग्ने नय सुपथा राये अस्मान् विश्वानि देव वयुनानि...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Context&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final mantra of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad envisions Brahman as the Light of the universe, replete with spiritual treasures, wisdom, and bliss. It is a prayer addressed to the Lord as the Cosmic Fire and Light, the knower of all actions and intentions, beseeching Him to grant mokṣa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;अग्ने नय सुपथा राये अस्मान् विश्वानि देव वयुनानि विद्वान् ।  &lt;br /&gt;
युयोध्यस्मज्जुहुराणमेनो भूयिष्ठां ते नमउक्तिं विधेम ॥ १८ ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;O Agni, lead us along the auspicious path to spiritual wealth. O Deva, You who know all deeds and intentions, remove from within us all crooked evils completely. To You we offer our salutations again and again.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 18&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This mantra is numbered as verse 16 in the Mādhyandina recension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purport&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the time of death, the yogī is no longer capable of performing elaborate ritual worship due to physical weakness. Nevertheless, his vision expands beyond himself, and he prays for the welfare of all beings. Addressing the Divine as Agni, the Light and Consciousness that pervades the universe and knows all actions, he seeks the removal of evil tendencies from all and the bestowal of the supreme treasure of spiritual wisdom. His prayer is not limited to personal liberation but extends to the liberation of all humanity, asking the Lord to guide everyone upon the path leading to mokṣa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This mantra occurs in several other Vedic contexts, including the Ṛgveda, where the word raye denotes material wealth and Agni refers to the sacrificial fire in the yajña altar. In the context of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad, however, both terms are elevated in meaning. Raye signifies spiritual wealth or liberating wisdom, while Agni represents Brahman itself as the illuminating principle of consciousness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A brief discussion of the differing sequence and wording of the concluding mantras in the Kāṇva and Mādhyandina recensions is necessary here. In the Mādhyandina Yajurveda tradition, the concluding section consists of three mantras, numbered 15 to 17. In this recension, the dying yogī first fixes his mind on Om and prays for liberation in mantra 15. He then prays for the welfare of all beings and for liberation in mantra 16. Finally, in mantra 17, he relinquishes all attachments and merges his identity with the infinite Brahman through meditation on Om. The movement here proceeds from the external world toward the innermost realization, and the only divinity addressed is Brahman, manifested as Agni.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Kāṇva recension, the concluding section consists of four mantras, numbered 15 to 18. Brahman is not named explicitly, although Om is invoked, and various epithets of Sūrya such as Pūṣan and Yama appear, which function as distinct deities in other Vedic contexts. The progression in this recension moves from the yogī’s inner realization outward toward cosmic manifestation, offering a more detailed description of the stages of death and liberation. The fifteenth mantra is a self reflection of the sage, urging concentration upon Brahman without distraction. The sixteenth mantra describes the yogī’s immediate ascent toward Truth after death. The seventeenth mantra corresponds to the stage of life review, in which the dying yogī severs all remaining attachments and aligns himself with Om. The final, eighteenth mantra is a prayer offered at cremation for the welfare of all humanity, urging all beings to orient themselves toward Brahman as the yogī has done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These four mantras of the Kāṇva recension also occur in &#039;&#039;&#039;बृहदारण्यक उपनिषद्&#039;&#039;&#039; 5.15.1 to 5.15.4. In the Mādhyandina Śatapatha Brāhmaṇa 14.8.3, the three concluding mantras of the Mādhyandina version of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad appear verbatim. Together, these traditions present a comprehensive and profound account of the death and final ascent of the jīvanmukta yogī into complete mokṣa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustrations&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The narratives that follow illustrate how enlightened individuals desire the welfare of all beings, without regard to birth, social status, gender, or moral history. Their outlook mirrors the universal prayer of the Ṛṣi expressed in the final mantra of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;King Vipaścit Forsakes Heaven for the Sake of the Fallen&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
King Vipaścit was a just and capable ruler who regarded all his subjects as his own children. He ensured that his kingdom was free from thieves, murderers, and deceivers, and that virtuous people lived without fear or harassment. Through his righteous governance and personal virtue, he accumulated great merit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon his death, King Vipaścit attained heaven as a result of his meritorious actions. However, according to Hindu tradition, kings are also accountable for the misdeeds committed by their subjects, at least to some degree. For this reason, Indra, the ruler of heaven, requested King Vipaścit to accompany him briefly to hell in order to witness the consequences borne by those who had committed grave wrongs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As they traversed hell, the king and Indra heard the anguished cries of beings undergoing severe torments as a result of their past actions. When they were about to depart, a voice called out to King Vipaścit from within a blazing fire. The suffering being said that while alive in the king’s realm, he had experienced nothing but kindness and protection. Though he acknowledged his own wrongdoing, he begged the king not to leave, explaining that the mere presence of the compassionate ruler made his torment slightly more bearable. Another voice echoed from elsewhere, declaring that although the king might not remember him, his presence eased the pain inflicted upon his body.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Deeply moved, King Vipaścit turned to Indra and declared that his residence in heaven was meaningless if he could not alleviate the suffering of his former subjects. He affirmed that compassion and love surpassed all heavenly pleasures and expressed his willingness to remain in hell if his presence could reduce the agony of even a single being.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indra objected, explaining that each being must inevitably experience the results of his or her own actions. Since the residents of hell had committed evil deeds, they were destined to suffer there, whereas King Vipaścit, by virtue of his righteous conduct, deserved to remain in heaven.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The king replied that he had never performed virtuous actions with the intention of attaining heaven. He questioned the value of good karma if it failed to cultivate compassion within the heart. He declared his wish to donate the entire fruit of his good karma to the suffering beings in hell, so that they might be reborn on earth and receive another opportunity to pursue righteous living, or at least experience a reduction in their suffering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indra responded that the act of charity itself constituted additional good karma, which would further entitle the king to prolonged residence in heaven. Undeterred, King Vipaścit declared that he wished to relinquish not only the merit he had accumulated in the past but also any merit he might acquire in the future. He affirmed that he had no desire for heaven at all and sought only the happiness of all beings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At that moment, Bhagavān Viṣṇu appeared before them, seated upon Garuḍa. Addressing the king, He declared that one who is entirely free from desire for the fruits of action, even the attainment of heaven, becomes worthy of mokṣa. He then granted King Vipaścit everlasting liberation, drawing him into His divine presence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result of this divine grace, King Vipaścit attained mokṣa and resided eternally in the company of Bhagavān Viṣṇu. The merit generated by his virtuous deeds was distributed among the suffering beings in hell, thereby shortening their period of torment and enabling their rebirth upon the earth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Rāmānujācārya Risks Hell for the Sake of Others&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Śrī Rāmānujācārya was a great Hindu saint who lived in South India between 1017 and 1137 CE. On one occasion, he learned that a revered teacher named Goṣṭhipūrṇa possessed the knowledge of a powerful sacred mantra, the recitation of which could truly please Bhagavān Viṣṇu and grant liberation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Śrī Rāmānuja approached the teacher with humility and requested instruction in this mantra. Goṣṭhipūrṇa agreed, but only on the strict condition that the mantra must be kept secret and never revealed to others. Śrī Rāmānuja accepted this condition without hesitation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The teacher then initiated him into the sacred Vaiṣṇava mantra &#039;&#039;Om Namo Nārāyaṇāya&#039;&#039;. However, after reflecting deeply, Rāmānuja concluded that a mantra capable of granting liberation should not be withheld from humanity. Ascending to the upper level of the temple at Tirukkoṭṭiyūr in present day Tamil Nadu, he gathered the assembled devotees and proclaimed the mantra openly so that all might benefit from it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Goṣṭhipūrṇa learned of this act, he was greatly angered and reprimanded Rāmānuja for violating his explicit instruction. He warned him that such disobedience would surely result in his condemnation to hell. Rāmānuja responded calmly that if his own descent into hell could secure liberation for countless others, he would willingly accept that fate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These words profoundly moved his teacher. Goṣṭhipūrṇa was brought to tears, embraced Rāmānuja, and declared that his disciple alone had truly grasped the inner meaning and compassionate intent of the sacred mantra.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Compassion in the Lineage of Śrī Rāmānuja&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the spiritual lineage established by Śrī Rāmānuja, another eminent saint named Piḷḷai Lokācārya was born approximately a century later, between 1205 and 1311 CE. Such was his compassion and spiritual attainment that Bhagavān Viṣṇu is said to have blessed him with the assurance that all who associated with him would attain liberation along with him.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Piḷḷai Lokācārya’s compassion extended to all living beings without exception. It is said that he would gently touch even ants with loving awareness and gaze upon plants for long periods, believing that such contact and attention might aid even these forms of life in progressing toward Bhagavān Viṣṇu. His life stands as a testament to the ideal of universal compassion and selfless concern for the spiritual welfare of all beings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Life_Review_and_Remembrance_of_Brahman&amp;diff=175160</id>
		<title>Talk:Commentary on Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad: Life Review and Remembrance of Brahman</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Life_Review_and_Remembrance_of_Brahman&amp;diff=175160"/>
		<updated>2026-01-08T11:57:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: Created page with &amp;quot;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Context&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  This mantra is traditionally recited in the final moments of life to remind the aspirant that the physical body is temporary and perishable, whereas the ātmā is eternal and constitutes one’s true identity.  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;वायुरनिलममृतमथेदं भस्मान्तं शरीरम् ।&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ॐ क्रतो स्मर कृतं स्मर क्रतो स्मर कृतं...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Context&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This mantra is traditionally recited in the final moments of life to remind the aspirant that the physical body is temporary and perishable, whereas the ātmā is eternal and constitutes one’s true identity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;वायुरनिलममृतमथेदं भस्मान्तं शरीरम् ।&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ॐ क्रतो स्मर कृतं स्मर क्रतो स्मर कृतं स्मर ॥ १७ ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;May my vital airs merge into the immortal and all pervading Breath of the Lord. Then may this body end in ashes. O mind, remember Om, remember my past deeds. O mind, remember Om, remember my past deeds.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 17&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The repetition of phrases in this mantra reflects intensity of aspiration, earnestness, and unwavering faith.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Mādhyandina recension, this mantra is numbered as verse 15, and the latter half shows a slight variation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;वायुरनिलममृतमथेदं भस्मान्तं शरीरम् ।  &lt;br /&gt;
ॐ क्रतो स्मर कृतं स्मर क्रतो स्मर कृतं स्मर ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;May my vital airs merge into the immortal and all pervading Breath of the Lord. Then may this body end in ashes. O mind, remember Om, remember your inherent capacity to attain Brahman. O mind, remember Om, remember my deeds.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Mādhyandina Saṃhitā 40.15&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purport&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the yogī approaches the moment of death, he naturally undergoes a process often described as a review of life, wherein past actions, intentions, and the underlying saṃkalpas associated with them arise in awareness. Unlike an ordinary person, the yogī is not disturbed by this process. He is neither bewildered by the rapid physiological changes nor distracted by the discomforts that may accompany dying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instead, his mind remains firmly absorbed in Om, the śabda Brahman, the sonic manifestation of Brahman. This absorption is effortless, for Brahman has been the constant object of contemplation throughout his embodied life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of an ordinary individual, the vital airs, mind, and subtle senses envelop the ātmā and together constitute the subtle body that transmigrates to assume another physical form. In contrast, for the realized yogī, the subtle body itself dissolves. The prāṇas, mind, and subtle faculties disintegrate and merge into the cosmic order, leaving the ātmā completely free and united with Brahman.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mantra, spoken in the first person, thus reflects the inner meditation of the yogī who progresses from the state of jīvanmukta to that of a mukta, one who has attained complete mokṣa and is no longer subject to rebirth. Having lived his entire life as a continuous yajña or kratu offered to the Divine, his cremation becomes the final oblation, wherein the body itself is offered into Brahman.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes on Life Review, Departure of the Jīvātmā, and Final Remembrance&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dying person often experiences hallucinations or unusual phenomena and gradually loses the capacity to hear and see before complete unconsciousness sets in. During this process, memories begin to withdraw from the conscious mind or manas and recede into the subconscious mind or citta. The dying individual may experience this withdrawal as a panoramic life review. In cases of sudden death, such as beheading, this transfer of memories may remain incomplete, due to which the individual, upon rebirth, may retain a stronger recollection of a previous life. In more gradual deaths caused by old age or illness, the life review may unfold over a few minutes or even seconds. This phenomenon is especially reported in situations such as drowning, where death occurs over a brief but perceptible interval.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While this process is unfolding, the impressions or residues known as saṃskāras, generated by the karmas performed during life, become firmly embedded in the mind. The subtle mind, which is distinct from the physical brain, then ceases its independent functioning and merges with the vital energies or prāṇas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This process is described in the scriptural statement that the mind reaches the prāṇas at the time of departure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;When a person departs from here, the mind reaches the prāṇa.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Chāndogya Upaniṣad 6.8.6&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A corresponding teaching is also indicated in the Brahmasūtra.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The mind follows the prāṇa.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Brahmasūtra 4.2.3&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mantra of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad under discussion alludes to this process of life review, with the crucial distinction that in the case of the yogī, the final thoughts are exclusively centered on Brahman, which alone had occupied his awareness throughout his embodied life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, the last thoughts of a dying individual, shaped by his vāsanās, provide an indication of the nature of his subsequent existence. These thoughts determine the channel or nāḍī through which the jīvātmā, enclosed within the subtle body or puryaṣṭaka, exits the heart, as well as the aperture through which it departs from the body.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This process is vividly described in the Upaniṣads.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The front portion of the heart becomes luminous. By that luminosity the jīvātmā departs, whether through the eye, or through the crown of the head, or through other parts of the body. Following that outgoing vital force, all the organs depart. The jīvātmā becomes conscious and departs in the light of that consciousness. Knowledge and action, along with the awareness of past karmic residues, accompany him.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bṛhadāraṇyaka Upaniṣad 4.4.2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the final thoughts that arise in the mind at the moment of death are not random or accidental. They are determined by the dominant orientation of one’s life, including habitual interests, temperament, actions, and depth of spiritual understanding. As explained in traditional teachings, the direction taken by the udāna prāṇa at death is shaped by these concluding thoughts, which in turn generate the conditions and trajectory of rebirth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This principle is poetically expressed by the medieval saint Jñāneśvar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The longings that a person feels while alive, which remain fixed in his heart, arise in the mind at the moment of death.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comparative Perspectives on Death, Final Thought, and Rebirth&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Buddhist tradition also describes the same process of dying and final cognition in greater detail. The Buddha compared the last moments of thought to a herd of cows confined within a barn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;When the barn door is opened, the strongest cow goes out first. If no cow is particularly strong, then the habitual leader goes out first. If no such cow exists, the one nearest to the door goes out first. If none of these conditions apply, all attempt to exit together.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddhist texts further emphasize that death is not an instantaneous event but a gradual process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Dying does not occur at a precise moment in time. It is not a clear cut event but a process. The Tibetan Book of the Dead maps the experiences encountered at the time of death and indicates the signposts leading to different realms. At death, as in dreams, one inhabits a world composed of mental images. These realms are creations of the mind. One whose spirit has cultivated dispassion recognizes these experiences as manifestations of consciousness itself and is able to pass through them with clarity and composure.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Bhagavad Gītā expresses a closely related doctrine regarding the importance of the final thoughts at the time of death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;For whatever object a person thinks of at the final moment, when he leaves the body, that alone does he attain, O son of Kuntī, being constantly absorbed in that thought.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 8.6&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Therefore, at all times remember Me and perform your duty. With mind and understanding absorbed in Me, you shall surely attain Me.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 8.7&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These verses are often popularly interpreted to mean that merely remembering the Divine at the final moment enables even a deeply immoral individual to attain mokṣa. This reading, however, is inconsistent with the traditional understanding of the Gītā. Death is a process rather than an instantaneous event, and the mind undergoes a comprehensive life review in which the dominant tendencies cultivated throughout life surface naturally. It is these deeply ingrained dispositions that manifest as the final thoughts, not an arbitrary or momentary act of will.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indeed, the second verse explicitly emphasizes constant remembrance of the Divine throughout life, not remembrance limited to the final moment. This teaching accounts for situations such as instantaneous death, where habitual remembrance alone determines the final cognition. This interpretation is consistently upheld by the classical commentators, even though popular readings often overlook this nuance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of yogic death is discussed briefly in the eighth chapter of the Bhagavad Gītā and is elaborated further in yogic and tantric texts such as the Dharmaputrikāsaṃhitā.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustrations&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the discussion of the previous mantra, the life of Ramana Maharṣi was cited as an example of a realized sage who used his terminal illness to instruct his disciples on the impermanence of the body and the primacy of the ātmā. In accordance with the teaching of the present mantra of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad, saints transcend identification with the physical body or dehavāsanā by firmly abiding in the awareness of the ātmā alone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ṛṣi Dadhīci, whose attainment of mokṣa was discussed earlier, provides another profound illustration. Having completely overcome attachment to the body, he willingly embraced physical death for the welfare of creation, without hesitation or fear, exemplifying the highest ideal of self transcendence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Saints Who Accepted Death as a Divine Gift&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Swami Ramakrishna Paramahaṃsa (1836–1886 CE) Accepts His Death as a Gift of Mother Kālī&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Swami Ramakrishna Paramahaṃsa was one of the greatest devotees of Mother Kālī. He related to Kālī as his own living mother. He visited Her temples, sang before Her mūrti, spoke to Her, and wept in Her presence with the simplicity and intimacy of a child before his mother.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the later years of his life, Ramakrishna Paramahaṃsa fell gravely ill. Physicians diagnosed him with throat cancer and declared that his life would not last long. His disciples and admirers were deeply distressed. Unable to reconcile the impending death of such a saint, they pleaded with him, saying that since Kālī was his divine mother, he should ask Her to cure his illness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ramakrishna initially refused, stating that he did not wish to ask Mother Kālī for anything. However, under repeated insistence, he finally agreed to pray. The following day, when the disciples eagerly asked whether he had prayed for healing, Ramakrishna replied that he had indeed prayed to Mother Kālī. He then narrated Her response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Why do you ask Me for such a trivial thing. Your body will perish one day in any case. Ask for something of greater value.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ashamed, Ramakrishna said that he then prayed that he might always remain at Her feet and never lose his devotion to Her. When the disciples heard this, they wept. They realized that their Guru would soon leave his body, yet they also felt blessed to witness a saint who valued bhakti to Mother Kālī above his own physical existence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;The Nirvāṇa of Maharṣi Dayānanda Sarasvatī (1824–1883 CE)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Swami Dayānanda Sarasvatī was a great reformer who revived Vedic dharm throughout northern India. He challenged oppressive social practices by demonstrating their incompatibility with Vedic teachings. He travelled tirelessly, urging people to study the Vedas and abandon harmful customs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few months before his death, he was invited by the Maharaja of Jodhpur to preach. The Swami openly criticized the Maharaja for his attachment to a dancer named Nanhijān. Fearing the loss of her livelihood, she bribed a cook to serve poisoned milk to the Swami. That very day, Swami Dayānanda fell seriously ill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite the best medical care arranged by the Maharaja, including relocation to Mount Abu and later to Ajmer under British administration, his condition worsened. His body became covered with painful sores, yet he bore his suffering with remarkable serenity and courage. Whenever asked about his condition, he replied calmly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;I am in the hands of the Lord.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His composure deeply impressed physicians and onlookers alike. Overcome with remorse, the cook eventually confessed and begged forgiveness. Seeing genuine repentance, Swami Dayānanda told him that he had unknowingly caused great harm, as the Swami could have served society many more years. Nevertheless, he forgave the cook, gave him money, and urged him to flee to Nepal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Until the end, Swami Dayānanda continued to instruct his followers, emphasizing that the body is perishable, while the ātmā is eternal. On the day of Dīpāvalī in 1883, he asked that all doors and windows be opened. Lying on his side, he recited the following Vedic mantra.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;वि॒द्यानि॑ देव सवितर् दु॒रितानि॑ परा॒ सुव ।&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;यद् भ॒द्रं तन्न॒ आ सुव ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;O Lord, Creator of the universe, remove all forms of vice and sorrow from us. Grant us that which is ennobling.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Yajurveda Mādhyandina Saṃhitā 30.3&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After reciting this mantra, Swami Dayānanda peacefully gave up his body.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among those present was Gurudatta Vidyārthī, a young man influenced by Western education and inclined toward agnosticism. Witnessing the Swami’s serene death, the bliss on his face despite intense suffering, and his unwavering commitment to Vedic truth until the final moment, Gurudatta was profoundly transformed. He dedicated his life to the study of the Vedas and later emerged as a prominent leader of the Ārya Samāj, the movement founded by Swami Dayānanda Sarasvatī.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Yogī Devrāhā Bābā Leaves the Body Voluntarily&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In more recent times, the life and passing of Yogī Devrāhā Bābā is frequently cited as an illustration of conscious and voluntary departure from the physical body. On 19 June 1990, Devrāhā Bābā is said to have decided consciously to leave his body. He seated himself in deep meditation, surrounded by his disciples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period of meditation, his disciples observed a striking physical phenomenon. The lower parts of his body gradually became pale and cold, while the upper portion of his body appeared red and intensely warm, resembling a high fever. This gradual physiological change was interpreted by those present as a deliberate withdrawal of vital energies from the lower regions of the body toward the head.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shortly after his passing, one of his disciples placed the sage’s head in his lap. At that moment, the skull of Devrāhā Bābā is said to have cracked spontaneously, splashing blood upon the disciple. This event was traditionally interpreted as a sign that the ātmā had exited the body through the brahmarandhra, the tenth aperture located at the crown of the head. According to yogic doctrine, departure through this aperture signifies complete liberation or mokṣa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is also widely believed that Devrāhā Bābā had lived for several centuries. Even in the decades preceding his death, many individuals claimed personal encounters with him in the early twentieth century, during which time he already appeared extremely aged. Photographic records from those decades similarly depict him as an elderly ascetic. These accounts have contributed to the widespread belief that the sage’s lifespan extended far beyond that of an ordinary human being.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Mok%E1%B9%A3a_of_a_Yog%C4%AB_at_His_Physical_Death&amp;diff=175159</id>
		<title>Talk:Commentary on Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad: Mokṣa of a Yogī at His Physical Death</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Mok%E1%B9%A3a_of_a_Yog%C4%AB_at_His_Physical_Death&amp;diff=175159"/>
		<updated>2026-01-08T08:54:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mokṣa of a Yogī at His Physical Death (Mantras 15–16)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The textual order and wording of the concluding mantras of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad differ between the Kāṇva and Mādhyandina Śākhās. According to the Sarvānukramaṇī of the Śukla Yajurveda, belonging to the Mādhyandina Śākhā and traditionally attributed to Muni Kātyāyana, the final three mantras describe the last moments of a Yogī who attains mokṣa at the time of the physical body&#039;s dissolution. By analogy and in accordance with classical commentaries, the same interpretation applies to the final four mantras of the Kāṇva recension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These mantras describe the stages of death as experienced by a spiritually enlightened Yogī. In contrast to the ordinary person, whose death leads to rebirth, the Yogī undergoes his final death and merges into Brahman, which is of the nature of light, truth, and bliss.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mantra 15==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;**हिरण्मयेन पात्रेण सत्यस्यापिहितं मुखम् ।&lt;br /&gt;
तत्त्वं पूषन्नपावृणु सत्यधर्माय दृष्टये ॥ १५ ॥**&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The face of Truth is covered by a golden vessel. O Pūṣan, remove that covering, so that I, devoted to Truth, may behold it.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 15&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mantra 16==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;**पूषन्नेकर्षे यम सूर्य प्राजापत्य व्यूह रश्मीन् समूह तेजः ।&lt;br /&gt;
यत्ते रूपं कल्याणतमं तत्ते पश्यामि योऽसावसौ पुरुषः सोऽहमस्मि ॥ १६ ॥**&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;O Pūṣan, the sole Seer, Yama, Sun, offspring of Prajāpati, withdraw your rays and gather your brilliance, so that I may behold your most auspicious form. That Puruṣa who dwells there, I indeed am He.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 16&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mādhyandina Recension==&lt;br /&gt;
In the Mādhyandina Śākhā, the final mantra combines the first half of Mantra 15 with the concluding quarter of Mantra 16 from the Kāṇva recension. The remaining portions do not appear in this version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;**हिरण्मयेन पात्रेण सत्यस्यापिहितं मुखम् ।&lt;br /&gt;
योऽसावादित्ये पुरुषः सोऽसावहम् । ओम् खं ब्रह्म ॥**&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The face of Truth is covered by a golden disc. That Puruṣa who abides in the Sun, that indeed am I. Oṃ. All-pervading space, the Supreme Brahman.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad Mādhyandina Saṃhitā 17&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Purport==&lt;br /&gt;
The ordinary human being remains bound by the splendour and attractions of the material world. Its brightness and diversity distract the mind away from Brahman and conceal the face of ultimate Truth. These worldly objects and their enjoyments are not truly real, for they are finite, perishable, and inevitably mixed with sorrow. For such a person, the radiance of the world acts as a veil over Truth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Yogī, however, is steadfastly devoted to Brahman alone. Even at the moment of death, he is neither bewildered nor fearful. His awareness remains fixed upon his final goal. He meditates upon the Supreme as his sole nourisher, guide, and controller. He prays that the brilliance of the solar realm may withdraw, allowing his ātmā to pass beyond it and reach the Puruṣa who transcends even the luminous sphere of the Sun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many Upaniṣads affirm that one who perceives himself as separate from Brahman does not attain mokṣa. Liberation belongs only to one who dissolves all sense of separateness and fully identifies with Brahman. For this reason, the enlightened Yogī declares, not as a verbal assertion but as immediate realization, that he is that very Puruṣa who abides within the Sun. Through this complete identity with Brahman, the Yogī attains mokṣa and enters eternal light and bliss.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The expression &#039;&#039;सोऽहम्&#039;&#039; is traditionally known as the Haṃsa Mantra, the mantra of the white swan, in Vedic and Yogic literature. It is strongly recommended for regular contemplation and recitation in order to reinforce the experiential identity of the individual self with Brahman. When &#039;&#039;सोऽहम्&#039;&#039; is repeated continuously as &#039;&#039;सोऽहम् सोऽहम् सोऽहम्&#039;&#039;, it naturally sounds like **हंसो हंसो हंसो**, which explains the appellation Haṃsa Mantra. The white swan symbolizes the Ātmā, purity, and the faculty of discernment by which the eternal is separated from the non-eternal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Mādhyandina recension of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad, the final three mantras are addressed to Agni, whereas in the Kāṇva recension, Mantras 15 and 16 are addressed to Pūṣan and the concluding mantras to Agni. Both Agni and Pūṣan function as guides on the path to mokṣa. Even in the case of an ordinary individual, prayers are offered to Agni at the time of cremation, requesting the Deva to guide the departing Jīvātmā towards a favourable future state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the Jīvātmā departs from the physical body at death, it may follow different pathways depending upon its karm, desires, and degree of spiritual realization. The Bhagavad Gītā classifies these trajectories into two principal paths.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Fire, light, day, the bright fortnight, the six months of the northern course of the sun; departing then, the yogī who knows Brahman attains Brahman.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 8.24&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Smoke, night, the dark fortnight, the six months of the southern course of the sun; departing then, the yogī reaches the lunar light and returns again.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 8.25&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;These two paths, the bright and the dark, are considered eternal in this world. By the former one does not return, by the latter one returns again.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 8.26&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the concluding mantras of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad, the Yogī is described as following the first of these two paths, the path of light, which leads to mokṣa, whereas the second path culminates in rebirth. This explains the recurring imagery of light, the sun, and guidance by luminous deities in these verses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 15 and the central portion of Mantra 17 of the Mādhyandina recension are cited in the Maitrāyaṇīya Upaniṣad 6.36 with a slight variation. The broader context of that passage further clarifies the intent of these mantras, namely the final ascent of the enlightened Yogī along the luminous path culminating in union with Brahman.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Selected Vedic and Upaniṣadic Passages with Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Devanāgarī Text&lt;br /&gt;
! English Translation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नमोऽग्नये पृथिव्यां यजमानाय धेहि ते लोकममृते लोकमस्मै&lt;br /&gt;
| Adoration to Agni who dwells in the earth, who remembers the world. Bestow the world on this worshipper.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नमो वायवेऽन्तरिक्षे यजमानाय धेहि ते लोकममृते लोकमस्मै&lt;br /&gt;
| Adoration to Vāyu who dwells in the atmosphere, who remembers the world. Bestow the world on this worshipper.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नमो आदित्याय दिव यजमानाय धेहि ते लोकममृते लोकमस्मै&lt;br /&gt;
| Adoration to Āditya who dwells in the heaven, who remembers the world. Bestow the world on this worshipper.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नमो ब्रह्मणे सर्वत्र यजमानाय धेहि ते सर्वममृते सर्वमस्मै&lt;br /&gt;
| Adoration to Brahmā, who dwells in all, who remembers all. Bestow all on this worshipper.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| हिरण्मयेन पात्रेण सत्यस्यापिहितं मुखम्&lt;br /&gt;
| The face of truth is covered with a golden container or covering.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| तत्त्वं पूषन्नपावृणु सत्यधर्माय विष्णवे&lt;br /&gt;
| O Pūṣhan, remove the covering, so that we may reach the eternal real, the all pervading.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| योऽसावादित्ये पुरुषः सोऽसावहम्&lt;br /&gt;
| The Puruṣa who abides within the Sun up there, that being indeed I am.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| एष ह वै सत्यधर्म यदादित्यस्य आदित्यत्वम्&lt;br /&gt;
| Indeed, that which is the sunhood of the Sun is the eternal real.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| तच्छुक्लं पुरुषमलिङ्गम्&lt;br /&gt;
| That is the bright one, the personal, without any distinguishing mark.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नभसोऽन्तर्गतस्य तेजसोऽंशमात्रम् एतदादित्यस्य मध्ये इव चक्षुषि चाग्नौ&lt;br /&gt;
| Of the bright power that pervades the sky, it is only a portion which is, as it were, in the midst of the Sun, the eye, and fire.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| एतद् ब्रह्म एतद् अमृतम् एतत् तेजः&lt;br /&gt;
| That is Brahman, that is the immortal, that is splendor.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नभसोऽन्तर्गतस्य तेजसोऽंशमात्रम् एतदादित्यस्य मध्ये अमृतं यस्य हि सोमः प्राणा वा अन्यकं च&lt;br /&gt;
| Of the bright power that pervades the sky, it is only a portion which is the nectar in the midst of the Sun, of which the Moon and living beings are offshoots.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| एतद् ब्रह्म एतद् अमृतम् एतत् सत्यधर्म&lt;br /&gt;
| That is Brahman, that is immortal, that is the eternal real.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नभसोऽन्तर्गतस्य तेजसोऽंशमात्रम् एतदादित्यस्य मध्ये यजुः ॐ आपो ज्योति रसोऽमृतं ब्रह्म भूर्भुवः स्वरोम्&lt;br /&gt;
| Of the bright power that pervades the sky, it is only a portion which shines as the Yajurveda in the midst of the Sun that is Om, water, light, essence, immortal, Brahman, bhūr, bhuvas, svar, Om.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| अष्टपादं शुचिं हंसं त्रिसूत्रं सूक्ष्ममनुययम्&lt;br /&gt;
| The eight footed, the pure, the swan, three stringed, minute, imperishable.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| द्विधाभेदं तेजसे धं सर्वं पश्यन् पश्यति&lt;br /&gt;
| Blind to the two attributes, kindled in light, he who sees Him sees all.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नभसोऽन्तर्गतस्य तेजसोऽंशमात्रम् एतदादित्यस्य मध्ये उदिता द्वे मयूखे भवतः&lt;br /&gt;
| Of the bright power that pervades the sky, it is only a portion which, rising in the midst of the Sun, becomes the two light rays.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| एतत् सविता सत्यधर्म एतद् यजुः एतदग्निः एतद्वायुः एतत् प्राणः एतदापः एतच्चन्द्रमा एतच्छुक्लम् एतद् अमृतम् एतद् विष्णोः पदम् एतन्नारायणम् तस्मिन्नेव&lt;br /&gt;
| That is the knower, the eternal real. That is the Yajus, that is heat, that is fire, that is wind, that is breath, that is water, that is the Moon, that is the bright, that is the immortal, that is the place of Brahman. That is the ocean of light. In it indeed,&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| यजमानः सैन्धव इव लीयते&lt;br /&gt;
| The worshippers get dissolved like a lump of salt.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| एषा वै एकता हि सर्वकामाः समाहिताः&lt;br /&gt;
| It is oneness with Brahman, for in it all desires are contained.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| इत्योदाहरन्ति&lt;br /&gt;
| On this point they quote.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| अशंधु धारय इवाणुवाते रतः संफुर्यसावन्तर्गः सुराणाम्&lt;br /&gt;
| Even as a lamp is moved by a gentle breeze, he who dwells within the Devas shines forth.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| यो हैवं विद् स सवित् स एतवित् सैकधाम एतः य आत्मकः&lt;br /&gt;
| He who knows this is the knower. Having grasped the oneness, he becomes identified with it.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ये विद्वांस इवायुरुचर्यज्मन् विद्युतोऽर्चिषः परमे व्योमन्&lt;br /&gt;
| They rise perpetually like spray drops, like lightning flashes in the highest sky.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| तेऽऋषयो वै यशसा आत्मवासो जटाभिः पथ इव कृण्वन्ति मनः&lt;br /&gt;
| They, entering the light of glory, appear like crests of flame along the path of fire.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| Maitrāyaṇiya Upaniṣhad 6.36&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Brahman as the Infinite Source of Creation in the Upaniṣads&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This lengthy Upaniṣadic passage declares that only a portion of Brahman’s splendor illumines the sun, the moon, and other luminaries, and that upon attaining mokṣa the individual merges into Brahman, which is the ultimate source of the entire creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, &#039;&#039;&#039;बृहदारण्यक उपनिषद्&#039;&#039;&#039; 5.1.1 explains the sacred utterance &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;ॐ खं&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; in the following words.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ॐ पूर्णमदः पूर्णमिदं पूर्णात् पूर्णमुदच्यते ।&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;पूर्णस्य पूर्णमादाय पूर्णमेवावशिष्यते ।&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ॐ खं ब्रह्म खं पुराणं वायुरं खमिति ह&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;मा आह कौरव्यायणिपुत्रः । वेदोऽयं ब्रह्मविदां&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;वेदितव्यं यदिदं सर्वम् ॥ १॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Om. That Brahman is infinite. This universe too is infinite. The infinite universe arises from the infinite Brahman. Even after the infinite universe is taken from the infinite Brahman, Brahman remains infinite and complete.  &lt;br /&gt;
Om is Brahman which is space, the primeval space, the space in which the wind moves. Thus indeed spoke the son of Kauravyāyanī. This is the Veda of the knowers of Brahman. Through it one knows all that is to be known.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bṛhadāraṇyaka Upaniṣad 5.1.1&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This passage proclaims Brahman to be infinite and eternal, using the analogy of boundless and formless space in which equally formless wind moves. In the same manner, Brahman is formless, all pervading, and contains everything within Itself. Brahman alone is the final goal of the yogī and the only reality that truly needs to be known.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, &#039;&#039;&#039;बृहदारण्यक उपनिषद्&#039;&#039;&#039; 5.5.2 reiterates that the Puruṣa dwelling in the sun, which is Brahman, is identical with the Puruṣa dwelling in the right eye, which is the jīvātmā. This teaching is presented as part of a meditative instruction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;तस्य यमसौ स आदित्यः । य एष एतस्मिन् मण्डले पुरुषो यश्चायं दक्षिणेऽक्षन् पुरुषः । तावेतावन्योऽन्यस्मिन् प्रतिष्ठितौ रश्मिभिरेषोऽस्मिन् प्रतिष्ठितः प्राणैरयममुष्मिन् । स यदोऽस्मिन् शरीरात् प्रैति शुक्लमेवैतन्मण्डलं पश्यति नैनमेते रश्मयः यान्ति ॥ २॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;He who is that Satya is that sun. The Puruṣa who is in that solar orb and the Puruṣa who is in the right eye are established in one another. This solar being rests in the ocular being through his rays, and the ocular being rests in the solar being through the organs. When the jīvātmā is about to depart from the body, it sees the solar orb as devoid of its rays. Those rays no longer reach it.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bṛhadāraṇyaka Upaniṣad 5.5.2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the time of departure, the yogī who has constantly practiced this and similar meditations finds it easy to dissolve his individuality into Brahman. This realization corresponds to the declaration of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad, “That very Puruṣa dwelling up there, I am He.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Ramana Maharṣi and Final Merging with the Infinite&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In more contemporary times, a striking illustration of this Upaniṣadic teaching is found in the life of Ramana Maharṣi, who attained mokṣa through direct realization of the Self.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ramana Maharṣi’s health began to decline in 1947. When physicians advised amputation of his arm above a cancerous tumor, the sage responded calmly and with a gentle smile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;There is no need for alarm. The body is itself a disease. Let it have its natural end. Why mutilate it? A simple dressing on the affected part will do.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two further operations were nevertheless undertaken, but the tumor reappeared. Indigenous systems of medicine and homeopathy were also tried, yet the disease did not yield to treatment. Throughout this period, the sage remained supremely indifferent to bodily suffering. He sat as a witness, observing the gradual wasting of the body. His eyes shone with undiminished brilliance, and his grace flowed toward all beings. Ramana insisted that the crowds who arrived in great numbers be permitted to have his darśana.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many devotees fervently wished that the sage would heal his body through supernormal powers. Out of compassion for those distressed by his physical decline, Ramana gently reminded them of the essential truth that Bhagavān was not the body.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;They take the body for Bhagavān and attribute suffering to him. What a pity. They are despondent that Bhagavān is going to leave them and go away. But where can he go, and how.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The end came on April 14, 1950. That evening, Ramana Maharṣi gave darśana to all the devotees assembled at the āśrama. The devotees began singing Ramana’s hymn to Arunācala, the sacred mountain he deeply revered. He asked his attendants to help him sit upright and opened his luminous and compassionate eyes for a brief moment. A gentle smile appeared, and a tear of bliss flowed from the corner of one eye. At 8:47 PM, his breathing ceased.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At that very moment, a comet was seen moving slowly across the sky. It passed over the summit of the sacred hill Arunācala and disappeared behind it, symbolically marking the sage’s final merging with the Infinite.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Mok%E1%B9%A3a_of_a_Yog%C4%AB_at_His_Physical_Death&amp;diff=175158</id>
		<title>Talk:Commentary on Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad: Mokṣa of a Yogī at His Physical Death</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Mok%E1%B9%A3a_of_a_Yog%C4%AB_at_His_Physical_Death&amp;diff=175158"/>
		<updated>2026-01-08T08:50:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mokṣa of a Yogī at His Physical Death (Mantras 15–16)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The textual order and wording of the concluding mantras of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad differ between the Kāṇva and Mādhyandina Śākhās. According to the Sarvānukramaṇī of the Śukla Yajurveda, belonging to the Mādhyandina Śākhā and traditionally attributed to Muni Kātyāyana, the final three mantras describe the last moments of a Yogī who attains mokṣa at the time of the physical body&#039;s dissolution. By analogy and in accordance with classical commentaries, the same interpretation applies to the final four mantras of the Kāṇva recension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These mantras describe the stages of death as experienced by a spiritually enlightened Yogī. In contrast to the ordinary person, whose death leads to rebirth, the Yogī undergoes his final death and merges into Brahman, which is of the nature of light, truth, and bliss.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mantra 15==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;**हिरण्मयेन पात्रेण सत्यस्यापिहितं मुखम् ।&lt;br /&gt;
तत्त्वं पूषन्नपावृणु सत्यधर्माय दृष्टये ॥ १५ ॥**&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The face of Truth is covered by a golden vessel. O Pūṣan, remove that covering, so that I, devoted to Truth, may behold it.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 15&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mantra 16==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;**पूषन्नेकर्षे यम सूर्य प्राजापत्य व्यूह रश्मीन् समूह तेजः ।&lt;br /&gt;
यत्ते रूपं कल्याणतमं तत्ते पश्यामि योऽसावसौ पुरुषः सोऽहमस्मि ॥ १६ ॥**&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;O Pūṣan, the sole Seer, Yama, Sun, offspring of Prajāpati, withdraw your rays and gather your brilliance, so that I may behold your most auspicious form. That Puruṣa who dwells there, I indeed am He.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 16&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mādhyandina Recension==&lt;br /&gt;
In the Mādhyandina Śākhā, the final mantra combines the first half of Mantra 15 with the concluding quarter of Mantra 16 from the Kāṇva recension. The remaining portions do not appear in this version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;**हिरण्मयेन पात्रेण सत्यस्यापिहितं मुखम् ।&lt;br /&gt;
योऽसावादित्ये पुरुषः सोऽसावहम् । ओम् खं ब्रह्म ॥**&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The face of Truth is covered by a golden disc. That Puruṣa who abides in the Sun, that indeed am I. Oṃ. All-pervading space, the Supreme Brahman.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad Mādhyandina Saṃhitā 17&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Purport==&lt;br /&gt;
The ordinary human being remains bound by the splendour and attractions of the material world. Its brightness and diversity distract the mind away from Brahman and conceal the face of ultimate Truth. These worldly objects and their enjoyments are not truly real, for they are finite, perishable, and inevitably mixed with sorrow. For such a person, the radiance of the world acts as a veil over Truth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Yogī, however, is steadfastly devoted to Brahman alone. Even at the moment of death, he is neither bewildered nor fearful. His awareness remains fixed upon his final goal. He meditates upon the Supreme as his sole nourisher, guide, and controller. He prays that the brilliance of the solar realm may withdraw, allowing his ātmā to pass beyond it and reach the Puruṣa who transcends even the luminous sphere of the Sun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many Upaniṣads affirm that one who perceives himself as separate from Brahman does not attain mokṣa. Liberation belongs only to one who dissolves all sense of separateness and fully identifies with Brahman. For this reason, the enlightened Yogī declares, not as a verbal assertion but as immediate realization, that he is that very Puruṣa who abides within the Sun. Through this complete identity with Brahman, the Yogī attains mokṣa and enters eternal light and bliss.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The expression &#039;&#039;सोऽहम्&#039;&#039; is traditionally known as the Haṃsa Mantra, the mantra of the white swan, in Vedic and Yogic literature. It is strongly recommended for regular contemplation and recitation in order to reinforce the experiential identity of the individual self with Brahman. When &#039;&#039;सोऽहम्&#039;&#039; is repeated continuously as &#039;&#039;सोऽहम् सोऽहम् सोऽहम्&#039;&#039;, it naturally sounds like **हंसो हंसो हंसो**, which explains the appellation Haṃsa Mantra. The white swan symbolizes the Ātmā, purity, and the faculty of discernment by which the eternal is separated from the non-eternal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Mādhyandina recension of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad, the final three mantras are addressed to Agni, whereas in the Kāṇva recension, Mantras 15 and 16 are addressed to Pūṣan and the concluding mantras to Agni. Both Agni and Pūṣan function as guides on the path to mokṣa. Even in the case of an ordinary individual, prayers are offered to Agni at the time of cremation, requesting the Deva to guide the departing Jīvātmā towards a favourable future state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the Jīvātmā departs from the physical body at death, it may follow different pathways depending upon its karm, desires, and degree of spiritual realization. The Bhagavad Gītā classifies these trajectories into two principal paths.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Fire, light, day, the bright fortnight, the six months of the northern course of the sun; departing then, the yogī who knows Brahman attains Brahman.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 8.24&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Smoke, night, the dark fortnight, the six months of the southern course of the sun; departing then, the yogī reaches the lunar light and returns again.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 8.25&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;These two paths, the bright and the dark, are considered eternal in this world. By the former one does not return, by the latter one returns again.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 8.26&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the concluding mantras of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad, the Yogī is described as following the first of these two paths, the path of light, which leads to mokṣa, whereas the second path culminates in rebirth. This explains the recurring imagery of light, the sun, and guidance by luminous deities in these verses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 15 and the central portion of Mantra 17 of the Mādhyandina recension are cited in the Maitrāyaṇīya Upaniṣad 6.36 with a slight variation. The broader context of that passage further clarifies the intent of these mantras, namely the final ascent of the enlightened Yogī along the luminous path culminating in union with Brahman.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Selected Vedic and Upaniṣadic Passages with Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Devanāgarī Text&lt;br /&gt;
! English Translation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नमोऽग्नये पृथिव्यां यजमानाय धेहि ते लोकममृते लोकमस्मै&lt;br /&gt;
| Adoration to Agni who dwells in the earth, who remembers the world. Bestow the world on this worshipper.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नमो वायवेऽन्तरिक्षे यजमानाय धेहि ते लोकममृते लोकमस्मै&lt;br /&gt;
| Adoration to Vāyu who dwells in the atmosphere, who remembers the world. Bestow the world on this worshipper.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नमो आदित्याय दिव यजमानाय धेहि ते लोकममृते लोकमस्मै&lt;br /&gt;
| Adoration to Āditya who dwells in the heaven, who remembers the world. Bestow the world on this worshipper.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नमो ब्रह्मणे सर्वत्र यजमानाय धेहि ते सर्वममृते सर्वमस्मै&lt;br /&gt;
| Adoration to Brahmā, who dwells in all, who remembers all. Bestow all on this worshipper.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| हिरण्मयेन पात्रेण सत्यस्यापिहितं मुखम्&lt;br /&gt;
| The face of truth is covered with a golden container or covering.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| तत्त्वं पूषन्नपावृणु सत्यधर्माय विष्णवे&lt;br /&gt;
| O Pūṣhan, remove the covering, so that we may reach the eternal real, the all pervading.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| योऽसावादित्ये पुरुषः सोऽसावहम्&lt;br /&gt;
| The Puruṣa who abides within the Sun up there, that being indeed I am.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| एष ह वै सत्यधर्म यदादित्यस्य आदित्यत्वम्&lt;br /&gt;
| Indeed, that which is the sunhood of the Sun is the eternal real.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| तच्छुक्लं पुरुषमलिङ्गम्&lt;br /&gt;
| That is the bright one, the personal, without any distinguishing mark.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नभसोऽन्तर्गतस्य तेजसोऽंशमात्रम् एतदादित्यस्य मध्ये इव चक्षुषि चाग्नौ&lt;br /&gt;
| Of the bright power that pervades the sky, it is only a portion which is, as it were, in the midst of the Sun, the eye, and fire.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| एतद् ब्रह्म एतद् अमृतम् एतत् तेजः&lt;br /&gt;
| That is Brahman, that is the immortal, that is splendor.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नभसोऽन्तर्गतस्य तेजसोऽंशमात्रम् एतदादित्यस्य मध्ये अमृतं यस्य हि सोमः प्राणा वा अन्यकं च&lt;br /&gt;
| Of the bright power that pervades the sky, it is only a portion which is the nectar in the midst of the Sun, of which the Moon and living beings are offshoots.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| एतद् ब्रह्म एतद् अमृतम् एतत् सत्यधर्म&lt;br /&gt;
| That is Brahman, that is immortal, that is the eternal real.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नभसोऽन्तर्गतस्य तेजसोऽंशमात्रम् एतदादित्यस्य मध्ये यजुः ॐ आपो ज्योति रसोऽमृतं ब्रह्म भूर्भुवः स्वरोम्&lt;br /&gt;
| Of the bright power that pervades the sky, it is only a portion which shines as the Yajurveda in the midst of the Sun that is Om, water, light, essence, immortal, Brahman, bhūr, bhuvas, svar, Om.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| अष्टपादं शुचिं हंसं त्रिसूत्रं सूक्ष्ममनुययम्&lt;br /&gt;
| The eight footed, the pure, the swan, three stringed, minute, imperishable.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| द्विधाभेदं तेजसे धं सर्वं पश्यन् पश्यति&lt;br /&gt;
| Blind to the two attributes, kindled in light, he who sees Him sees all.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नभसोऽन्तर्गतस्य तेजसोऽंशमात्रम् एतदादित्यस्य मध्ये उदिता द्वे मयूखे भवतः&lt;br /&gt;
| Of the bright power that pervades the sky, it is only a portion which, rising in the midst of the Sun, becomes the two light rays.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| एतत् सविता सत्यधर्म एतद् यजुः एतदग्निः एतद्वायुः एतत् प्राणः एतदापः एतच्चन्द्रमा एतच्छुक्लम् एतद् अमृतम् एतद् विष्णोः पदम् एतन्नारायणम् तस्मिन्नेव&lt;br /&gt;
| That is the knower, the eternal real. That is the Yajus, that is heat, that is fire, that is wind, that is breath, that is water, that is the Moon, that is the bright, that is the immortal, that is the place of Brahman. That is the ocean of light. In it indeed,&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| यजमानः सैन्धव इव लीयते&lt;br /&gt;
| The worshippers get dissolved like a lump of salt.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| एषा वै एकता हि सर्वकामाः समाहिताः&lt;br /&gt;
| It is oneness with Brahman, for in it all desires are contained.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| इत्योदाहरन्ति&lt;br /&gt;
| On this point they quote.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| अशंधु धारय इवाणुवाते रतः संफुर्यसावन्तर्गः सुराणाम्&lt;br /&gt;
| Even as a lamp is moved by a gentle breeze, he who dwells within the Devas shines forth.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| यो हैवं विद् स सवित् स एतवित् सैकधाम एतः य आत्मकः&lt;br /&gt;
| He who knows this is the knower. Having grasped the oneness, he becomes identified with it.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ये विद्वांस इवायुरुचर्यज्मन् विद्युतोऽर्चिषः परमे व्योमन्&lt;br /&gt;
| They rise perpetually like spray drops, like lightning flashes in the highest sky.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| तेऽऋषयो वै यशसा आत्मवासो जटाभिः पथ इव कृण्वन्ति मनः&lt;br /&gt;
| They, entering the light of glory, appear like crests of flame along the path of fire.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| Maitrāyaṇiya Upaniṣhad 6.36&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Brahman as the Infinite Source of Creation in the Upaniṣads&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This lengthy Upaniṣadic passage declares that only a portion of Brahman’s splendor illumines the sun, the moon, and other luminaries, and that upon attaining mokṣa the individual merges into Brahman, which is the ultimate source of the entire creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, &#039;&#039;&#039;बृहदारण्यक उपनिषद्&#039;&#039;&#039; 5.1.1 explains the sacred utterance **&#039;&#039;&#039;ॐ खं&#039;&#039;&#039;** in the following words.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ॐ पूर्णमदः पूर्णमिदं पूर्णात् पूर्णमुदच्यते ।  &lt;br /&gt;
पूर्णस्य पूर्णमादाय पूर्णमेवावशिष्यते ।  &lt;br /&gt;
ॐ खं ब्रह्म खं पुराणं वायुरं खमिति ह  &lt;br /&gt;
मा आह कौरव्यायणिपुत्रः । वेदोऽयं ब्रह्मविदां  &lt;br /&gt;
वेदितव्यं यदिदं सर्वम् ॥ १॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Om. That Brahman is infinite. This universe too is infinite. The infinite universe arises from the infinite Brahman. Even after the infinite universe is taken from the infinite Brahman, Brahman remains infinite and complete.  &lt;br /&gt;
Om is Brahman which is space, the primeval space, the space in which the wind moves. Thus indeed spoke the son of Kauravyāyanī. This is the Veda of the knowers of Brahman. Through it one knows all that is to be known.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bṛhadāraṇyaka Upaniṣad 5.1.1&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This passage proclaims Brahman to be infinite and eternal, using the analogy of boundless and formless space in which equally formless wind moves. In the same manner, Brahman is formless, all pervading, and contains everything within Itself. Brahman alone is the final goal of the yogī and the only reality that truly needs to be known.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, &#039;&#039;&#039;बृहदारण्यक उपनिषद्&#039;&#039;&#039; 5.5.2 reiterates that the Puruṣa dwelling in the sun, which is Brahman, is identical with the Puruṣa dwelling in the right eye, which is the jīvātmā. This teaching is presented as part of a meditative instruction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;तस्य यमसौ स आदित्यः । य एष एतस्मिन् मण्डले पुरुषो यश्चायं दक्षिणेऽक्षन् पुरुषः । तावेतावन्योऽन्यस्मिन् प्रतिष्ठितौ रश्मिभिरेषोऽस्मिन् प्रतिष्ठितः प्राणैरयममुष्मिन् । स यदोऽस्मिन् शरीरात् प्रैति शुक्लमेवैतन्मण्डलं पश्यति नैनमेते रश्मयः यान्ति ॥ २॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;He who is that Satya is that sun. The Puruṣa who is in that solar orb and the Puruṣa who is in the right eye are established in one another. This solar being rests in the ocular being through his rays, and the ocular being rests in the solar being through the organs. When the jīvātmā is about to depart from the body, it sees the solar orb as devoid of its rays. Those rays no longer reach it.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bṛhadāraṇyaka Upaniṣad 5.5.2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the time of departure, the yogī who has constantly practiced this and similar meditations finds it easy to dissolve his individuality into Brahman. This realization corresponds to the declaration of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad, “That very Puruṣa dwelling up there, I am He.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Mok%E1%B9%A3a_of_a_Yog%C4%AB_at_His_Physical_Death&amp;diff=175157</id>
		<title>Talk:Commentary on Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad: Mokṣa of a Yogī at His Physical Death</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Mok%E1%B9%A3a_of_a_Yog%C4%AB_at_His_Physical_Death&amp;diff=175157"/>
		<updated>2026-01-08T08:48:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mokṣa of a Yogī at His Physical Death (Mantras 15–16)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The textual order and wording of the concluding mantras of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad differ between the Kāṇva and Mādhyandina Śākhās. According to the Sarvānukramaṇī of the Śukla Yajurveda, belonging to the Mādhyandina Śākhā and traditionally attributed to Muni Kātyāyana, the final three mantras describe the last moments of a Yogī who attains mokṣa at the time of the physical body&#039;s dissolution. By analogy and in accordance with classical commentaries, the same interpretation applies to the final four mantras of the Kāṇva recension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These mantras describe the stages of death as experienced by a spiritually enlightened Yogī. In contrast to the ordinary person, whose death leads to rebirth, the Yogī undergoes his final death and merges into Brahman, which is of the nature of light, truth, and bliss.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mantra 15==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;**हिरण्मयेन पात्रेण सत्यस्यापिहितं मुखम् ।&lt;br /&gt;
तत्त्वं पूषन्नपावृणु सत्यधर्माय दृष्टये ॥ १५ ॥**&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The face of Truth is covered by a golden vessel. O Pūṣan, remove that covering, so that I, devoted to Truth, may behold it.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 15&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mantra 16==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;**पूषन्नेकर्षे यम सूर्य प्राजापत्य व्यूह रश्मीन् समूह तेजः ।&lt;br /&gt;
यत्ते रूपं कल्याणतमं तत्ते पश्यामि योऽसावसौ पुरुषः सोऽहमस्मि ॥ १६ ॥**&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;O Pūṣan, the sole Seer, Yama, Sun, offspring of Prajāpati, withdraw your rays and gather your brilliance, so that I may behold your most auspicious form. That Puruṣa who dwells there, I indeed am He.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 16&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mādhyandina Recension==&lt;br /&gt;
In the Mādhyandina Śākhā, the final mantra combines the first half of Mantra 15 with the concluding quarter of Mantra 16 from the Kāṇva recension. The remaining portions do not appear in this version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;**हिरण्मयेन पात्रेण सत्यस्यापिहितं मुखम् ।&lt;br /&gt;
योऽसावादित्ये पुरुषः सोऽसावहम् । ओम् खं ब्रह्म ॥**&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The face of Truth is covered by a golden disc. That Puruṣa who abides in the Sun, that indeed am I. Oṃ. All-pervading space, the Supreme Brahman.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad Mādhyandina Saṃhitā 17&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Purport==&lt;br /&gt;
The ordinary human being remains bound by the splendour and attractions of the material world. Its brightness and diversity distract the mind away from Brahman and conceal the face of ultimate Truth. These worldly objects and their enjoyments are not truly real, for they are finite, perishable, and inevitably mixed with sorrow. For such a person, the radiance of the world acts as a veil over Truth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Yogī, however, is steadfastly devoted to Brahman alone. Even at the moment of death, he is neither bewildered nor fearful. His awareness remains fixed upon his final goal. He meditates upon the Supreme as his sole nourisher, guide, and controller. He prays that the brilliance of the solar realm may withdraw, allowing his ātmā to pass beyond it and reach the Puruṣa who transcends even the luminous sphere of the Sun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many Upaniṣads affirm that one who perceives himself as separate from Brahman does not attain mokṣa. Liberation belongs only to one who dissolves all sense of separateness and fully identifies with Brahman. For this reason, the enlightened Yogī declares, not as a verbal assertion but as immediate realization, that he is that very Puruṣa who abides within the Sun. Through this complete identity with Brahman, the Yogī attains mokṣa and enters eternal light and bliss.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The expression &#039;&#039;सोऽहम्&#039;&#039; is traditionally known as the Haṃsa Mantra, the mantra of the white swan, in Vedic and Yogic literature. It is strongly recommended for regular contemplation and recitation in order to reinforce the experiential identity of the individual self with Brahman. When &#039;&#039;सोऽहम्&#039;&#039; is repeated continuously as &#039;&#039;सोऽहम् सोऽहम् सोऽहम्&#039;&#039;, it naturally sounds like **हंसो हंसो हंसो**, which explains the appellation Haṃsa Mantra. The white swan symbolizes the Ātmā, purity, and the faculty of discernment by which the eternal is separated from the non-eternal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Mādhyandina recension of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad, the final three mantras are addressed to Agni, whereas in the Kāṇva recension, Mantras 15 and 16 are addressed to Pūṣan and the concluding mantras to Agni. Both Agni and Pūṣan function as guides on the path to mokṣa. Even in the case of an ordinary individual, prayers are offered to Agni at the time of cremation, requesting the Deva to guide the departing Jīvātmā towards a favourable future state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the Jīvātmā departs from the physical body at death, it may follow different pathways depending upon its karm, desires, and degree of spiritual realization. The Bhagavad Gītā classifies these trajectories into two principal paths.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Fire, light, day, the bright fortnight, the six months of the northern course of the sun; departing then, the yogī who knows Brahman attains Brahman.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 8.24&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Smoke, night, the dark fortnight, the six months of the southern course of the sun; departing then, the yogī reaches the lunar light and returns again.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 8.25&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;These two paths, the bright and the dark, are considered eternal in this world. By the former one does not return, by the latter one returns again.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 8.26&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the concluding mantras of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad, the Yogī is described as following the first of these two paths, the path of light, which leads to mokṣa, whereas the second path culminates in rebirth. This explains the recurring imagery of light, the sun, and guidance by luminous deities in these verses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 15 and the central portion of Mantra 17 of the Mādhyandina recension are cited in the Maitrāyaṇīya Upaniṣad 6.36 with a slight variation. The broader context of that passage further clarifies the intent of these mantras, namely the final ascent of the enlightened Yogī along the luminous path culminating in union with Brahman.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Selected Vedic and Upaniṣadic Passages with Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Devanāgarī Text&lt;br /&gt;
! English Translation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नमोऽग्नये पृथिव्यां यजमानाय धेहि ते लोकममृते लोकमस्मै&lt;br /&gt;
| Adoration to Agni who dwells in the earth, who remembers the world. Bestow the world on this worshipper.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नमो वायवेऽन्तरिक्षे यजमानाय धेहि ते लोकममृते लोकमस्मै&lt;br /&gt;
| Adoration to Vāyu who dwells in the atmosphere, who remembers the world. Bestow the world on this worshipper.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नमो आदित्याय दिव यजमानाय धेहि ते लोकममृते लोकमस्मै&lt;br /&gt;
| Adoration to Āditya who dwells in the heaven, who remembers the world. Bestow the world on this worshipper.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नमो ब्रह्मणे सर्वत्र यजमानाय धेहि ते सर्वममृते सर्वमस्मै&lt;br /&gt;
| Adoration to Brahmā, who dwells in all, who remembers all. Bestow all on this worshipper.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| हिरण्मयेन पात्रेण सत्यस्यापिहितं मुखम्&lt;br /&gt;
| The face of truth is covered with a golden container or covering.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| तत्त्वं पूषन्नपावृणु सत्यधर्माय विष्णवे&lt;br /&gt;
| O Pūṣhan, remove the covering, so that we may reach the eternal real, the all pervading.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| योऽसावादित्ये पुरुषः सोऽसावहम्&lt;br /&gt;
| The Puruṣa who abides within the Sun up there, that being indeed I am.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| एष ह वै सत्यधर्म यदादित्यस्य आदित्यत्वम्&lt;br /&gt;
| Indeed, that which is the sunhood of the Sun is the eternal real.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| तच्छुक्लं पुरुषमलिङ्गम्&lt;br /&gt;
| That is the bright one, the personal, without any distinguishing mark.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नभसोऽन्तर्गतस्य तेजसोऽंशमात्रम् एतदादित्यस्य मध्ये इव चक्षुषि चाग्नौ&lt;br /&gt;
| Of the bright power that pervades the sky, it is only a portion which is, as it were, in the midst of the Sun, the eye, and fire.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| एतद् ब्रह्म एतद् अमृतम् एतत् तेजः&lt;br /&gt;
| That is Brahman, that is the immortal, that is splendor.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नभसोऽन्तर्गतस्य तेजसोऽंशमात्रम् एतदादित्यस्य मध्ये अमृतं यस्य हि सोमः प्राणा वा अन्यकं च&lt;br /&gt;
| Of the bright power that pervades the sky, it is only a portion which is the nectar in the midst of the Sun, of which the Moon and living beings are offshoots.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| एतद् ब्रह्म एतद् अमृतम् एतत् सत्यधर्म&lt;br /&gt;
| That is Brahman, that is immortal, that is the eternal real.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नभसोऽन्तर्गतस्य तेजसोऽंशमात्रम् एतदादित्यस्य मध्ये यजुः ॐ आपो ज्योति रसोऽमृतं ब्रह्म भूर्भुवः स्वरोम्&lt;br /&gt;
| Of the bright power that pervades the sky, it is only a portion which shines as the Yajurveda in the midst of the Sun that is Om, water, light, essence, immortal, Brahman, bhūr, bhuvas, svar, Om.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| अष्टपादं शुचिं हंसं त्रिसूत्रं सूक्ष्ममनुययम्&lt;br /&gt;
| The eight footed, the pure, the swan, three stringed, minute, imperishable.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| द्विधाभेदं तेजसे धं सर्वं पश्यन् पश्यति&lt;br /&gt;
| Blind to the two attributes, kindled in light, he who sees Him sees all.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नभसोऽन्तर्गतस्य तेजसोऽंशमात्रम् एतदादित्यस्य मध्ये उदिता द्वे मयूखे भवतः&lt;br /&gt;
| Of the bright power that pervades the sky, it is only a portion which, rising in the midst of the Sun, becomes the two light rays.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| एतत् सविता सत्यधर्म एतद् यजुः एतदग्निः एतद्वायुः एतत् प्राणः एतदापः एतच्चन्द्रमा एतच्छुक्लम् एतद् अमृतम् एतद् विष्णोः पदम् एतन्नारायणम् तस्मिन्नेव&lt;br /&gt;
| That is the knower, the eternal real. That is the Yajus, that is heat, that is fire, that is wind, that is breath, that is water, that is the Moon, that is the bright, that is the immortal, that is the place of Brahman. That is the ocean of light. In it indeed,&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| यजमानः सैन्धव इव लीयते&lt;br /&gt;
| The worshippers get dissolved like a lump of salt.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| एषा वै एकता हि सर्वकामाः समाहिताः&lt;br /&gt;
| It is oneness with Brahman, for in it all desires are contained.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| इत्योदाहरन्ति&lt;br /&gt;
| On this point they quote.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| अशंधु धारय इवाणुवाते रतः संफुर्यसावन्तर्गः सुराणाम्&lt;br /&gt;
| Even as a lamp is moved by a gentle breeze, he who dwells within the Devas shines forth.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| यो हैवं विद् स सवित् स एतवित् सैकधाम एतः य आत्मकः&lt;br /&gt;
| He who knows this is the knower. Having grasped the oneness, he becomes identified with it.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ये विद्वांस इवायुरुचर्यज्मन् विद्युतोऽर्चिषः परमे व्योमन्&lt;br /&gt;
| They rise perpetually like spray drops, like lightning flashes in the highest sky.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| तेऽऋषयो वै यशसा आत्मवासो जटाभिः पथ इव कृण्वन्ति मनः&lt;br /&gt;
| They, entering the light of glory, appear like crests of flame along the path of fire.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| Maitrāyaṇiya Upaniṣhad 6.36&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Mok%E1%B9%A3a_of_a_Yog%C4%AB_at_His_Physical_Death&amp;diff=175156</id>
		<title>Talk:Commentary on Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad: Mokṣa of a Yogī at His Physical Death</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Mok%E1%B9%A3a_of_a_Yog%C4%AB_at_His_Physical_Death&amp;diff=175156"/>
		<updated>2026-01-08T08:47:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: Created page with &amp;quot;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Mokṣa of a Yogī at His Physical Death (Mantras 15–16)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The textual order and wording of the concluding mantras of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad differ between the Kāṇva and Mādhyandina Śākhās. According to the Sarvānukramaṇī of the Śukla Yajurveda, belonging to the Mādhyandina Śākhā and traditionally attributed to Muni Kātyāyana, the final three mantras describe the last moments of a Yogī who attains mokṣa...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mokṣa of a Yogī at His Physical Death (Mantras 15–16)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The textual order and wording of the concluding mantras of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad differ between the Kāṇva and Mādhyandina Śākhās. According to the Sarvānukramaṇī of the Śukla Yajurveda, belonging to the Mādhyandina Śākhā and traditionally attributed to Muni Kātyāyana, the final three mantras describe the last moments of a Yogī who attains mokṣa at the time of the physical body&#039;s dissolution. By analogy and in accordance with classical commentaries, the same interpretation applies to the final four mantras of the Kāṇva recension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These mantras describe the stages of death as experienced by a spiritually enlightened Yogī. In contrast to the ordinary person, whose death leads to rebirth, the Yogī undergoes his final death and merges into Brahman, which is of the nature of light, truth, and bliss.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mantra 15==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;**हिरण्मयेन पात्रेण सत्यस्यापिहितं मुखम् ।&lt;br /&gt;
तत्त्वं पूषन्नपावृणु सत्यधर्माय दृष्टये ॥ १५ ॥**&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The face of Truth is covered by a golden vessel. O Pūṣan, remove that covering, so that I, devoted to Truth, may behold it.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 15&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mantra 16==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;**पूषन्नेकर्षे यम सूर्य प्राजापत्य व्यूह रश्मीन् समूह तेजः ।&lt;br /&gt;
यत्ते रूपं कल्याणतमं तत्ते पश्यामि योऽसावसौ पुरुषः सोऽहमस्मि ॥ १६ ॥**&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;O Pūṣan, the sole Seer, Yama, Sun, offspring of Prajāpati, withdraw your rays and gather your brilliance, so that I may behold your most auspicious form. That Puruṣa who dwells there, I indeed am He.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 16&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mādhyandina Recension==&lt;br /&gt;
In the Mādhyandina Śākhā, the final mantra combines the first half of Mantra 15 with the concluding quarter of Mantra 16 from the Kāṇva recension. The remaining portions do not appear in this version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;**हिरण्मयेन पात्रेण सत्यस्यापिहितं मुखम् ।&lt;br /&gt;
योऽसावादित्ये पुरुषः सोऽसावहम् । ओम् खं ब्रह्म ॥**&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The face of Truth is covered by a golden disc. That Puruṣa who abides in the Sun, that indeed am I. Oṃ. All-pervading space, the Supreme Brahman.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad Mādhyandina Saṃhitā 17&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Purport==&lt;br /&gt;
The ordinary human being remains bound by the splendour and attractions of the material world. Its brightness and diversity distract the mind away from Brahman and conceal the face of ultimate Truth. These worldly objects and their enjoyments are not truly real, for they are finite, perishable, and inevitably mixed with sorrow. For such a person, the radiance of the world acts as a veil over Truth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Yogī, however, is steadfastly devoted to Brahman alone. Even at the moment of death, he is neither bewildered nor fearful. His awareness remains fixed upon his final goal. He meditates upon the Supreme as his sole nourisher, guide, and controller. He prays that the brilliance of the solar realm may withdraw, allowing his ātmā to pass beyond it and reach the Puruṣa who transcends even the luminous sphere of the Sun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many Upaniṣads affirm that one who perceives himself as separate from Brahman does not attain mokṣa. Liberation belongs only to one who dissolves all sense of separateness and fully identifies with Brahman. For this reason, the enlightened Yogī declares, not as a verbal assertion but as immediate realization, that he is that very Puruṣa who abides within the Sun. Through this complete identity with Brahman, the Yogī attains mokṣa and enters eternal light and bliss.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The expression &#039;&#039;सोऽहम्&#039;&#039; is traditionally known as the Haṃsa Mantra, the mantra of the white swan, in Vedic and Yogic literature. It is strongly recommended for regular contemplation and recitation in order to reinforce the experiential identity of the individual self with Brahman. When &#039;&#039;सोऽहम्&#039;&#039; is repeated continuously as &#039;&#039;सोऽहम् सोऽहम् सोऽहम्&#039;&#039;, it naturally sounds like **हंसो हंसो हंसो**, which explains the appellation Haṃsa Mantra. The white swan symbolizes the Ātmā, purity, and the faculty of discernment by which the eternal is separated from the non-eternal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Mādhyandina recension of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad, the final three mantras are addressed to Agni, whereas in the Kāṇva recension, Mantras 15 and 16 are addressed to Pūṣan and the concluding mantras to Agni. Both Agni and Pūṣan function as guides on the path to mokṣa. Even in the case of an ordinary individual, prayers are offered to Agni at the time of cremation, requesting the Deva to guide the departing Jīvātmā towards a favourable future state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the Jīvātmā departs from the physical body at death, it may follow different pathways depending upon its karm, desires, and degree of spiritual realization. The Bhagavad Gītā classifies these trajectories into two principal paths.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Fire, light, day, the bright fortnight, the six months of the northern course of the sun; departing then, the yogī who knows Brahman attains Brahman.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 8.24&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Smoke, night, the dark fortnight, the six months of the southern course of the sun; departing then, the yogī reaches the lunar light and returns again.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 8.25&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;These two paths, the bright and the dark, are considered eternal in this world. By the former one does not return, by the latter one returns again.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 8.26&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the concluding mantras of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad, the Yogī is described as following the first of these two paths, the path of light, which leads to mokṣa, whereas the second path culminates in rebirth. This explains the recurring imagery of light, the sun, and guidance by luminous deities in these verses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 15 and the central portion of Mantra 17 of the Mādhyandina recension are cited in the Maitrāyaṇīya Upaniṣad 6.36 with a slight variation. The broader context of that passage further clarifies the intent of these mantras, namely the final ascent of the enlightened Yogī along the luminous path culminating in union with Brahman.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Box&lt;br /&gt;
|title=&#039;&#039;&#039;Selected Vedic and Upaniṣadic Passages with Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|content=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Devanāgarī Text&lt;br /&gt;
! English Translation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नमोऽग्नये पृथिव्यां यजमानाय धेहि ते लोकममृते लोकमस्मै&lt;br /&gt;
| Adoration to Agni who dwells in the earth, who remembers the world. Bestow the world on this worshipper.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नमो वायवेऽन्तरिक्षे यजमानाय धेहि ते लोकममृते लोकमस्मै&lt;br /&gt;
| Adoration to Vāyu who dwells in the atmosphere, who remembers the world. Bestow the world on this worshipper.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नमो आदित्याय दिव यजमानाय धेहि ते लोकममृते लोकमस्मै&lt;br /&gt;
| Adoration to Āditya who dwells in the heaven, who remembers the world. Bestow the world on this worshipper.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नमो ब्रह्मणे सर्वत्र यजमानाय धेहि ते सर्वममृते सर्वमस्मै&lt;br /&gt;
| Adoration to Brahmā, who dwells in all, who remembers all. Bestow all on this worshipper.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| हिरण्मयेन पात्रेण सत्यस्यापिहितं मुखम्&lt;br /&gt;
| The face of truth is covered with a golden container or covering.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| तत्त्वं पूषन्नपावृणु सत्यधर्माय विष्णवे&lt;br /&gt;
| O Pūṣhan, remove the covering, so that we may reach the eternal real, the all pervading.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| योऽसावादित्ये पुरुषः सोऽसावहम्&lt;br /&gt;
| The Puruṣa who abides within the Sun up there, that being indeed I am.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| एष ह वै सत्यधर्म यदादित्यस्य आदित्यत्वम्&lt;br /&gt;
| Indeed, that which is the sunhood of the Sun is the eternal real.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| तच्छुक्लं पुरुषमलिङ्गम्&lt;br /&gt;
| That is the bright one, the personal, without any distinguishing mark.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नभसोऽन्तर्गतस्य तेजसोऽंशमात्रम् एतदादित्यस्य मध्ये इव चक्षुषि चाग्नौ&lt;br /&gt;
| Of the bright power that pervades the sky, it is only a portion which is, as it were, in the midst of the Sun, the eye, and fire.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| एतद् ब्रह्म एतद् अमृतम् एतत् तेजः&lt;br /&gt;
| That is Brahman, that is the immortal, that is splendor.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नभसोऽन्तर्गतस्य तेजसोऽंशमात्रम् एतदादित्यस्य मध्ये अमृतं यस्य हि सोमः प्राणा वा अन्यकं च&lt;br /&gt;
| Of the bright power that pervades the sky, it is only a portion which is the nectar in the midst of the Sun, of which the Moon and living beings are offshoots.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| एतद् ब्रह्म एतद् अमृतम् एतत् सत्यधर्म&lt;br /&gt;
| That is Brahman, that is immortal, that is the eternal real.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नभसोऽन्तर्गतस्य तेजसोऽंशमात्रम् एतदादित्यस्य मध्ये यजुः ॐ आपो ज्योति रसोऽमृतं ब्रह्म भूर्भुवः स्वरोम्&lt;br /&gt;
| Of the bright power that pervades the sky, it is only a portion which shines as the Yajurveda in the midst of the Sun that is Om, water, light, essence, immortal, Brahman, bhūr, bhuvas, svar, Om.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| अष्टपादं शुचिं हंसं त्रिसूत्रं सूक्ष्ममनुययम्&lt;br /&gt;
| The eight footed, the pure, the swan, three stringed, minute, imperishable.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| द्विधाभेदं तेजसे धं सर्वं पश्यन् पश्यति&lt;br /&gt;
| Blind to the two attributes, kindled in light, he who sees Him sees all.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नभसोऽन्तर्गतस्य तेजसोऽंशमात्रम् एतदादित्यस्य मध्ये उदिता द्वे मयूखे भवतः&lt;br /&gt;
| Of the bright power that pervades the sky, it is only a portion which, rising in the midst of the Sun, becomes the two light rays.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| एतत् सविता सत्यधर्म एतद् यजुः एतदग्निः एतद्वायुः एतत् प्राणः एतदापः एतच्चन्द्रमा एतच्छुक्लम् एतद् अमृतम् एतद् विष्णोः पदम् एतन्नारायणम् तस्मिन्नेव&lt;br /&gt;
| That is the knower, the eternal real. That is the Yajus, that is heat, that is fire, that is wind, that is breath, that is water, that is the Moon, that is the bright, that is the immortal, that is the place of Brahman. That is the ocean of light. In it indeed,&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| यजमानः सैन्धव इव लीयते&lt;br /&gt;
| The worshippers get dissolved like a lump of salt.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| एषा वै एकता हि सर्वकामाः समाहिताः&lt;br /&gt;
| It is oneness with Brahman, for in it all desires are contained.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| इत्योदाहरन्ति&lt;br /&gt;
| On this point they quote.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| अशंधु धारय इवाणुवाते रतः संफुर्यसावन्तर्गः सुराणाम्&lt;br /&gt;
| Even as a lamp is moved by a gentle breeze, he who dwells within the Devas shines forth.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| यो हैवं विद् स सवित् स एतवित् सैकधाम एतः य आत्मकः&lt;br /&gt;
| He who knows this is the knower. Having grasped the oneness, he becomes identified with it.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ये विद्वांस इवायुरुचर्यज्मन् विद्युतोऽर्चिषः परमे व्योमन्&lt;br /&gt;
| They rise perpetually like spray drops, like lightning flashes in the highest sky.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| तेऽऋषयो वै यशसा आत्मवासो जटाभिः पथ इव कृण्वन्ति मनः&lt;br /&gt;
| They, entering the light of glory, appear like crests of flame along the path of fire.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| Maitrāyaṇiya Upaniṣhad 6.36&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_The_Temporary_and_the_Permanent&amp;diff=175155</id>
		<title>Talk:Commentary on Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad: The Temporary and the Permanent</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_The_Temporary_and_the_Permanent&amp;diff=175155"/>
		<updated>2026-01-08T05:50:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: Created page with &amp;quot;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Context&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Some may be inclined to dismiss the material world and its objects as insignificant or unworthy of attention. The following triad of mantras explains that although created material objects are indeed temporary, they are nevertheless indispensable for embodied existence. When used in accordance with dharm, they can serve as aids on the path to mokṣa. However, ultimate liberation arises only from absorption in the uncreate...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Context&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Some may be inclined to dismiss the material world and its objects as insignificant or unworthy of attention. The following triad of mantras explains that although created material objects are indeed temporary, they are nevertheless indispensable for embodied existence. When used in accordance with dharm, they can serve as aids on the path to mokṣa. However, ultimate liberation arises only from absorption in the uncreated and eternal root cause of the universe, namely Brahman.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mantra 12&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;अन्धं तमः प्रविशन्ति येऽसम्भूतिमुपासते ।&lt;br /&gt;
ततो भूय इव ते तमो य उ सम्भूत्यां रताः ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Into blinding darkness they enter who are absorbed in the created effects. Into still greater darkness they surely enter who are absorbed in the Origin or Cause alone.&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 12&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mantra 13&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;अन्यदेवाहुः सम्भवादन्यदाहुरसम्भवात् ।&lt;br /&gt;
इति शुश्रुम धीराणां ये नस्तद्विचचक्षिरे ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Different indeed, they say, is the result of absorption in the Origin or Cause, and different, they say, is the result of absorption in the created effects. Thus we have heard from the wise ones who explained this clearly to us.&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 13&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mantra 14&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;सम्भूतिं च विनाशं च यस्तद्वेदोभयं सह ।&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;विनाशेन मृत्युं तीर्त्वा सम्भूत्यामृतमश्नुते ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;He who knows both the Origin or Cause and the destruction, taken together, transcends death through the perishable and attains immortality through the Root Cause.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 14&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purport&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whatever is created inevitably perishes, whereas that which is uncreated is eternal. All material objects, together with the sensations they produce, including the human body itself, belong to the realm of creation. They are born, they undergo transformation, they wear out, and they ultimately perish. Only Brahman and the ātmā are unchanging and permanent. They constitute the root cause or seed of the entire creation, for without them nothing can endure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first mantra of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad employs the term Jagat, a concept that contrasts the eternal and unchanging nature of the Lord with the non eternal and ever changing character of the universe. The word Jagat literally signifies that which is constantly moving or changing. At every instant, material objects undergo transformation, even when such change is imperceptible to the senses. The human body likewise changes continuously at both gross and subtle levels. What remains constant is the ātmā within. The universe itself is subject to change and eventual dissolution. Hence one should not become excessively attached to Jagat, but should instead direct greater attention to that which is permanent. This teaching recurs throughout Hindu scripture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Contact with the objects of the senses gives rise to sensations of cold and heat, pleasure and pain. They come and go and do not endure. Therefore, O Bhārata, endure them with forbearance.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 2.14&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Of the unreal there is no coming into being, and of the real there is no cessation of being. The truth about both has been seen by those who perceive reality.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 2.16&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Apart from the conscious principle, there exists no collection of things anywhere or at any time. Thus have I taught you the truth of existence, that the conscious entity alone is real and all else is unreal.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Viṣṇu Purāṇa 2.12.43&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Mahābhārata, the ascetic Sulabhā addresses King Janaka with the following insight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;In the bodies of all creatures there exist diverse constituents for the fulfillment of different purposes. Their forms change at every moment, but the change is not perceived because it is extremely subtle.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Mahābhārata 12.320.122&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This understanding does not imply that the material world or the body should be neglected. On the contrary, all spiritual disciplines employ them as instruments for progress towards mokṣa. Meditation involves bodily postures, regulation of breath, withdrawal of the senses, and the disciplined use of the mind. Devotion involves emotions, which are modifications of the mind. All such disciplines require the appropriate and careful use of material instruments, including the body and the mind. Hence one should maintain purity and health in one’s surroundings and in one’s body. Yet this alone is insufficient. Attainment of mokṣa requires devotion to Brahman without neglecting physical and mental well being.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the same manner, relationships and worldly pleasures are created and therefore temporary. They possess a beginning and an end. Nevertheless, in the pursuit of Brahman, the cause of the universe and the sole Reality, one should not entirely reject relationships or the enjoyment of worldly pleasures. The teaching of these mantras is that the pursuit of Brahman and engagement with temporary relationships, pleasures, and bodily and mental needs must be aligned and mutually supportive rather than conflicting. Even while remaining engaged in the world, one should endeavour to make some progress towards mokṣa each day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gradually, one ought to shift emphasis from exclusive involvement in the world to increasing absorption in the Divine, thereby making full use of the rare opportunity of human life. Just as a land without toys for children is impoverished, but a land where adults never outgrow childhood toys is even more unfortunate, so too human life demands a transition from transient pursuits to higher and enduring goals. Balance in daily activities such as eating, recreation, and rest is essential even for spiritual progress, as taught in the Bhagavad Gītā.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Indeed, yog is not for one who eats excessively, nor for one who abstains excessively from eating. It is not for one who sleeps too much, nor for one who remains awake excessively, O Arjuna.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 6.16&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;For one whose eating and recreation are regulated, whose actions are disciplined, and whose sleep and waking are balanced, yog becomes the destroyer of sorrow.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 6.17&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes on Saṃbhūti and Asaṃbhūti (Mantras 12–14)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analogous to the preceding triad of mantras dealing with Vidyā and Avidyā, the present triad employs the pair Saṃbhūti and Asaṃbhūti. Here Asaṃbhūti is not the negation or opposite of Saṃbhūti, but that which is different from Saṃbhūti. This is made explicit in the third mantra of the triad, where Asaṃbhūti is replaced by the term Vināśa, meaning destruction or perishability. This substitution indicates that Asaṃbhūti denotes that which is perishable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Saṃbhūti and Asaṃbhūti are rare terms in Vedic literature, making their precise interpretation difficult. A relatively late Upaniṣadic passage employs the term Saṃbhūti in the following manner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;सभं तूत् वै यासु नादो वायोस्तप उच्यते ।&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The Saṃbhūti, or origin, of sound, namely the unstruck sound, from Vāyu is said to be the tapas of the heart.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Kuṇḍikā Upaniṣad 21&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More illuminating usages occur in the ancient Jaiminīya Upaniṣad Brāhmaṇa of the Sāmaveda. In one passage, Prajāpati is described as sixteenfold, and Saṃbhūti is mentioned as one of these aspects, though its meaning is not immediately clarified. This ambiguity is resolved later in the same section, where Saṃbhūti is explicitly identified as Prajāpati’s seed, retas, from which beings are born. Elsewhere, Prāṇa is designated as Saṃbhūti, with the explanation that through the Prāṇas, offspring and animals come into existence. In another passage, the Prāṇas are described as the Saṃbhūti of human beings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From these occurrences, it becomes clear that Saṃbhūti denotes the cause, origin, or seed from which beings arise. Hindu tradition consistently teaches that the uncreated and underlying cause exists eternally, while all effects or manifestations that arise from it are temporary and eventually perish, merging back into their cause, which is Brahman. At the individual level, the ātmā alone is Saṃbhūti, permanently existing, whereas the body that it animates is temporary. Likewise, relationships based on the body and the pleasures enjoyed through it are impermanent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traditional and modern commentators have offered varying interpretations of these two terms. Without entering into an extended survey of these views, one concise definition offered by a contemporary teacher may be noted. According to this explanation, Saṃbhūti signifies svatantra sambhava, that which has independent origin. God alone is Saṃbhūti, since He is the cause of all causes and does not derive His existence from anything else. Asaṃbhūti, by contrast, signifies that which is not of independent origin. All beings and objects in the material world are Asaṃbhūti, having come into existence from God, who is the original source of everything.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Accordingly, worship of Asaṃbhūti, described as Asaṃbhūti upāsanā, means attachment of the mind to created beings and objects of the world. This includes celestial beings, ancestors, human beings, spirits, and material objects. The teaching of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad is not that such engagement should be rejected outright, but that exclusive absorption in Asaṃbhūti, to the neglect of Saṃbhūti, leads to bondage. Liberation arises only when engagement with the perishable is properly subordinated to knowledge and devotion directed towards the imperishable cause, Brahman.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustrations on the Temporary and the Permanent&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: The Temporary Nature of the Human Body&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 11.27&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;, Madhvācārya cites a story from the Purāṇas concerning King Purūravas and the Aśvinī Kumāras to illustrate the fleeting nature of the human body. Purūravas was exceedingly proud of his physical beauty and devoted great attention to maintaining his handsome appearance. Once, the Aśvinī Kumāras, the twin Devas renowned for their own radiant beauty, paid him a visit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eager to present himself at his best before the arriving Devas, the King hastily applied ointments and lotions to his face. Observing his obsession with outward appearance, the Aśvinī Kumāras smiled and remarked that although he might conceal wrinkles from ordinary sight, they, as Devas, could perceive the minute transformations occurring in his body at every moment. Their words conveyed that the human body is in a state of constant change and decay, however carefully one may attempt to preserve it, and that pride founded upon physical form is therefore misplaced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: The Buddha Feeds His Student&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Once, the Buddha perceived through his insight that in the village of Ālāvī there lived a poor farmer who alone was capable of fully understanding his teaching. He therefore went to that village with the intention of instructing him. When the villagers heard that the Buddha was arriving, they gathered joyfully at the entrance of the village to welcome him.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The farmer, however, was unable to attend the welcome because he was working in his fields. After completing his work, he hurried home intending to eat quickly and then go to hear the Buddha. On reaching home, his wife informed him that their only cow had wandered away. Being dependent upon that cow for survival, the farmer resolved to search for it first and then, after meeting the Buddha, return to eat his meal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meanwhile, the villagers assembled around the Buddha and requested him to deliver a sermon. Not seeing the farmer among them, the Buddha chose to rest instead. The farmer searched throughout the village late into the night and eventually came upon the hut where the Buddha was staying. On seeing the Buddha emerge, he fell at his feet and apologised for his absence, explaining that he had been delayed while searching for his lost cow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Buddha smiled gently and told him that the cow was behind the hut, but instructed him first to eat some food. Some of the Buddha’s disciples mocked the farmer, suggesting that he had come merely for free food, having neither welcomed the Buddha nor attended the sermon. The Buddha rebuked them, explaining that the farmer was hungry and that a person distressed by hunger could not grasp spiritual teaching. He therefore fed the farmer with kindness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the farmer was nourished and at ease, the Buddha instructed him in dharm. As the Buddha had foreseen, the farmer understood the teaching immediately, and by the end of that night he had attained the first stage of enlightenment. Thereafter, he indeed found his cow behind the Buddha’s hut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These two illustrations together affirm that while the human body and its conditions are temporary and ever changing, they must nevertheless be cared for appropriately. Spiritual progress requires neither neglect of the body nor attachment to it, but a balanced understanding of its impermanent nature and its role as an instrument for attaining higher wisdom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: The Human Condition and the Little Pleasures of Life&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Mahābhārata, Vidura narrates the following parable to Dhṛtarāṣṭra in order to explain the human condition. The story conveys that although life is surrounded by dangers, pressures, and uncertainties, small and moderate pleasures enable human beings to preserve their mental balance and continue forward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once, a Brāhmaṇa found himself lost in a vast and dense forest inhabited by ferocious beasts such as lions and tigers. The forest was also infested with poisonous snakes. Overcome with fear, he ran about desperately in search of refuge. In the course of his wandering, he fell into a deep pit whose opening was concealed by trees, creepers, and thick vegetation. Before he could hit the ground, his fall was arrested midway by branches and creepers, leaving him suspended upside down, with his head pointing downward and his feet upward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this precarious position, the Brāhmaṇa saw a large venomous serpent coiled at the bottom of the pit. Above him, he noticed a huge elephant approaching the mouth of the pit. At the same time, black and white mice were gnawing at the creepers and branches that supported his body. Above his head hung a beehive, around which bees hovered continuously. Drops of honey began to fall from the hive onto his head. The Brāhmaṇa turned his face slightly and tasted the honey, drinking the drops that fell upon him, even while fully aware of the imminent dangers surrounding him.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite the elephant above, the serpent below, the bees around him, and the mice gradually destroying his support, the Brāhmaṇa continued to savour the drops of honey. Vidura explains that human life is similarly beset with anxieties, competing responsibilities, and inevitable suffering. Yet, within these constraints, small and measured enjoyments of life sustain mental equilibrium and preserve the will to persevere. Such pleasures, when pursued within the bounds of dharm, do not obstruct spiritual growth but rather help individuals endure the challenges of worldly existence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: The Eighteenth Horse&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
This parable illustrates why engagement with the world in a constructive manner is essential for spiritual progress. Once, an old man who owned a ranch and seventeen horses lay on his deathbed. He summoned his three sons and instructed them that after his death they were to divide his land, house, and possessions equally among themselves, but that the horses were to be divided in a specific manner. He declared that half of the horses should go to the eldest son, one third to the middle son, and one sixth to the youngest son. He added that none of the horses were to be cut or sold. Shortly thereafter, the old man passed away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sons divided the land and other possessions without difficulty. When something could not be divided, they sold it and shared the proceeds equally. However, they were unable to divide the seventeen horses according to their father’s instructions, since the number could not be evenly apportioned in the prescribed ratios. Perplexed, they sought the counsel of Kṛṣṇa, renowned for his wisdom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kṛṣṇa listened to their problem and offered to lend them one of his own horses. With the additional horse, the total number became eighteen. The division was then carried out with ease. The eldest son received nine horses, the middle son received six, and the youngest son received two. When the horses were counted, it was found that the total given to the three sons was exactly seventeen, leaving one horse remaining. This horse was returned to Kṛṣṇa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The teaching of this parable is that Bhagavān has created the universe as a field in which the ātmās may pursue knowledge, spiritual growth, and the four aims of human life, namely dharm, artha, kāma, and mokṣa. Without the universe, the ātmās would lack the necessary conditions for this pursuit. Just as complex calculations become effortless when aided by appropriate instruments, so too the ātmā advances more efficiently towards its goals when it employs the universe wisely and in harmony with dharm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;The Lame and the Blind Couple: Prakṛti and Puruṣa&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Sāṃkhya Darśana, the relationship between the Jīvātmā and Prakṛti is illustrated through the well known analogy of a lame man and a blind man. The Jīvātmā, identified with Puruṣa, is likened to a crippled man who possesses vision but lacks the capacity to move by himself. Prakṛti, or material nature, is compared to a blind man who has the strength to walk but lacks sight and therefore does not know where to go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to this analogy, the crippled man mounts the shoulders of the blind man and guides him by indicating the direction. In this manner, the blind man provides mobility while the crippled man provides direction, and together they are able to reach the desired destination. In the same way, the Jīvātmā employs Prakṛti and its products, namely the body, senses, and mind, as instruments to move through the world and ultimately attain mokṣa, which it cannot reach independently without embodiment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vedānta Darśana accepts this illustration in principle but introduces an important refinement. It points out that unlike the blind man in the analogy, who is himself a living being with a destination to reach, Prakṛti is entirely inert and non conscious. Prakṛti has no aspiration, intention, or goal of its own. It does not seek liberation and does not benefit from the attainment of mokṣa. Only the Puruṣa, the conscious Jīvātmā, aspires for liberation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Accordingly, Vedānta maintains that the relationship is not one of mutual cooperation between two seekers, as suggested in Sāṃkhya, but rather one of instrumentality. Prakṛti functions merely as a means or ladder employed by the Puruṣa to ascend towards its own goal. Once mokṣa is attained, Prakṛti has fulfilled its role and has no further purpose for the liberated Jīvātmā.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Spiritual_Wisdom_and_Karm&amp;diff=175143</id>
		<title>Talk:Commentary on Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad: Spiritual Wisdom and Karm</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Spiritual_Wisdom_and_Karm&amp;diff=175143"/>
		<updated>2026-01-07T16:41:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: Created page with &amp;quot;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Context&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The following triad of mantras, numbered 9 to 11, clarifies the relative significance and the mutual necessity of Action, designated here as avidyā, and Spiritual Wisdom, designated as vidyā. After the exposition of the nature of Brahman and the characteristics of the Jīvanmukta in the earlier mantras, a possible confusion may arise regarding the role of action and knowledge in spiritual life. These verses address that...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Context&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following triad of mantras, numbered 9 to 11, clarifies the relative significance and the mutual necessity of Action, designated here as avidyā, and Spiritual Wisdom, designated as vidyā. After the exposition of the nature of Brahman and the characteristics of the Jīvanmukta in the earlier mantras, a possible confusion may arise regarding the role of action and knowledge in spiritual life. These verses address that concern by explaining that neither action nor spiritual wisdom, when pursued in isolation, is sufficient, and that liberation requires a proper integration of both.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mantra 9&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;अन्धं तमः प्रविशन्ति येऽविद्यामुपासते ।&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;ततो भूय इव ते तमो य उ विद्यायां रताः ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Into blinding darkness they enter who are absorbed in worldly wisdom and karm alone. Into still greater darkness they surely enter who are absorbed in spiritual wisdom alone.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 9&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mantra 10&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;अन्यदेवाहुर्विद्याया अन्यदाहुरविद्याया ।&lt;br /&gt;
इति शुश्रुम धीराणां ये नस्तद्विचचक्षिरे ॥ १० ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Different indeed, they say, is the result of spiritual wisdom, and different, they say, is the result of worldly wisdom and karm. Thus we have heard from the wise ones who explained this clearly to us.&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 10&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mantra 11&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;विद्यां चाविद्यां च यस्तद्वेदोभयं सह ।&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;अविद्यया मृत्युं तीर्त्वा विद्ययाऽमृतमश्नुते ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;He who knows both spiritual wisdom and worldly wisdom together transcends death through worldly wisdom and attains immortality through spiritual wisdom.&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 11&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purport and Notes on Mantras 9–11&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is essential to possess both spiritual wisdom, designated as vidyā, and worldly or mundane knowledge that gives rise to the performance of karm, designated as avidyā. The performance of karm guided by mundane knowledge, when carried out in accordance with dharm as taught in the Śāstras, enables one to overcome obstacles of worldly existence and gradually leads one to the threshold of mokṣa. Spiritual wisdom, vidyā, then enables one to enter fully into the state of mokṣa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If spiritual wisdom is completely neglected and one remains absorbed only in mundane knowledge and the performance of duties, one eventually descends into darkness, ignorance, and sorrow, as already indicated earlier in the Upaniṣad. Conversely, if one devotes oneself exclusively to spiritual wisdom while ignoring svadharm, namely duties towards oneself and others, and neglects worldly knowledge altogether, one falls into an even graver condition. Without the performance of duties and the application of worldly knowledge, the maintenance of life itself becomes impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The expressions overcoming death and attaining immortality essentially refer to the same truth, though the former is stated indirectly and the latter positively. Death manifests not only as the physical end of life but also as conditions such as poverty, severe illness, humiliation, and other afflictions that obstruct spiritual progress. Worldly wisdom and the conscientious performance of karm reduce the likelihood of such impediments and help one cross these forms of death. True immortality, however, arises only from spiritual wisdom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third mantra of this triad therefore teaches that karm performed according to dharm and guided by worldly knowledge enables one to cross the miseries of life, including death itself, while spiritual wisdom alone leads one into the state of immortal bliss. Knowing both together implies that one’s actions must be aligned with spiritual wisdom, and that spiritual wisdom must inform and illumine one’s actions, so that the two function in harmony rather than in opposition. This mantra also occurs in the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bṛhadāraṇyaka Upaniṣad 4.4.10&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; , where the surrounding passages emphasise that mokṣa is attained solely through vidyā.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The central teaching of these three mantras is that one should diligently perform karm in accordance with dharm, using worldly knowledge appropriately, while simultaneously pursuing spiritual wisdom and enlightenment, ensuring that karm and vidyā complement and support each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many translations render vidyā simply as knowledge and avidyā as ignorance, but such renderings are misleading. Vidyā does not signify mere information or intellectual familiarity with spiritual doctrines. It denotes spiritual wisdom that has been fully assimilated into one’s being. No one is entirely devoid of mundane knowledge or awareness of duties, but most beings lack spiritual wisdom. Avidyā therefore signifies non spiritual knowledge, including knowledge of the world and even scriptural injunctions related to dharm, when one believes that supreme good, immortality, and lasting happiness arise solely from such knowledge and the actions based upon it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Major traditional commentaries interpret the term avidyā in these mantras as karm, and this understanding is adopted here, since all actions arise from worldly knowledge and the injunctions of dharm. Other scriptural texts also employ avidyā as a synonym for karm. The Upaniṣad does not reject the performance of allotted duties or the value of worldly wisdom. On the contrary, it affirms their necessity, while declaring unequivocally that spiritual wisdom alone finally frees one from despair, ignorance, and suffering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Vidyā and Avidyā in the Atharvaveda and the Upaniṣads&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The complementary pair of Vidyā and Avidyā occurs significantly in the following mantra of the Atharvaveda.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;विद्या वा अविद्या च यच्चान्यदुपदेष्यम् ।&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;शरीरं ब्राह्मणोऽविशत् सामाथर्वो यजुः ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Vidyā, Avidyā, and whatever else is fit to be taught, the Brahma, Ṛk, Sāma, and Yajus mantras entered the body.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Atharvaveda (Śaunaka Śākhā) 11.8.23&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this Atharvavedic mantra, the term Avidyā cannot reasonably mean ignorance, since that sense does not fit the context. It may denote a category of knowledge distinct from Vidyā, or it may signify karm, because the Vedas teach spiritual wisdom, karm, and also other forms of knowledge derived from worldly experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretation of Avidyā as the belief that ritual action alone leads to mokṣa is supported by the following verses of the Muṇḍaka Upaniṣad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;अविद्यायामन्तरे वर्तमानाः स्वयं धीराः पण्डितंमन्यमानाः ।&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;जङ्घन्यमानाः परियन्ति मूढा अन्धेनैव नीयमाना यथान्धाः ॥ ८ ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Abiding in Avidyā, yet thinking themselves to be wise and learned, they wander repeatedly, deluded, like the blind led by the blind.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Muṇḍaka Upaniṣad 1.2.8&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;अविद्यायां बहुधा वर्तमानाः वयं कृतार्था इत्यभिमन्यन्ति बालाः ।&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;यत्कर्मिणो न प्रवेदयन्ति रागात् तेनातुराः क्षीणलोकाश्च्यवन्ते ॥ ९ ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Dwelling in manifold Avidyā, these immature ones imagine, “We have attained our goal.” Because ritualists do not know the truth due to attachment, they fall back when the worlds gained through actions are exhausted and again become miserable.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Muṇḍaka Upaniṣad 1.2.9&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad presents a more comprehensive perspective, one that does not reject karm but regards it as essential. The shared teaching of the two Upaniṣads is that exclusive reliance on Avidyā, understood as ritual action and other prescribed activities, while neglecting Vidyā, spiritual wisdom, and believing that action alone leads to the supreme good, is erroneous.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Vidyā - Avidyā in Other Upaniṣads&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third mantra of this triad, corresponding to &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 11&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;, also occurs in the Maitrāyaṇīya Upaniṣad 7.8 in a context that criticises non Vedic doctrines which deny the existence of the ātmā and admit nothing beyond the physical body. The narrative found there, as retold by later teachers, is as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Devāsura saṅgrāma, the great battle between the Devas and the Asuras, a stage was reached at which many Asuras were slain, tipping the balance of victory in favour of the Devas. At this point, Śukrācārya, the preceptor of the Asuras, resolved to intervene. He withdrew into the forest to perform austerities in order to acquire Sañjīvanī Vidyā, by which he could revive the fallen Asuras.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Bṛhaspati, the preceptor of the Devas, learned of this plan, he reflected that the revival of the Asuras would lead to grave calamity for the Devas. He therefore acted pre emptively. Assuming the form of Śukrācārya through deception, Bṛhaspati appeared among the remaining Asuras. Believing that their teacher had returned, they welcomed him with reverence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bṛhaspati, in the guise of Śukrācārya, then proclaimed that he had discovered the highest good. He taught that for a happy life one should eat, drink, and enjoy, that there is no such reality as the ātmā, and that the Vedas and all scriptures are false. Having thus deluded them, he caused the bodies of the slain Asuras to be cremated and departed, thereby preventing their revival and saving the Devas from defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the real Śukrācārya returned and discovered what had occurred, he attempted to remove these teachings from the minds of the Asuras, but by then they had become firmly rooted in their consciousness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pair Vidyā and Avidyā also appears in another Upaniṣad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;अक्षरे ब्रह्मपरे विद्याविद्ये निहिते यत्र गूढे ।&lt;br /&gt;
क्षरं ह्यविद्या मृतं तु विद्या विद्याविद्ये ईशते यस्तु सोऽन्यः ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Two, Vidyā and Avidyā, are hidden in the imperishable, transcendent Brahman. Avidyā is perishable, whereas Vidyā is immortal. He who rules over Vidyā and Avidyā is distinct from them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 5.1&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad, several mantras present a triadic framework consisting of the inanimate universe, the living jīvātmā, and the Lord who governs both. By analogy, the imperishable Vidyā must correspond to the jīvātmā, which is eternal, while the perishable Avidyā relates to the inanimate, ever changing physical universe. In this context, Avidyā cannot signify ignorance, as is often assumed. Rather, it denotes knowledge of the perishable world, or the perishable world itself, together with karm undertaken to appropriate its fruits, including those of higher physical realms such as heaven. To suggest that the Lord rules over ignorance would be philosophically incoherent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vidyā, on the other hand, may signify the jīvātmā itself, for it is sentient and functions as knower and experiencer, as well as knowledge pertaining to it. Both Vidyā and Avidyā are said to be concealed within the Lord to indicate that He governs and sustains them. The context indicates a pre creative state, in which, during pralaya, both the jīvātmās and the universe exist in an extremely subtle condition without manifest expression. Hence they are described as hidden. Subsequent mantras then unfold the process of creation and the continued lordship of the Divine over the manifested cosmos and individual beings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this reason, the expression Akṣare Brahmapare may also be understood as referring to the Imperishable who transcends creation, since this Upaniṣad uses the term Brahman at times to denote the created order as well. Accordingly, &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 5.1&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; employs the pair Vidyā and Avidyā in a sense closely aligned with that of &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 9–11&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;, affirming the necessity of recognising both while understanding their proper scope and hierarchy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustrations&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story Brahmā’s Teaching to Indra&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following illustration from the Chhāndogya Upaniṣad elucidates the distinction between Vidyā and Avidyā and demonstrates how incomplete understanding of the ātmā leads to error, while sustained inquiry guided by spiritual wisdom leads to liberation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;*“The ātmā which is free from evil, free from old age, free from death, free from grief, free from hunger, free from thirst, which desires the Truth and has resolved to obtain the Truth, that ātmā should be sought. Him one should desire to understand. He who has discovered and has understood that ātmā obtains all the worlds and all desires.”*&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Chāndogya Upaniṣad 8.7.1&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When both the Asuras and the Devas heard this proclamation from Prajāpati Brahmā, they desired to understand the nature of this ātmā. Accordingly, they deputed their respective kings, Virocana for the Asuras and Indra for the Devas, to approach Brahmā and learn the truth. The two arrived together at Brahmā’s abode and lived with him for several years as students. At the end of this period, they requested instruction concerning the ātmā.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Brahmā asked them to adorn themselves with their finest garments and ornaments and then look at their reflections in a vessel filled with water. When they had done so, Brahmā said to them that the reflections they saw, namely their bodies decorated with garments and ornaments, constituted the ātmā, and that this was his teaching.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Indra and Virocana were initially delighted and departed to convey this teaching to their respective followers. When Virocana returned to the Asuras, he proclaimed that the ātmā was nothing other than the physical body. On this basis, he taught that adorning the body with ornaments, gratifying it with food and drink, and providing it with pleasure was the highest goal. The Asuras accepted this doctrine without reflection. They became intensely absorbed in physical enjoyment, neglected charity and sacred rites, and abandoned faith in any higher principle. Identifying the body with the ātmā, they even buried ornaments, garments, and perfumes with their dead, believing that these would continue to be enjoyed after death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indra, however, paused on his return journey and reflected deeply. He reasoned that if the body itself were the ātmā, then the ātmā would necessarily become blind, lame, diseased, and perish when the body did so. Such a doctrine, he concluded, could not provide lasting security or hope. With this doubt, Indra returned to Brahmā and resumed his discipleship.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Brahmā then taught him that the being who experiences dreams during sleep is the ātmā. Indra was initially satisfied and again set out to return. Yet reflection once more arose in his mind. In dreams, he observed, one may experience flying or falling, wealth or poverty, injury or pleasure, but upon waking, none of these dream experiences affect waking life. He therefore concluded that the dreamer too could not be the true ātmā. He returned yet again to Brahmā and sought further instruction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This time, Brahmā taught that the ātmā is that which exists in deep sleep, a state in which there is no dream, no sorrow, and no disturbance. Indra reflected again and found this explanation unsatisfactory, for in deep sleep there appears to be no awareness at all, as though one ceases to exist. Such a teaching seemed to imply annihilation rather than fulfillment. He therefore returned to Brahmā once more and expressed his concern that this doctrine offered no meaningful goal, for no one seeks non existence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Brahmā smiled and praised Indra’s persistence and discernment, observing that Virocana and the Asuras had failed precisely because they were satisfied with a superficial and materialistic understanding. He then revealed the final teaching. The body, he explained, is merely an abode of the ātmā and all its organs are perishable. The ātmā itself has no form and is associated with the body in the manner of a rider with a chariot. Freed from bodily association, the ātmā possesses the capacity to see, hear, and know by its own nature. That which animates the body, never perishes, and experiences all contacts between the senses and their objects is the ātmā. Indra himself, Brahmā declared, was that ātmā and not the body.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this realization, Indra attained clarity and peace. He now understood that existence extends beyond the limitations of bodily life. He became fearless, knowing that even when the body ages, suffers, and dies, the ātmā endures. Thus, through sustained inquiry and the refusal to settle for incomplete explanations, Indra attained true spiritual wisdom, exemplifying the path of Vidyā distinguished from Avidyā.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: Imperfect and Perfect Sevā of Sambandhar and Appar&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Appar and Sambandhar once went on a pilgrimage together with their respective retinues and reached a village called Tiruvīlimalai. At that time, the village was afflicted by a severe famine. Unable to bear the suffering of the people, the two saints resolved to remain there and distribute food. They stayed in two different maṭhas along with their attendants and undertook the task of feeding the villagers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As they possessed no money, they went to the local temple and prayed earnestly to Īśvara. Pleased with their devotion, Īśvara granted them a sovereign gold coin every day, which appeared at the doorstep of their respective maṭhas. The sovereign given to Appar was accepted readily by merchants as pure gold, and the required provisions were easily procured. As a result, food could be distributed to the people well before midday.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sovereign received by Sambandhar, however, was of inferior purity. Merchants agreed to accept it only at a discount, and therefore the attendants had to return to the maṭha to seek Sambandhar’s consent before making purchases. This caused a daily delay, and food could be distributed only around the afternoon, close to two o’clock. In due course, Sambandhar noticed this difference and inquired into the cause. On learning that the delay was due to the inferior quality of the gold coins he was receiving, he went to the temple and sang ten verses beginning with &#039;&#039;वाचितीरवे काचनाल्गुवीर्&#039;&#039;, questioning the Lord as to why he was being given impure gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Īśvara, the embodiment of compassion, then replied that Appar was worshipping Him with mind, speech, and deed, whereas Sambandhar was worshipping Him only with mind and speech. Appar, in addition to prayer and song, spent his days cleaning the temple premises and pathways, making them neat and orderly. It was to highlight this distinction, the Lord explained, that the difference in the coins had been arranged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indeed, Appar is traditionally depicted carrying a hoe, a long handled gardening tool. Throughout his life, he visited numerous temples and public places and was distressed to see their surroundings neglected and overgrown with weeds. Wherever he went, he cleaned the pathways with devotion, considering such physical service an essential expression of his love for the Divine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The example of these saints teaches that places of worship and public spaces should be kept clean and that one should not hesitate to perform sevā through direct action when required. The story also illustrates the complementarity of karm and vidyā, showing that spiritual wisdom remains incomplete without corresponding action. Even one who has attained illumination must continue to perform righteous deeds consistently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;यज्ञदानतपःकर्म न त्याज्यं कार्यमेव तत् ।&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;यज्ञो दानं तपश्चैव पावनानि मनीषिणाम् ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Acts of yajñas, charity, and austerity must not be abandoned; they are indeed to be performed. Yajñas, charity, and austerity are purifying for the wise.&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 18.5&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: Spiritual Knowledge Does Not Save the Life of the Paṇḍit&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once, several men were crossing the river Gaṅgā in a boat. Among them was a learned paṇḍit who took pride in displaying his erudition. He spoke at length about having studied many texts, including the Vedas, the Vedānta, and the six systems of philosophy. Turning to one of his fellow passengers, he asked whether he knew the Vedānta. The man replied respectfully that he did not. The paṇḍit then asked whether he knew the Sāṅkhya or the system of Patañjali, and again received the same answer. With a sense of superiority, the paṇḍit remarked that the man seemed to have read no philosophy at all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The paṇḍit continued in this vain manner while the other passenger remained silent. Suddenly, a fierce storm arose, and the boat began to rock violently, threatening to sink. At this moment of danger, the previously silent passenger turned to the paṇḍit and asked him calmly whether he knew how to swim. The paṇḍit replied that he did not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The passenger then said that although he did not know Sāṅkhya or the system of Patañjali, he did know how to swim. The implication was clear. Mere intellectual learning, when not accompanied by practical capacity and lived understanding, may fail to save one in moments of real crisis. The story illustrates that spiritual knowledge, if confined only to verbal learning and not integrated with life and action, is insufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Nature_of_the_Divine&amp;diff=175142</id>
		<title>Talk:Commentary on Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad: Nature of the Divine</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Nature_of_the_Divine&amp;diff=175142"/>
		<updated>2026-01-07T14:47:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Context&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the Jīvanmukta ātmā finally sheds its mortal body, it transcends all limitations of space, time, knowledge, happiness, and moral conditioning. It attains a divine state identical with Brahman, except for the absence of control over cosmic functions such as creation and dissolution. The following mantra describes the nature of Brahman in which the liberated ātmā abides after the attainment of mokṣa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mantra 8&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;स पर्यगाच्छुक्रमकायमव्रणमस्नाविरं शुद्धमपापविद्धम् ।&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;कविर्मनीषी परिभूः स्वयम्भूर्याथातथ्यतोऽर्थान् व्यदधाच्छाश्वतीभ्यः समाभ्यः ॥ ८ ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;He is all-pervading, luminous, bodiless, without wound or opening, without veins or sinews, pure, untouched by evil. He, the sage, all-wise, transcendent and self-existent, has duly ordained all objects according to their natures through infinite time.&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 8&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purport&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The opening portion of the mantra may also be rendered as, “He, the spiritually enlightened one, reaches the luminous and mighty Being,” where the subject refers to the Jīvanmukta described in the preceding two mantras. In this reading, the verse simultaneously describes the nature of Brahman and the state attained by the liberated ātmā upon release from embodiment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The attributes of Brahman enumerated here recur throughout Hindu scriptural literature. Unlike the human body, which requires muscles for movement and networks of veins and nerves for nourishment and sensation, Brahman is all-pervading and requires no physical organs to sustain or govern the universe. Without limbs or bodily structure, Brahman nevertheless directs all cosmic processes. Being omniscient, Brahman is the source and revealer of the Vedas and of all knowledge. From eternity, Brahman has assigned to all beings and objects their inherent characteristics, such as heat to fire and fragrance to flowers. Brahman is self-existent, being uncreated and dependent on nothing else for existence. He is called Kavi, the sage, because all wisdom and insight arise from Him.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Certain Advaita commentators observe that the first half of the mantra employs neuter grammatical forms, indicating a transcendent Brahman beyond all attributes and distinctions, corresponding to Nirguṇa Brahman. The second half employs masculine forms, referring to aspects of Brahman that are connected with the universe and its order, corresponding to Saguṇa Brahman. Thus, the mantra encompasses both the transcendental and immanent dimensions of the Divine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustrations&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Who Is the Greatest Emperor&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One evening, King Akbar invited his courtiers and Birbal to a banquet. In a moment of pride, the King proclaimed that he considered himself the greatest ruler in the world, greater even than Bhagavān. He asked those present whether they agreed with him. The courtiers, fearing the King’s displeasure, remained silent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Birbal alone rose and declared that Akbar was indeed greater than Bhagavān. Pleased, the King asked him to explain. Birbal replied that if someone offended Akbar, the King could banish that person from his kingdom, whereas Bhagavān could not banish anyone from His kingdom. Akbar then understood the deeper implication. Bhagavān is the emperor of the entire universe, and there is no place outside His dominion. Wherever one goes, one remains within the kingdom of Bhagavān. Realising this, Akbar felt ashamed of his pride and recognised the all-pervading sovereignty of the Divine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: The Third Eye of Śiva&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Once, Bhagavān Śiva was absorbed in deep meditation. His eyes, though slightly open, were turned inward rather than towards the external world. In a playful moment, Devī Pārvatī covered Śiva’s two eyes with her hands. Instantly, darkness spread throughout the entire universe, and all beings were plunged into fear, unable to see.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moved by the devotion and terror of the beings, a third eye appeared on Śiva’s forehead. When it opened, a brilliant flash of light emerged and illumined the whole universe, restoring sight to all. Through this event, Pārvatī realised that the vision of Śiva could never be obstructed and that the very capacity of the universe to see depended upon His sight alone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These illustrations convey the truth that Brahman is all-pervading, self-existent, and the ultimate ground of all power, perception, and order, within whom the liberated ātmā abides after attaining mokṣa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Nature_of_the_Divine&amp;diff=175141</id>
		<title>Talk:Commentary on Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad: Nature of the Divine</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Nature_of_the_Divine&amp;diff=175141"/>
		<updated>2026-01-07T14:46:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: Created page with &amp;quot;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Context&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; When the Jīvanmukta ātmā finally sheds its mortal body, it transcends all limitations of space, time, knowledge, happiness, and moral conditioning. It attains a divine state identical with Brahman, except for the absence of control over cosmic functions such as creation and dissolution. The following mantra describes the nature of Brahman in which the liberated ātmā abides after the attainment of mokṣa.  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Mantra 8...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Context&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
When the Jīvanmukta ātmā finally sheds its mortal body, it transcends all limitations of space, time, knowledge, happiness, and moral conditioning. It attains a divine state identical with Brahman, except for the absence of control over cosmic functions such as creation and dissolution. The following mantra describes the nature of Brahman in which the liberated ātmā abides after the attainment of mokṣa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mantra 8&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;स पर्यगाच्छुक्रमकायमव्रणमस्नाविरं शुद्धमपापविद्धम् ।&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;कविर्मनीषी परिभूः स्वयम्भूर्याथातथ्यतोऽर्थान् व्यदधाच्छाश्वतीभ्यः समाभ्यः ॥ ८ ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;He is all-pervading, luminous, bodiless, without wound or opening, without veins or sinews, pure, untouched by evil. He, the sage, all-wise, transcendent and self-existent, has duly ordained all objects according to their natures through infinite time.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 8&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purport&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The opening portion of the mantra may also be rendered as, “He, the spiritually enlightened one, reaches the luminous and mighty Being,” where the subject refers to the Jīvanmukta described in the preceding two mantras. In this reading, the verse simultaneously describes the nature of Brahman and the state attained by the liberated ātmā upon release from embodiment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The attributes of Brahman enumerated here recur throughout Hindu scriptural literature. Unlike the human body, which requires muscles for movement and networks of veins and nerves for nourishment and sensation, Brahman is all-pervading and requires no physical organs to sustain or govern the universe. Without limbs or bodily structure, Brahman nevertheless directs all cosmic processes. Being omniscient, Brahman is the source and revealer of the Vedas and of all knowledge. From eternity, Brahman has assigned to all beings and objects their inherent characteristics, such as heat to fire and fragrance to flowers. Brahman is self-existent, being uncreated and dependent on nothing else for existence. He is called Kavi, the sage, because all wisdom and insight arise from Him.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Certain Advaita commentators observe that the first half of the mantra employs neuter grammatical forms, indicating a transcendent Brahman beyond all attributes and distinctions, corresponding to Nirguṇa Brahman. The second half employs masculine forms, referring to aspects of Brahman that are connected with the universe and its order, corresponding to Saguṇa Brahman. Thus, the mantra encompasses both the transcendental and immanent dimensions of the Divine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustrations&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Who Is the Greatest Emperor&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One evening, King Akbar invited his courtiers and Birbal to a banquet. In a moment of pride, the King proclaimed that he considered himself the greatest ruler in the world, greater even than Bhagavān. He asked those present whether they agreed with him. The courtiers, fearing the King’s displeasure, remained silent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Birbal alone rose and declared that Akbar was indeed greater than Bhagavān. Pleased, the King asked him to explain. Birbal replied that if someone offended Akbar, the King could banish that person from his kingdom, whereas Bhagavān could not banish anyone from His kingdom. Akbar then understood the deeper implication. Bhagavān is the emperor of the entire universe, and there is no place outside His dominion. Wherever one goes, one remains within the kingdom of Bhagavān. Realising this, Akbar felt ashamed of his pride and recognised the all-pervading sovereignty of the Divine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Story: The Third Eye of Śiva==&lt;br /&gt;
Once, Bhagavān Śiva was absorbed in deep meditation. His eyes, though slightly open, were turned inward rather than towards the external world. In a playful moment, Devī Pārvatī covered Śiva’s two eyes with her hands. Instantly, darkness spread throughout the entire universe, and all beings were plunged into fear, unable to see.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moved by the devotion and terror of the beings, a third eye appeared on Śiva’s forehead. When it opened, a brilliant flash of light emerged and illumined the whole universe, restoring sight to all. Through this event, Pārvatī realised that the vision of Śiva could never be obstructed and that the very capacity of the universe to see depended upon His sight alone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These illustrations convey the truth that Brahman is all-pervading, self-existent, and the ultimate ground of all power, perception, and order, within whom the liberated ātmā abides after attaining mokṣa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Characteristics_of_a_J%C4%ABvanmukta&amp;diff=175140</id>
		<title>Talk:Commentary on Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad: Characteristics of a Jīvanmukta</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Characteristics_of_a_J%C4%ABvanmukta&amp;diff=175140"/>
		<updated>2026-01-07T11:50:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: Created page with &amp;quot;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Context&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; How is one to recognise a person who has understood the nature of Brahman and has assimilated spiritual wisdom while still living in a mortal body? Later Vedāntic literature employs the term Jīvanmukta, meaning one who is liberated even while embodied. The following two mantras describe the characteristics of such a Jīvanmukta.  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Mantra 6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;यस्तु सर्वाणि भूतानि आत्मन...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Context&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
How is one to recognise a person who has understood the nature of Brahman and has assimilated spiritual wisdom while still living in a mortal body? Later Vedāntic literature employs the term Jīvanmukta, meaning one who is liberated even while embodied. The following two mantras describe the characteristics of such a Jīvanmukta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mantra 6&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;यस्तु सर्वाणि भूतानि आत्मन्येवानुपश्यति ।&lt;br /&gt;
सर्वभूतेषु चात्मानं ततो न विजुगुप्सते ॥ ६ ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;He who indeed sees all beings as existing in the Ātmā alone, and the Ātmā within all beings, does not feel any hatred due to that realization.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 6&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mantra 7&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;यस्मिन्सर्वाणि भूतानि आत्मैवाभूद्विजानतः ।&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;तत्र को मोहः कः शोक एकत्वमनुपश्यतः ॥ ७ ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;When, for the knower, all beings have become Ātmā alone, then what delusion and what sorrow can exist for one who perceives this Oneness?&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 7&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purport&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
When a person realises the true nature of Brahman and understands that the same Paramātmā abides equally within all beings, he recognises that the ātmā present in every creature is identical in essence. By resting his awareness on this fundamental unity rather than on temporary and external distinctions such as birth, social position, gender, race, or wealth, he no longer harbours ill will, aversion, or hatred towards anyone, nor does he waver from the spiritual path. This realisation does not merely transform his attitude towards others, but affects an inner transformation of his entire being. It bestows upon him lasting inner peace and happiness, for he transcends delusion, the sense of separation from others, and attachment to impermanent objects, which are the root causes of sorrow and conflict in worldly existence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
In later Hindu tradition, moha is regarded as the root cause of all other mental afflictions, leading to grief and repeated rebirth. The Upaniṣadic mantras teach that by focusing on the underlying Ātmā that is identical in all beings, and by emphasising their unity in Brahman, thereby overcoming bhedabuddhi, the notion of division such as ‘I’ and ‘them’, one becomes firmly established in spiritual wisdom. Such a person loses all ill will towards others, overcomes delusion, and becomes free from grief while still living.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The understanding of unity through the Paramātmā, immanent equally within all beings, alone constitutes the true foundation of love, as taught in another Upaniṣad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;स होवाच न वा अरे पत्‍युः कामाय पतिः प्रियो भवति आत्मनस्तु कामाय पतिः प्रियो भवति ।&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;न वा अरे जायायै कामाय जाया प्रिया भवति आत्मनस्तु कामाय जाया प्रिया भवति ।&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;न वा अरे पुत्राणां कामाय पुत्राः प्रिया भवन्ति आत्मनस्तु कामाय पुत्राः प्रिया भवन्ति ।&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;न वा अरे वित्तस्य कामाय वित्तं प्रियं भवति आत्मनस्तु कामाय वित्तं प्रियं भवति ।&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;न वा अरे ब्राह्मणस्य कामाय ब्राह्मणः प्रियो भवति आत्मनस्तु कामाय ब्राह्मणः प्रियो भवति ।&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;न वा अरे क्षत्रियस्य कामाय क्षत्रियः प्रियो भवति आत्मनस्तु कामाय क्षत्रियः प्रियो भवति ।&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;न वा अरे लोकानां कामाय लोकाः प्रिया भवन्ति आत्मनस्तु कामाय लोकाः प्रिया भवन्ति ।&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;न वा अरे देवानां कामाय देवाः प्रिया भवन्ति आत्मनस्तु कामाय देवाः प्रिया भवन्ति ।&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;न वा अरे भूतानां कामाय भूतानि प्रियाणि भवन्ति आत्मनस्तु कामाय भूतानि प्रियाणि भवन्ति ।&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;न वा अरे सर्वस्य कामाय सर्वं प्रियं भवति आत्मनस्तु कामाय सर्वं प्रियं भवति ।&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;आत्मा वा अरे द्रष्टव्यः श्रोतव्यो मन्तव्यो निदिध्यासितव्यः ।&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;मैत्रेयी आत्मनो वा अरे दर्शनॆन श्रवणॆन मत्या विज्ञानॆन इदं सर्वं विदितम् ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Yājñavalkya said, “Indeed, not for the love of the husband, my dear, is the husband dear, but for the love of the Ātmā is the husband dear. Indeed, not for the love of the wife is the wife dear, but for the love of the Ātmā is the wife dear. Indeed, not for the love of sons are sons dear, but for the love of the Ātmā are sons dear. Indeed, not for the love of wealth is wealth dear, but for the love of the Ātmā is wealth dear. Indeed, not for the love of the Brāhmaṇa is the Brāhmaṇa dear, but for the love of the Ātmā is the Brāhmaṇa dear. Indeed, not for the love of the Kṣatriya is the Kṣatriya dear, but for the love of the Ātmā is the Kṣatriya dear. Indeed, not for the love of the worlds are the worlds dear, but for the love of the Ātmā are the worlds dear. Indeed, not for the love of the Devas are the Devas dear, but for the love of the Ātmā are the Devas dear. Indeed, not for the love of beings are beings dear, but for the love of the Ātmā are beings dear. Indeed, not for the love of all is all dear, but for the love of the Ātmā is all dear. Maitreyi, the Ātmā alone should be seen, heard, reflected upon, and meditated upon. By the realization of the Ātmā through hearing, reflection, and meditation, all this is known.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bṛhadāraṇyaka Upaniṣad 2.4.5&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: The Jīvanmukta Does Not Waver from Dharm&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Sant Kanakadāsa, who lived between 1509 and 1609 CE, was a humble cowherd who wandered from village to village singing the praises of Bhagavān Viṣṇu. He became a disciple of Vyāsatīrtha, a renowned scholar of Vedānta, and soon emerged as his most beloved student. This aroused jealousy among the other disciples, for Kanakadāsa came from a very humble background and lacked formal scriptural education.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vyāsatīrtha resolved to teach his students a lesson. He summoned them all and gave each a banana, saying that the bananas were sacred and would confer blessings if eaten. However, each student was instructed to eat his banana in a secluded place where no one could see him, and then return to report where he had eaten it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After some time, all the students returned and described the places where they had eaten their bananas. Kanakadāsa alone had not eaten his. When Vyāsatīrtha asked him the reason, Kanakadāsa replied that he could not find a single place where God could not see him. Vyāsatīrtha then addressed the other students, saying that for them God was merely a name recited during rituals, whereas for Kanakadāsa God was a living presence experienced everywhere. This unwavering awareness of the Divine is a mark of the Jīvanmukta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: The Only Path to Happiness&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
During his travels in the United States between 1902 and 1904, Swami Rāmatīrtha delivered discourses on Vedānta to large audiences. On one occasion, a grieving woman approached him and wept, saying that since the death of her only son her life had become dark and devoid of hope, and that she sought true peace and happiness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Swami Rāmatīrtha replied that peace and happiness demanded a price, and that if she agreed to pay it, he would come to her home the next day and show her the path. She agreed. The following morning, the Swami arrived at her house accompanied by an African American child. He told her that if she raised the child as her own son, educating and loving him, she would attain true peace and happiness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At that time, social barriers between white and black communities were rigid, and such acceptance was strongly frowned upon. The woman recoiled and asked how a white woman could accept a black child as her son. The Swami replied that if she could not accept the child as her own, then it would be very difficult for her to attain true peace and happiness. The story illustrates that liberation from sorrow arises only when distinctions rooted in ego and separation are transcended, a hallmark of the Jīvanmukta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: Bhagavān is Inside the Beautiful as well as the Ugly&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It may be asked whether the all pervading Lord exists even in what is regarded as evil or ugly. The answer given by the tradition is in the affirmative. What appears ugly to human perception may not be ugly in reality. The following story teaches the vision of Divinity even in those forms that are conventionally regarded as unattractive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The King of Kaliṅga, corresponding to present day Odisha, constructed a grand temple dedicated to Jagannātha, the Lord of the Universe, identified with Viṣṇu. However, the temple did not yet contain a mūrti. The King made a proclamation that he desired the most beautiful mūrti of Viṣṇu to be carved. After its completion, he would inspect it. If he was pleased, the sculptor would be rewarded with ten thousand gold coins, but if he was displeased, the sculptor would be beheaded. Skilled sculptors were invited to come forward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No sculptor was willing to risk his life, and for a long time none accepted the challenge. At last, an old sculptor appeared and agreed to carve the mūrti on one condition. He stated that he required thirty days to complete the work and that during this period he would work inside the temple with the doors closed. No one was to open the doors until the work was finished, otherwise he would leave the work incomplete. The King, relieved that someone had accepted the task, agreed to these conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sculptor entered the temple and closed the doors behind him. Day after day passed, and people outside heard the sound of hammer and chisel throughout the day. Some ministers, however, became suspicious and suggested that the sculptor might be a spy of an enemy king, pretending to carve a mūrti while actually damaging the pillars of the temple from within. The King initially ignored these doubts, but nine days before the completion of the thirty day period, his curiosity overcame him. He ordered the doors of the temple to be opened.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the doors were opened and everyone entered, they were shocked to see an unfinished and seemingly ugly mūrti of Viṣṇu lying on the floor, with the sculptor still at work. Enraged at the sight of what he considered an ugly form, the King drew his sword to behead the sculptor. The sculptor then spoke and reminded the King that he had broken his promise on the twenty first day itself. He explained that he wished the King to undergo this experience in order to understand that Viṣṇu resides in the whole of creation. Just as He is present in beautiful mūrtis, He is also present in those that appear ugly. According to the condition that had been violated, he declared that he would now leave the mūrti unfinished and urged that this very form should be worshipped in the temple, while a conventionally beautiful mūrti could be made elsewhere.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The King was stunned both by the words of the sculptor and by his own failure to uphold his promise. When he looked at the sculptor once again, an even greater surprise awaited him. The sculptor revealed himself in the four armed form of Bhagavān Viṣṇu. The King thus learned that beauty and ugliness are relative to perception, and that Bhagavān pervades everything, including what human judgement may dismiss as ugly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: Ṛṣi Pippalāda Discovers that the Devas Reside within His Own Body&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ṛṣi Dadhīci relinquished his body so that his bones could be fashioned into the Vajra, a powerful weapon, by Indra for the destruction of the evil Vṛtra. When Dadhīci’s son Pippalāda grew up, he was filled with resentment over the fact that his father had died for the sake of Indra. He blamed Indra and the Devas for his father’s death and for the suffering he himself had endured in childhood due to the loss of his parent. In his anger, he concluded that the Devas were selfish and depraved, having demanded his father’s bones to serve their own purposes, while he felt that nothing had been gained in return for such a supreme sacrifice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Determined to teach the Devas a lesson, Pippalāda undertook severe austerities to please Bhagavān Śiva. Pleased with his devotion, Śiva appeared before him and offered him a boon. Pippalāda asked that the Devas should burn to death. Bhagavān Śiva urged him to ask for another boon, but Pippalāda remained adamant. Śiva then said that it would be so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The moment these words were uttered, Pippalāda experienced an intense burning sensation throughout his own body, from head to foot. In anguish, he cried out to Bhagavān Śiva, asking why he himself was being burned when he had asked that the Devas should suffer. Śiva replied that the Devas do not exist only outside the body, but that a portion of the Devas dwells within all living beings. Therefore, one who seeks the destruction of the Devas cannot escape the consequence, for their presence is also within oneself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Śiva further explained that no one had compelled Dadhīci to give up his body. All beings are destined to die one day, but Dadhīci chose a noble death so that the Devas and all creatures might live. His was a great sacrifice made for the preservation of creation itself, and it should not be diminished by harbouring resentment against the Devas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through these words of Bhagavān Śiva, Pippalāda understood the greatness of his father and repented for his anger. He sought forgiveness and went on to become a great Ṛṣi himself, later remembered as one of the compilers of the Atharvaveda, one of the four divinely revealed scriptures of the Hindu tradition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: How We Treat Others Is How We Treat the Divine&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following story, drawn from the Chhāndogya Upaniṣad, illustrates the teaching that the manner in which one treats other beings is in truth the manner in which one treats the Divine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A young beggar once arrived at an āśrama where two Ṛṣis were seated, partaking of their midday meal. Approaching them respectfully, he said that he was hungry and asked whether they would share some food with him. The Ṛṣis, unwilling to part with their meal, replied that they did not have enough food for him and asked him to go away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The beggar then asked them which Deva they worshipped. The Ṛṣis replied that they worshipped Vāyu, the Deva of air. The beggar continued by asking to whom they had offered their food before eating, as is customary to offer food to the chosen form of Divinity. They replied that they had offered it to Vāyu Deva.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The beggar then said that the same Vāyu Deva who flows through their nostrils also flows through the nostrils of every living being. The Ṛṣis agreed that this was indeed so. The beggar pointed out that by denying him food, thereby weakening his body, they were in effect denying nourishment to the very same Vāyu who dwelt equally within themselves and within him.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The words of the beggar led the Ṛṣis to reflect deeply. They realised that when one deprives another being, one deprives the same Divine that abides within all, and that when one shows compassion and kindness towards others, one is in truth offering it to the Divine present equally in all beings. Ashamed of their earlier conduct and recognising their error, the Ṛṣis offered food to the beggar, acknowledging the wisdom conveyed through his words.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Mysterious_Nature_of_the_Divine&amp;diff=175139</id>
		<title>Talk:Commentary on Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad: Mysterious Nature of the Divine</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Mysterious_Nature_of_the_Divine&amp;diff=175139"/>
		<updated>2026-01-07T09:42:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Context&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The following two mantras of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad describe the profoundly mysterious and paradoxical nature of Brahman, who transcends the reach of the senses, the mind, and even the cognitive powers of the Devas. Brahman is presented as immanent yet unreachable, motionless yet surpassing all movement, forming a central Upaniṣadic meditation on transcendence and immanence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mantra 4&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;अनेजदेकं मनसो जवीयो नैनैव देवाः आप्नुवन् पूर्वमर्षत् ।&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;तद्धावतोऽन्यानत्येति तिष्ठत्तस्मिन्नपो मातरिश्वा दधाति ॥ ४ ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The One that is unmoving is yet swifter than the mind. The Devas could not reach It, for It always went before them. Though standing still, It surpasses all that run. By It, Mātarīśvan, the vital air, supports the waters.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 4&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purport&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Brahman, the Supreme Reality, is unique and without comparison, revealing itself through profound paradox. Though all pervading and ever present, Brahman remains inaccessible to the grasp of the mind. The mind, despite its remarkable subtlety and speed, cannot comprehend Brahman in its fullness. Whenever the intellect believes it has arrived at understanding, it discovers that Brahman exceeds all such conceptual boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The inability to comprehend Brahman is not due to spatial distance, for Brahman does not move from one location to another and is always immediately present. Rather, Brahman appears remote because it transcends all instruments of perception and cognition. Even the Devas, endowed with superior faculties, fail to apprehend its true nature, thereby underscoring the inherent limitation of sensory and intellectual means.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mantra expresses this transcendence through striking imagery. Brahman is unmoving, yet faster than the mind, standing still while surpassing those who pursue it. Within Brahman and by its sustaining power, Mātarīśvan, identified with the cosmic vital force or prāṇa, moves within subtle space and upholds the waters, giving rise to cosmic order and life sustaining processes. Alternatively, this imagery may also signify the animation of prāṇas within the womb, sustaining life even before conscious awareness arises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, Brahman is revealed as the hidden ground of all activity, the silent presence that enables motion, life, and order, while remaining beyond all direct apprehension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The textual difference between the Kāṇva and the Mādhyandina recensions does not result in any difference in meaning. In the second quarter of the mantra, the term Devas may be understood either as the Divine Beings or as the sense faculties, namely the five senses of perception together with the mind as the sixth. Since these luminous faculties dwell within the individual, the senses are also designated as Devas. The teaching that even the Devas are unable to fathom the mystery of Brahman, and that their powers are derived from Him alone, is illustrated by the well known episode from the Kena Upaniṣad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the fourth quarter of the mantra, commentators generally admit both meanings. Mātarīśvan denotes air or the vital life forces, so called because it moves and grows within space, mātari. By extension, the term is also applied to the fetus, which grows within the mother’s womb. The Vedic accent in the mantra indicates that the word apaḥ is plural and refers to atmospheric waters. This interpretation is accepted by Śaṅkarācārya as an alternative meaning and by Raṅgarāmānuja as the primary meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mantra 5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;तदेजति तन्नैजति तद्दूरे तद्वन्तिके ।&lt;br /&gt;
तदन्तरस्य सर्वस्य तदु सर्वस्य बाह्यतः ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;It moves, and It indeed moves not. It is far and It is near. It is within all this, and It is also indeed outside all this.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 5&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purport&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Brahman is all pervading and uniform. Therefore, it is immobile and does not travel from one place to another. There is no point where it is not eternally present. Yet, within Brahman, all cosmic bodies, matter, and energies continue to move, creating the appearance of movement attributed to Brahman itself. Because Brahman is omnipresent, it abides in the most remote regions of creation and is at the same time closest to us, as it is present within us. Brahman is immanent, being within everything, and also all pervading and all enveloping, surrounding all beings and existing equally within all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
In Abrahamic religious traditions, God is conceived as dwelling in a remote realm called heaven, from where He governs the world, observes human actions, and communicates through intermediaries. In the Hindu tradition, Brahman is not a distant ruler but an intimate and immediate presence, eternally surrounding all beings and abiding within them, sustaining life, withdrawing it, and witnessing all actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustrations for Mantras 4–5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Elephant and the Six Blind Men&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once, six men who were blind from birth were brought to an elephant and were asked to describe it. They surrounded the elephant and each touched a different part of its body. The first blind man touched the tail of the elephant and declared that the elephant was like a rope. The second touched the leg and asserted that the elephant was like a pillar. The third touched the trunk and said that the elephant resembled a snake. The fourth, who touched the broad body, insisted that the elephant was like a wall. The fifth, who happened to touch an ear, claimed that it was like a fan. The sixth grasped a tusk and confidently proclaimed that the elephant was like a sharp spear. Each of the six men refused to accept the descriptions of the others, firmly believing that his own limited experience revealed the true nature of the elephant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The moral of the story is that although truth is one, it is described partially from different standpoints. When all perspectives are taken together and harmonized, a more complete understanding emerges. Similarly, those who quarrel over the nature of God resemble these blind men. Their differing views may represent distinct aspects or partial apprehensions of the same truth. Just as the blind men could not perceive the elephant in its entirety, human beings cannot see, hear, taste, touch, or smell the Divine in its fullness. Therefore, dogmatic assertions about the nature of God and the rejection of other perspectives are unwarranted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Yaśodā Beholds the Universe in Kṛṣṇa’s Mouth&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Kṛṣṇa had grown into a young child who could walk and play with other children of his age outside his home. One day, while playing, Kṛṣṇa put some soil into his mouth. One of his companions reported this to Yaśodā. She took Kṛṣṇa by the hand and brought him inside, admonishing him that eating soil was harmful and could lead to illness. She asked him whether he had eaten soil and demanded that he open his mouth to show her.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Yaśodā Beholds the Universe in Kṛṣṇa’s Mouth.jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
Kṛṣṇa denied the accusation, but at Yaśodā’s insistence, he opened his mouth wide. Yaśodā was astonished to behold within it the entire universe, including the sun, the moon, the stars, and the earth. She was then convinced that her son was not an ordinary child but the Divine Himself. Perceiving her amazement, Kṛṣṇa employed his divine power to make her forget this realization. Yaśodā resumed her maternal affection, fondling him lovingly, while Kṛṣṇa smiled gently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These illustrations convey the teaching that the Divine simultaneously transcends and pervades all things, being both beyond complete comprehension and yet intimately present within the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Parable&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
When Bāhva was questioned about Brahman by Vāśkalin, he explained it to him through silence. He said, “Learn about Brahman, my friend,” and then remained silent. When questioned a second and a third time about Brahman, he replied, “I am indeed teaching you, but you are not trying to understand. That Ātmā is silence.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: Even Devas Cannot Fathom Brahman&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The universe was functioning in its usual orderly manner. In the course of time, the elements of nature, namely earth, water, fire, space, and air, became subtly arrogant. They began to think that they themselves constituted the universe and that they alone were responsible for its existence and maintenance. In order to remove this delusion, Bhagavān resolved to teach them a lesson.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bhagavān appeared before Fire in the form of a young man. Blinded by pride, none of the elements recognised Him and regarded Him as a stranger from some distant land. Bhagavān addressed Fire and asked him about his powers. Fire replied with confidence that he could burn the entire creation to ashes. Bhagavān then placed a single blade of grass before him and said that he should burn it. Fire exerted itself repeatedly, but the blade of grass did not burn at all. Fire was astonished and shaken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other elements were not prepared to abandon their pride. Air stepped forward and declared that he could blow away everything in his path and that he was almighty. Bhagavān placed the same blade of grass before Air and asked him to blow it away. Air made repeated efforts, but was unable to move even that blade of grass. In the same manner, the remaining elements attempted to demonstrate their powers and failed before that mysterious presence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The five elements were now overcome with fear, for they did not know who this stranger was who had rendered them powerless. They therefore approached their leader Indra, identified with the ātmā, and requested him to investigate. Indra went to the place where the stranger had appeared, but the stranger had vanished. In his place stood a radiant lady named Umā, representing spiritual knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indra asked her who the mysterious person was who had humbled the five elements and deprived them of their powers. Umā replied that it was Brahman, the Supreme Being. It is by the will of Bhagavān that the wind blows, the rivers flow, fire burns, space contains all things, and the earth supports living beings. Without the will of that Bhagavān, even a leaf cannot move. The sun rises by His command, the stars shine through Him, and the moon reflects His grace. She instructed Indra to know Bhagavān alone as the source of all power and all properties of the universe, and declared that by knowing Him alone one attains mokṣa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: Brahman is Outside and Within Us&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The following story from the Śrīmad Bhāgavata Purāṇa, Skandha 12, illustrates through a mystical example how Bhagavān is both within us and outside us.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ṛṣi Mārkaṇḍeya and Sri Kṛṣṇa.jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
By the boon of Bhagavān Śiva, the Ṛṣi Mārkaṇḍeya became immortal. Therefore, when the age of the universe came to an end and dissolution began, Ṛṣi Mārkaṇḍeya did not perish. He witnessed a vast cosmic deluge in which waters rose and submerged everything in their path, engulfing all the worlds and all living beings. Distressed by this sight, the sage wondered whether there was anything at all in the universe that was permanent. As the waters continued to rise, he clung to the upper branches of a banyan tree.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At that moment, he saw a single leaf floating upon the turbulent waters below him. Upon the leaf lay a beautiful infant, smiling and sucking his own toe. The child was none other than Kṛṣṇa. Ṛṣi Mārkaṇḍeya rushed towards the child, but as he drew near, he was drawn inside the child by the force of the child’s inhalation. Within the child’s body, an astonishing vision unfolded before him. He beheld innumerable worlds, entire universes, and the continual processes of destruction and creation of universes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the child exhaled again, Ṛṣi Mārkaṇḍeya was expelled from the child’s body. He then understood the meaning of what he had witnessed, namely that Bhagavān dwells within creation and that the entire creation also exists within Him. At every moment, countless universes are created within Him, and countless others are dissolved. Everything that can be seen, heard, touched, tasted, or spoken of ultimately perishes, while Bhagavān alone is eternal and imperishable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: Indra and Many Indras&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After Indra defeated the powerful Asura, he faced another task, namely the rebuilding of his capital, Amarāvatī, which had been destroyed in the war. He summoned his architect Viśvakarmā and said, “I am the mighty Indra who has defeated the powerful demon Vṛtra. Build for me a magnificent palace worthy of my greatness, for I am the king of all the Devas.”&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Viśvakarmā and Indra.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
In obedience to this command, Viśvakarmā constructed a lofty palace and invited Indra to inspect it. Indra, however, expressed his dissatisfaction, saying that such a structure was beneath his dignity and that something far more grand should be designed and built.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Viśvakarmā redesigned and constructed an even more magnificent palace, whose towers and domes seemed to touch the clouds. Yet Indra remained dissatisfied and demanded something still greater, asking how the mightiest Deva in the universe could live in what he considered an ordinary palace. Though disheartened, Viśvakarmā, fearing Indra, set about creating an even grander structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the day of inauguration arrived, all the Devas marvelled at the beauty, splendour, and opulence of Viśvakarmā’s palace. To their astonishment, Indra was still displeased and reproached Viśvakarmā, accusing him of failing to do justice to Indra’s glory. Unable to bear this any longer, Viśvakarmā approached Bhagavān Brahmā and prayed that Indra’s vanity and pride were boundless, and that despite exhausting all skill and resources, nothing satisfied him. Brahmā replied that they should approach Bhagavān Viṣṇu, who alone could set Indra in his proper place. They went to Viṣṇu, who promised to intervene.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following day, Indra noticed a group of children playing outside his palace. One child in particular appeared extraordinarily charming and radiant. Indra invited the boy inside and, moved by an instinctive reverence, washed his feet. He then proudly showed the child his latest palace. After observing it carefully, the boy remarked that it was indeed the greatest palace among those in which the Indras before him had lived.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indra reacted sharply, asking what was meant by Indras before him, asserting that he alone was Indra and that none greater had ever existed. The boy laughed and explained that Indra was merely the ruler of this universe. At any given time, innumerable universes exist, while countless others continuously emerge from and dissolve back into the body of Viṣṇu. Each universe has its own Indra, and during the lifetime of a single universe, many Indras arise one after another. The number of universes and Indras is beyond all counting.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Indra and the boy.jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
Indra was deeply shaken and protested that such a thing was impossible. The boy then pointed to a stream of ants entering a crack in the palace wall and said that Indra’s finite mind could not comprehend the infinite Viṣṇu and His infinite creations. Each of those ants, he said, had been an Indra in some previous existence. Astonished, Indra questioned how this could be so. The boy replied that one who performs numerous virtuous acts of dharm is reborn as Indra in a heaven within a universe, and after the fruits of those deeds are exhausted, the soul is reborn again as another being. Greatness and insignificance alike arise and pass away, but none exist independently of Viṣṇu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indra’s pride was completely shattered. He realised that his vanity was meaningless. Although he had defeated Vṛtra, he was not supreme, and all his power, glory, and fame would eventually fade. Only the Supreme Being endures forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Mysterious_Nature_of_the_Divine&amp;diff=175138</id>
		<title>Talk:Commentary on Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad: Mysterious Nature of the Divine</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Mysterious_Nature_of_the_Divine&amp;diff=175138"/>
		<updated>2026-01-07T09:42:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Context&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The following two mantras of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad describe the profoundly mysterious and paradoxical nature of Brahman, who transcends the reach of the senses, the mind, and even the cognitive powers of the Devas. Brahman is presented as immanent yet unreachable, motionless yet surpassing all movement, forming a central Upaniṣadic meditation on transcendence and immanence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mantra 4&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;अनेजदेकं मनसो जवीयो नैनैव देवाः आप्नुवन् पूर्वमर्षत् ।&lt;br /&gt;
तद्धावतोऽन्यानत्येति तिष्ठत्तस्मिन्नपो मातरिश्वा दधाति ॥ ४ ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The One that is unmoving is yet swifter than the mind. The Devas could not reach It, for It always went before them. Though standing still, It surpasses all that run. By It, Mātarīśvan, the vital air, supports the waters.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 4&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purport&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Brahman, the Supreme Reality, is unique and without comparison, revealing itself through profound paradox. Though all pervading and ever present, Brahman remains inaccessible to the grasp of the mind. The mind, despite its remarkable subtlety and speed, cannot comprehend Brahman in its fullness. Whenever the intellect believes it has arrived at understanding, it discovers that Brahman exceeds all such conceptual boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The inability to comprehend Brahman is not due to spatial distance, for Brahman does not move from one location to another and is always immediately present. Rather, Brahman appears remote because it transcends all instruments of perception and cognition. Even the Devas, endowed with superior faculties, fail to apprehend its true nature, thereby underscoring the inherent limitation of sensory and intellectual means.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mantra expresses this transcendence through striking imagery. Brahman is unmoving, yet faster than the mind, standing still while surpassing those who pursue it. Within Brahman and by its sustaining power, Mātarīśvan, identified with the cosmic vital force or prāṇa, moves within subtle space and upholds the waters, giving rise to cosmic order and life sustaining processes. Alternatively, this imagery may also signify the animation of prāṇas within the womb, sustaining life even before conscious awareness arises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, Brahman is revealed as the hidden ground of all activity, the silent presence that enables motion, life, and order, while remaining beyond all direct apprehension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The textual difference between the Kāṇva and the Mādhyandina recensions does not result in any difference in meaning. In the second quarter of the mantra, the term Devas may be understood either as the Divine Beings or as the sense faculties, namely the five senses of perception together with the mind as the sixth. Since these luminous faculties dwell within the individual, the senses are also designated as Devas. The teaching that even the Devas are unable to fathom the mystery of Brahman, and that their powers are derived from Him alone, is illustrated by the well known episode from the Kena Upaniṣad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the fourth quarter of the mantra, commentators generally admit both meanings. Mātarīśvan denotes air or the vital life forces, so called because it moves and grows within space, mātari. By extension, the term is also applied to the fetus, which grows within the mother’s womb. The Vedic accent in the mantra indicates that the word apaḥ is plural and refers to atmospheric waters. This interpretation is accepted by Śaṅkarācārya as an alternative meaning and by Raṅgarāmānuja as the primary meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mantra 5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;तदेजति तन्नैजति तद्दूरे तद्वन्तिके ।&lt;br /&gt;
तदन्तरस्य सर्वस्य तदु सर्वस्य बाह्यतः ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;It moves, and It indeed moves not. It is far and It is near. It is within all this, and It is also indeed outside all this.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 5&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purport&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Brahman is all pervading and uniform. Therefore, it is immobile and does not travel from one place to another. There is no point where it is not eternally present. Yet, within Brahman, all cosmic bodies, matter, and energies continue to move, creating the appearance of movement attributed to Brahman itself. Because Brahman is omnipresent, it abides in the most remote regions of creation and is at the same time closest to us, as it is present within us. Brahman is immanent, being within everything, and also all pervading and all enveloping, surrounding all beings and existing equally within all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
In Abrahamic religious traditions, God is conceived as dwelling in a remote realm called heaven, from where He governs the world, observes human actions, and communicates through intermediaries. In the Hindu tradition, Brahman is not a distant ruler but an intimate and immediate presence, eternally surrounding all beings and abiding within them, sustaining life, withdrawing it, and witnessing all actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustrations for Mantras 4–5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Elephant and the Six Blind Men&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once, six men who were blind from birth were brought to an elephant and were asked to describe it. They surrounded the elephant and each touched a different part of its body. The first blind man touched the tail of the elephant and declared that the elephant was like a rope. The second touched the leg and asserted that the elephant was like a pillar. The third touched the trunk and said that the elephant resembled a snake. The fourth, who touched the broad body, insisted that the elephant was like a wall. The fifth, who happened to touch an ear, claimed that it was like a fan. The sixth grasped a tusk and confidently proclaimed that the elephant was like a sharp spear. Each of the six men refused to accept the descriptions of the others, firmly believing that his own limited experience revealed the true nature of the elephant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The moral of the story is that although truth is one, it is described partially from different standpoints. When all perspectives are taken together and harmonized, a more complete understanding emerges. Similarly, those who quarrel over the nature of God resemble these blind men. Their differing views may represent distinct aspects or partial apprehensions of the same truth. Just as the blind men could not perceive the elephant in its entirety, human beings cannot see, hear, taste, touch, or smell the Divine in its fullness. Therefore, dogmatic assertions about the nature of God and the rejection of other perspectives are unwarranted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Yaśodā Beholds the Universe in Kṛṣṇa’s Mouth&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Kṛṣṇa had grown into a young child who could walk and play with other children of his age outside his home. One day, while playing, Kṛṣṇa put some soil into his mouth. One of his companions reported this to Yaśodā. She took Kṛṣṇa by the hand and brought him inside, admonishing him that eating soil was harmful and could lead to illness. She asked him whether he had eaten soil and demanded that he open his mouth to show her.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Yaśodā Beholds the Universe in Kṛṣṇa’s Mouth.jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
Kṛṣṇa denied the accusation, but at Yaśodā’s insistence, he opened his mouth wide. Yaśodā was astonished to behold within it the entire universe, including the sun, the moon, the stars, and the earth. She was then convinced that her son was not an ordinary child but the Divine Himself. Perceiving her amazement, Kṛṣṇa employed his divine power to make her forget this realization. Yaśodā resumed her maternal affection, fondling him lovingly, while Kṛṣṇa smiled gently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These illustrations convey the teaching that the Divine simultaneously transcends and pervades all things, being both beyond complete comprehension and yet intimately present within the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Parable&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
When Bāhva was questioned about Brahman by Vāśkalin, he explained it to him through silence. He said, “Learn about Brahman, my friend,” and then remained silent. When questioned a second and a third time about Brahman, he replied, “I am indeed teaching you, but you are not trying to understand. That Ātmā is silence.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: Even Devas Cannot Fathom Brahman&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The universe was functioning in its usual orderly manner. In the course of time, the elements of nature, namely earth, water, fire, space, and air, became subtly arrogant. They began to think that they themselves constituted the universe and that they alone were responsible for its existence and maintenance. In order to remove this delusion, Bhagavān resolved to teach them a lesson.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bhagavān appeared before Fire in the form of a young man. Blinded by pride, none of the elements recognised Him and regarded Him as a stranger from some distant land. Bhagavān addressed Fire and asked him about his powers. Fire replied with confidence that he could burn the entire creation to ashes. Bhagavān then placed a single blade of grass before him and said that he should burn it. Fire exerted itself repeatedly, but the blade of grass did not burn at all. Fire was astonished and shaken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other elements were not prepared to abandon their pride. Air stepped forward and declared that he could blow away everything in his path and that he was almighty. Bhagavān placed the same blade of grass before Air and asked him to blow it away. Air made repeated efforts, but was unable to move even that blade of grass. In the same manner, the remaining elements attempted to demonstrate their powers and failed before that mysterious presence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The five elements were now overcome with fear, for they did not know who this stranger was who had rendered them powerless. They therefore approached their leader Indra, identified with the ātmā, and requested him to investigate. Indra went to the place where the stranger had appeared, but the stranger had vanished. In his place stood a radiant lady named Umā, representing spiritual knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indra asked her who the mysterious person was who had humbled the five elements and deprived them of their powers. Umā replied that it was Brahman, the Supreme Being. It is by the will of Bhagavān that the wind blows, the rivers flow, fire burns, space contains all things, and the earth supports living beings. Without the will of that Bhagavān, even a leaf cannot move. The sun rises by His command, the stars shine through Him, and the moon reflects His grace. She instructed Indra to know Bhagavān alone as the source of all power and all properties of the universe, and declared that by knowing Him alone one attains mokṣa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: Brahman is Outside and Within Us&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The following story from the Śrīmad Bhāgavata Purāṇa, Skandha 12, illustrates through a mystical example how Bhagavān is both within us and outside us.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ṛṣi Mārkaṇḍeya and Sri Kṛṣṇa.jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
By the boon of Bhagavān Śiva, the Ṛṣi Mārkaṇḍeya became immortal. Therefore, when the age of the universe came to an end and dissolution began, Ṛṣi Mārkaṇḍeya did not perish. He witnessed a vast cosmic deluge in which waters rose and submerged everything in their path, engulfing all the worlds and all living beings. Distressed by this sight, the sage wondered whether there was anything at all in the universe that was permanent. As the waters continued to rise, he clung to the upper branches of a banyan tree.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At that moment, he saw a single leaf floating upon the turbulent waters below him. Upon the leaf lay a beautiful infant, smiling and sucking his own toe. The child was none other than Kṛṣṇa. Ṛṣi Mārkaṇḍeya rushed towards the child, but as he drew near, he was drawn inside the child by the force of the child’s inhalation. Within the child’s body, an astonishing vision unfolded before him. He beheld innumerable worlds, entire universes, and the continual processes of destruction and creation of universes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the child exhaled again, Ṛṣi Mārkaṇḍeya was expelled from the child’s body. He then understood the meaning of what he had witnessed, namely that Bhagavān dwells within creation and that the entire creation also exists within Him. At every moment, countless universes are created within Him, and countless others are dissolved. Everything that can be seen, heard, touched, tasted, or spoken of ultimately perishes, while Bhagavān alone is eternal and imperishable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: Indra and Many Indras&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After Indra defeated the powerful Asura, he faced another task, namely the rebuilding of his capital, Amarāvatī, which had been destroyed in the war. He summoned his architect Viśvakarmā and said, “I am the mighty Indra who has defeated the powerful demon Vṛtra. Build for me a magnificent palace worthy of my greatness, for I am the king of all the Devas.”&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Viśvakarmā and Indra.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
In obedience to this command, Viśvakarmā constructed a lofty palace and invited Indra to inspect it. Indra, however, expressed his dissatisfaction, saying that such a structure was beneath his dignity and that something far more grand should be designed and built.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Viśvakarmā redesigned and constructed an even more magnificent palace, whose towers and domes seemed to touch the clouds. Yet Indra remained dissatisfied and demanded something still greater, asking how the mightiest Deva in the universe could live in what he considered an ordinary palace. Though disheartened, Viśvakarmā, fearing Indra, set about creating an even grander structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the day of inauguration arrived, all the Devas marvelled at the beauty, splendour, and opulence of Viśvakarmā’s palace. To their astonishment, Indra was still displeased and reproached Viśvakarmā, accusing him of failing to do justice to Indra’s glory. Unable to bear this any longer, Viśvakarmā approached Bhagavān Brahmā and prayed that Indra’s vanity and pride were boundless, and that despite exhausting all skill and resources, nothing satisfied him. Brahmā replied that they should approach Bhagavān Viṣṇu, who alone could set Indra in his proper place. They went to Viṣṇu, who promised to intervene.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following day, Indra noticed a group of children playing outside his palace. One child in particular appeared extraordinarily charming and radiant. Indra invited the boy inside and, moved by an instinctive reverence, washed his feet. He then proudly showed the child his latest palace. After observing it carefully, the boy remarked that it was indeed the greatest palace among those in which the Indras before him had lived.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indra reacted sharply, asking what was meant by Indras before him, asserting that he alone was Indra and that none greater had ever existed. The boy laughed and explained that Indra was merely the ruler of this universe. At any given time, innumerable universes exist, while countless others continuously emerge from and dissolve back into the body of Viṣṇu. Each universe has its own Indra, and during the lifetime of a single universe, many Indras arise one after another. The number of universes and Indras is beyond all counting.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Indra and the boy.jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
Indra was deeply shaken and protested that such a thing was impossible. The boy then pointed to a stream of ants entering a crack in the palace wall and said that Indra’s finite mind could not comprehend the infinite Viṣṇu and His infinite creations. Each of those ants, he said, had been an Indra in some previous existence. Astonished, Indra questioned how this could be so. The boy replied that one who performs numerous virtuous acts of dharm is reborn as Indra in a heaven within a universe, and after the fruits of those deeds are exhausted, the soul is reborn again as another being. Greatness and insignificance alike arise and pass away, but none exist independently of Viṣṇu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indra’s pride was completely shattered. He realised that his vanity was meaningless. Although he had defeated Vṛtra, he was not supreme, and all his power, glory, and fame would eventually fade. Only the Supreme Being endures forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Mysterious_Nature_of_the_Divine&amp;diff=175137</id>
		<title>Talk:Commentary on Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad: Mysterious Nature of the Divine</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Mysterious_Nature_of_the_Divine&amp;diff=175137"/>
		<updated>2026-01-07T09:17:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Context&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The following two mantras of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad describe the profoundly mysterious and paradoxical nature of Brahman, who transcends the reach of the senses, the mind, and even the cognitive powers of the Devas. Brahman is presented as immanent yet unreachable, motionless yet surpassing all movement, forming a central Upaniṣadic meditation on transcendence and immanence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mantra 4&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;**अनेजदेकं मनसो जवीयो नैनैव देवाः आप्नुवन् पूर्वमर्षत् ।&lt;br /&gt;
तद्धावतोऽन्यानत्येति तिष्ठत्तस्मिन्नपो मातरिश्वा दधाति ॥ ४ ॥**&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The One that is unmoving is yet swifter than the mind. The Devas could not reach It, for It always went before them. Though standing still, It surpasses all that run. By It, Mātarīśvan, the vital air, supports the waters.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 4&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purport&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Brahman, the Supreme Reality, is unique and without comparison, revealing itself through profound paradox. Though all pervading and ever present, Brahman remains inaccessible to the grasp of the mind. The mind, despite its remarkable subtlety and speed, cannot comprehend Brahman in its fullness. Whenever the intellect believes it has arrived at understanding, it discovers that Brahman exceeds all such conceptual boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The inability to comprehend Brahman is not due to spatial distance, for Brahman does not move from one location to another and is always immediately present. Rather, Brahman appears remote because it transcends all instruments of perception and cognition. Even the Devas, endowed with superior faculties, fail to apprehend its true nature, thereby underscoring the inherent limitation of sensory and intellectual means.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mantra expresses this transcendence through striking imagery. Brahman is unmoving, yet faster than the mind, standing still while surpassing those who pursue it. Within Brahman and by its sustaining power, Mātarīśvan, identified with the cosmic vital force or prāṇa, moves within subtle space and upholds the waters, giving rise to cosmic order and life sustaining processes. Alternatively, this imagery may also signify the animation of prāṇas within the womb, sustaining life even before conscious awareness arises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, Brahman is revealed as the hidden ground of all activity, the silent presence that enables motion, life, and order, while remaining beyond all direct apprehension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The textual difference between the Kāṇva and the Mādhyandina recensions does not result in any difference in meaning. In the second quarter of the mantra, the term Devas may be understood either as the Divine Beings or as the sense faculties, namely the five senses of perception together with the mind as the sixth. Since these luminous faculties dwell within the individual, the senses are also designated as Devas. The teaching that even the Devas are unable to fathom the mystery of Brahman, and that their powers are derived from Him alone, is illustrated by the well known episode from the Kena Upaniṣad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the fourth quarter of the mantra, commentators generally admit both meanings. Mātarīśvan denotes air or the vital life forces, so called because it moves and grows within space, mātari. By extension, the term is also applied to the fetus, which grows within the mother’s womb. The Vedic accent in the mantra indicates that the word apaḥ is plural and refers to atmospheric waters. This interpretation is accepted by Śaṅkarācārya as an alternative meaning and by Raṅgarāmānuja as the primary meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mantra 5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;तदेजति तन्नैजति तद्दूरे तद्वन्तिके ।&lt;br /&gt;
तदन्तरस्य सर्वस्य तदु सर्वस्य बाह्यतः ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;It moves, and It indeed moves not. It is far and It is near. It is within all this, and It is also indeed outside all this.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 5&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purport&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Brahman is all pervading and uniform. Therefore, it is immobile and does not travel from one place to another. There is no point where it is not eternally present. Yet, within Brahman, all cosmic bodies, matter, and energies continue to move, creating the appearance of movement attributed to Brahman itself. Because Brahman is omnipresent, it abides in the most remote regions of creation and is at the same time closest to us, as it is present within us. Brahman is immanent, being within everything, and also all pervading and all enveloping, surrounding all beings and existing equally within all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
In Abrahamic religious traditions, God is conceived as dwelling in a remote realm called heaven, from where He governs the world, observes human actions, and communicates through intermediaries. In the Hindu tradition, Brahman is not a distant ruler but an intimate and immediate presence, eternally surrounding all beings and abiding within them, sustaining life, withdrawing it, and witnessing all actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustrations for Mantras 4–5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Elephant and the Six Blind Men&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once, six men who were blind from birth were brought to an elephant and were asked to describe it. They surrounded the elephant and each touched a different part of its body. The first blind man touched the tail of the elephant and declared that the elephant was like a rope. The second touched the leg and asserted that the elephant was like a pillar. The third touched the trunk and said that the elephant resembled a snake. The fourth, who touched the broad body, insisted that the elephant was like a wall. The fifth, who happened to touch an ear, claimed that it was like a fan. The sixth grasped a tusk and confidently proclaimed that the elephant was like a sharp spear. Each of the six men refused to accept the descriptions of the others, firmly believing that his own limited experience revealed the true nature of the elephant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The moral of the story is that although truth is one, it is described partially from different standpoints. When all perspectives are taken together and harmonized, a more complete understanding emerges. Similarly, those who quarrel over the nature of God resemble these blind men. Their differing views may represent distinct aspects or partial apprehensions of the same truth. Just as the blind men could not perceive the elephant in its entirety, human beings cannot see, hear, taste, touch, or smell the Divine in its fullness. Therefore, dogmatic assertions about the nature of God and the rejection of other perspectives are unwarranted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Yaśodā Beholds the Universe in Kṛṣṇa’s Mouth&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Kṛṣṇa had grown into a young child who could walk and play with other children of his age outside his home. One day, while playing, Kṛṣṇa put some soil into his mouth. One of his companions reported this to Yaśodā. She took Kṛṣṇa by the hand and brought him inside, admonishing him that eating soil was harmful and could lead to illness. She asked him whether he had eaten soil and demanded that he open his mouth to show her.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Yaśodā Beholds the Universe in Kṛṣṇa’s Mouth.jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
Kṛṣṇa denied the accusation, but at Yaśodā’s insistence, he opened his mouth wide. Yaśodā was astonished to behold within it the entire universe, including the sun, the moon, the stars, and the earth. She was then convinced that her son was not an ordinary child but the Divine Himself. Perceiving her amazement, Kṛṣṇa employed his divine power to make her forget this realization. Yaśodā resumed her maternal affection, fondling him lovingly, while Kṛṣṇa smiled gently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These illustrations convey the teaching that the Divine simultaneously transcends and pervades all things, being both beyond complete comprehension and yet intimately present within the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Parable&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
When Bāhva was questioned about Brahman by Vāśkalin, he explained it to him through silence. He said, “Learn about Brahman, my friend,” and then remained silent. When questioned a second and a third time about Brahman, he replied, “I am indeed teaching you, but you are not trying to understand. That Ātmā is silence.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: Even Devas Cannot Fathom Brahman&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The universe was functioning in its usual orderly manner. In the course of time, the elements of nature, namely earth, water, fire, space, and air, became subtly arrogant. They began to think that they themselves constituted the universe and that they alone were responsible for its existence and maintenance. In order to remove this delusion, Bhagavān resolved to teach them a lesson.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bhagavān appeared before Fire in the form of a young man. Blinded by pride, none of the elements recognised Him and regarded Him as a stranger from some distant land. Bhagavān addressed Fire and asked him about his powers. Fire replied with confidence that he could burn the entire creation to ashes. Bhagavān then placed a single blade of grass before him and said that he should burn it. Fire exerted itself repeatedly, but the blade of grass did not burn at all. Fire was astonished and shaken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other elements were not prepared to abandon their pride. Air stepped forward and declared that he could blow away everything in his path and that he was almighty. Bhagavān placed the same blade of grass before Air and asked him to blow it away. Air made repeated efforts, but was unable to move even that blade of grass. In the same manner, the remaining elements attempted to demonstrate their powers and failed before that mysterious presence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The five elements were now overcome with fear, for they did not know who this stranger was who had rendered them powerless. They therefore approached their leader Indra, identified with the ātmā, and requested him to investigate. Indra went to the place where the stranger had appeared, but the stranger had vanished. In his place stood a radiant lady named Umā, representing spiritual knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indra asked her who the mysterious person was who had humbled the five elements and deprived them of their powers. Umā replied that it was Brahman, the Supreme Being. It is by the will of Bhagavān that the wind blows, the rivers flow, fire burns, space contains all things, and the earth supports living beings. Without the will of that Bhagavān, even a leaf cannot move. The sun rises by His command, the stars shine through Him, and the moon reflects His grace. She instructed Indra to know Bhagavān alone as the source of all power and all properties of the universe, and declared that by knowing Him alone one attains mokṣa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: Brahman is Outside and Within Us&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The following story from the Śrīmad Bhāgavata Purāṇa, Skandha 12, illustrates through a mystical example how Bhagavān is both within us and outside us.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ṛṣi Mārkaṇḍeya and Sri Kṛṣṇa.jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
By the boon of Bhagavān Śiva, the Ṛṣi Mārkaṇḍeya became immortal. Therefore, when the age of the universe came to an end and dissolution began, Ṛṣi Mārkaṇḍeya did not perish. He witnessed a vast cosmic deluge in which waters rose and submerged everything in their path, engulfing all the worlds and all living beings. Distressed by this sight, the sage wondered whether there was anything at all in the universe that was permanent. As the waters continued to rise, he clung to the upper branches of a banyan tree.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At that moment, he saw a single leaf floating upon the turbulent waters below him. Upon the leaf lay a beautiful infant, smiling and sucking his own toe. The child was none other than Kṛṣṇa. Ṛṣi Mārkaṇḍeya rushed towards the child, but as he drew near, he was drawn inside the child by the force of the child’s inhalation. Within the child’s body, an astonishing vision unfolded before him. He beheld innumerable worlds, entire universes, and the continual processes of destruction and creation of universes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the child exhaled again, Ṛṣi Mārkaṇḍeya was expelled from the child’s body. He then understood the meaning of what he had witnessed, namely that Bhagavān dwells within creation and that the entire creation also exists within Him. At every moment, countless universes are created within Him, and countless others are dissolved. Everything that can be seen, heard, touched, tasted, or spoken of ultimately perishes, while Bhagavān alone is eternal and imperishable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: Indra and Many Indras&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After Indra defeated the powerful Asura, he faced another task, namely the rebuilding of his capital, Amarāvatī, which had been destroyed in the war. He summoned his architect Viśvakarmā and said, “I am the mighty Indra who has defeated the powerful demon Vṛtra. Build for me a magnificent palace worthy of my greatness, for I am the king of all the Devas.”&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Viśvakarmā and Indra.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
In obedience to this command, Viśvakarmā constructed a lofty palace and invited Indra to inspect it. Indra, however, expressed his dissatisfaction, saying that such a structure was beneath his dignity and that something far more grand should be designed and built.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Viśvakarmā redesigned and constructed an even more magnificent palace, whose towers and domes seemed to touch the clouds. Yet Indra remained dissatisfied and demanded something still greater, asking how the mightiest Deva in the universe could live in what he considered an ordinary palace. Though disheartened, Viśvakarmā, fearing Indra, set about creating an even grander structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the day of inauguration arrived, all the Devas marvelled at the beauty, splendour, and opulence of Viśvakarmā’s palace. To their astonishment, Indra was still displeased and reproached Viśvakarmā, accusing him of failing to do justice to Indra’s glory. Unable to bear this any longer, Viśvakarmā approached Bhagavān Brahmā and prayed that Indra’s vanity and pride were boundless, and that despite exhausting all skill and resources, nothing satisfied him. Brahmā replied that they should approach Bhagavān Viṣṇu, who alone could set Indra in his proper place. They went to Viṣṇu, who promised to intervene.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following day, Indra noticed a group of children playing outside his palace. One child in particular appeared extraordinarily charming and radiant. Indra invited the boy inside and, moved by an instinctive reverence, washed his feet. He then proudly showed the child his latest palace. After observing it carefully, the boy remarked that it was indeed the greatest palace among those in which the Indras before him had lived.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indra reacted sharply, asking what was meant by Indras before him, asserting that he alone was Indra and that none greater had ever existed. The boy laughed and explained that Indra was merely the ruler of this universe. At any given time, innumerable universes exist, while countless others continuously emerge from and dissolve back into the body of Viṣṇu. Each universe has its own Indra, and during the lifetime of a single universe, many Indras arise one after another. The number of universes and Indras is beyond all counting.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Indra and the boy.jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
Indra was deeply shaken and protested that such a thing was impossible. The boy then pointed to a stream of ants entering a crack in the palace wall and said that Indra’s finite mind could not comprehend the infinite Viṣṇu and His infinite creations. Each of those ants, he said, had been an Indra in some previous existence. Astonished, Indra questioned how this could be so. The boy replied that one who performs numerous virtuous acts of dharm is reborn as Indra in a heaven within a universe, and after the fruits of those deeds are exhausted, the soul is reborn again as another being. Greatness and insignificance alike arise and pass away, but none exist independently of Viṣṇu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indra’s pride was completely shattered. He realised that his vanity was meaningless. Although he had defeated Vṛtra, he was not supreme, and all his power, glory, and fame would eventually fade. Only the Supreme Being endures forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=File:%E1%B9%9A%E1%B9%A3i_M%C4%81rka%E1%B9%87%E1%B8%8Deya_and_Sri_K%E1%B9%9B%E1%B9%A3%E1%B9%87a.jpg&amp;diff=175136</id>
		<title>File:Ṛṣi Mārkaṇḍeya and Sri Kṛṣṇa.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=File:%E1%B9%9A%E1%B9%A3i_M%C4%81rka%E1%B9%87%E1%B8%8Deya_and_Sri_K%E1%B9%9B%E1%B9%A3%E1%B9%87a.jpg&amp;diff=175136"/>
		<updated>2026-01-07T09:17:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;An illustration&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=File:Ya%C5%9Bod%C4%81_Beholds_the_Universe_in_K%E1%B9%9B%E1%B9%A3%E1%B9%87a%E2%80%99s_Mouth.jpg&amp;diff=175135</id>
		<title>File:Yaśodā Beholds the Universe in Kṛṣṇa’s Mouth.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=File:Ya%C5%9Bod%C4%81_Beholds_the_Universe_in_K%E1%B9%9B%E1%B9%A3%E1%B9%87a%E2%80%99s_Mouth.jpg&amp;diff=175135"/>
		<updated>2026-01-07T09:16:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;An illustration&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Mysterious_Nature_of_the_Divine&amp;diff=175134</id>
		<title>Talk:Commentary on Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad: Mysterious Nature of the Divine</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Mysterious_Nature_of_the_Divine&amp;diff=175134"/>
		<updated>2026-01-07T09:02:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Context&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The following two mantras of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad describe the profoundly mysterious and paradoxical nature of Brahman, who transcends the reach of the senses, the mind, and even the cognitive powers of the Devas. Brahman is presented as immanent yet unreachable, motionless yet surpassing all movement, forming a central Upaniṣadic meditation on transcendence and immanence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mantra 4&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;**अनेजदेकं मनसो जवीयो नैनैव देवाः आप्नुवन् पूर्वमर्षत् ।&lt;br /&gt;
तद्धावतोऽन्यानत्येति तिष्ठत्तस्मिन्नपो मातरिश्वा दधाति ॥ ४ ॥**&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The One that is unmoving is yet swifter than the mind. The Devas could not reach It, for It always went before them. Though standing still, It surpasses all that run. By It, Mātarīśvan, the vital air, supports the waters.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 4&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purport&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Brahman, the Supreme Reality, is unique and without comparison, revealing itself through profound paradox. Though all pervading and ever present, Brahman remains inaccessible to the grasp of the mind. The mind, despite its remarkable subtlety and speed, cannot comprehend Brahman in its fullness. Whenever the intellect believes it has arrived at understanding, it discovers that Brahman exceeds all such conceptual boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The inability to comprehend Brahman is not due to spatial distance, for Brahman does not move from one location to another and is always immediately present. Rather, Brahman appears remote because it transcends all instruments of perception and cognition. Even the Devas, endowed with superior faculties, fail to apprehend its true nature, thereby underscoring the inherent limitation of sensory and intellectual means.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mantra expresses this transcendence through striking imagery. Brahman is unmoving, yet faster than the mind, standing still while surpassing those who pursue it. Within Brahman and by its sustaining power, Mātarīśvan, identified with the cosmic vital force or prāṇa, moves within subtle space and upholds the waters, giving rise to cosmic order and life sustaining processes. Alternatively, this imagery may also signify the animation of prāṇas within the womb, sustaining life even before conscious awareness arises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, Brahman is revealed as the hidden ground of all activity, the silent presence that enables motion, life, and order, while remaining beyond all direct apprehension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The textual difference between the Kāṇva and the Mādhyandina recensions does not result in any difference in meaning. In the second quarter of the mantra, the term Devas may be understood either as the Divine Beings or as the sense faculties, namely the five senses of perception together with the mind as the sixth. Since these luminous faculties dwell within the individual, the senses are also designated as Devas. The teaching that even the Devas are unable to fathom the mystery of Brahman, and that their powers are derived from Him alone, is illustrated by the well known episode from the Kena Upaniṣad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the fourth quarter of the mantra, commentators generally admit both meanings. Mātarīśvan denotes air or the vital life forces, so called because it moves and grows within space, mātari. By extension, the term is also applied to the fetus, which grows within the mother’s womb. The Vedic accent in the mantra indicates that the word apaḥ is plural and refers to atmospheric waters. This interpretation is accepted by Śaṅkarācārya as an alternative meaning and by Raṅgarāmānuja as the primary meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mantra 5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;तदेजति तन्नैजति तद्दूरे तद्वन्तिके ।&lt;br /&gt;
तदन्तरस्य सर्वस्य तदु सर्वस्य बाह्यतः ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;It moves, and It indeed moves not. It is far and It is near. It is within all this, and It is also indeed outside all this.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 5&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purport&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Brahman is all pervading and uniform. Therefore, it is immobile and does not travel from one place to another. There is no point where it is not eternally present. Yet, within Brahman, all cosmic bodies, matter, and energies continue to move, creating the appearance of movement attributed to Brahman itself. Because Brahman is omnipresent, it abides in the most remote regions of creation and is at the same time closest to us, as it is present within us. Brahman is immanent, being within everything, and also all pervading and all enveloping, surrounding all beings and existing equally within all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
In Abrahamic religious traditions, God is conceived as dwelling in a remote realm called heaven, from where He governs the world, observes human actions, and communicates through intermediaries. In the Hindu tradition, Brahman is not a distant ruler but an intimate and immediate presence, eternally surrounding all beings and abiding within them, sustaining life, withdrawing it, and witnessing all actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustrations for Mantras 4–5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Elephant and the Six Blind Men&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once, six men who were blind from birth were brought to an elephant and were asked to describe it. They surrounded the elephant and each touched a different part of its body. The first blind man touched the tail of the elephant and declared that the elephant was like a rope. The second touched the leg and asserted that the elephant was like a pillar. The third touched the trunk and said that the elephant resembled a snake. The fourth, who touched the broad body, insisted that the elephant was like a wall. The fifth, who happened to touch an ear, claimed that it was like a fan. The sixth grasped a tusk and confidently proclaimed that the elephant was like a sharp spear. Each of the six men refused to accept the descriptions of the others, firmly believing that his own limited experience revealed the true nature of the elephant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The moral of the story is that although truth is one, it is described partially from different standpoints. When all perspectives are taken together and harmonized, a more complete understanding emerges. In a similar manner, those who quarrel over the nature of God resemble these blind men. Their differing views may represent distinct aspects or partial apprehensions of the same truth. Just as the blind men could not perceive the elephant in its entirety, human beings cannot see, hear, taste, touch, or smell the Divine in its fullness. Therefore, dogmatic assertions about the nature of God and the rejection of other perspectives are unwarranted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yaśodā Beholds the Universe in Kṛṣṇa’s Mouth==&lt;br /&gt;
Kṛṣṇa had grown into a young child who could walk and play with other children of his age outside his home. One day, while playing, Kṛṣṇa put some soil into his mouth. One of his companions reported this to Yaśodā. She took Kṛṣṇa by the hand and brought him inside, admonishing him that eating soil was harmful and could lead to illness. She asked him whether he had eaten soil and demanded that he open his mouth to show her.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kṛṣṇa denied the accusation, but at Yaśodā’s insistence he opened his mouth wide. Yaśodā was astonished to behold within it the entire universe, including the sun, the moon, the stars, and the earth. She was then convinced that her son was not an ordinary child but the Divine Himself. Perceiving her amazement, Kṛṣṇa employed his divine power to make her forget this realization. Yaśodā resumed her maternal affection, fondling him lovingly, while Kṛṣṇa smiled gently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These illustrations convey the teaching that the Divine simultaneously transcends and pervades all things, being both beyond complete comprehension and yet intimately present within the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Parable&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
When Bāhva was questioned about Brahman by Vāśkalin, he explained it to him through silence. He said, “Learn about Brahman, my friend,” and then remained silent. When questioned a second and a third time about Brahman, he replied, “I am indeed teaching you, but you are not trying to understand. That Ātmā is silence.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: Even Devas Cannot Fathom Brahman&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The universe was functioning in its usual orderly manner. In the course of time, the elements of nature, namely earth, water, fire, space, and air, became subtly arrogant. They began to think that they themselves constituted the universe and that they alone were responsible for its existence and maintenance. In order to remove this delusion, Bhagavān resolved to teach them a lesson.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bhagavān appeared before Fire in the form of a young man. Blinded by pride, none of the elements recognised Him and regarded Him as a stranger from some distant land. Bhagavān addressed Fire and asked him about his powers. Fire replied with confidence that he could burn the entire creation to ashes. Bhagavān then placed a single blade of grass before him and said that he should burn it. Fire exerted himself repeatedly, but the blade of grass did not burn at all. Fire was astonished and shaken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other elements were not prepared to abandon their pride. Air stepped forward and declared that he could blow away everything in his path and that he was almighty. Bhagavān placed the same blade of grass before Air and asked him to blow it away. Air made repeated efforts, but was unable to move even that blade of grass. In the same manner, the remaining elements attempted to demonstrate their powers and failed completely before that mysterious presence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The five elements were now overcome with fear, for they did not know who this stranger was who had rendered them powerless. They therefore approached their leader Indra, identified with the ātmā, and requested him to investigate. Indra went to the place where the stranger had appeared, but the stranger had vanished. In his place stood a radiant lady named Umā, representing spiritual knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indra asked her who the mysterious person was who had humbled the five elements and deprived them of their powers. Umā replied that it was Brahman, the Supreme Being. It is by the will of Bhagavān that the wind blows, the rivers flow, fire burns, space contains all things, and the earth supports living beings. Without the will of that Bhagavān, even a leaf cannot move. The sun rises by His command, the stars shine through Him, and the moon reflects His grace. She instructed Indra to know Bhagavān alone as the source of all power and all properties of the universe, and declared that by knowing Him alone one attains mokṣa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: Brahman is Outside and Within Us&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The following story from the Śrīmad Bhāgavata Purāṇa, Skandha 12, illustrates through a mystical example how Bhagavān is both within us and outside us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the boon of Bhagavān Śiva, the sage Mārkaṇḍeya became immortal. Therefore, when the age of the universe came to an end and dissolution began, Mārkaṇḍeya did not perish. He witnessed a vast cosmic deluge in which waters rose and submerged everything in their path, engulfing all the worlds and all living beings. Distressed by this sight, the sage wondered whether there was anything at all in the universe that was permanent. As the waters continued to rise, he clung to the upper branches of a banyan tree.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At that moment, he saw a single leaf floating upon the turbulent waters below him. Upon the leaf lay a beautiful infant, smiling and sucking his own toe. The child was none other than Kṛṣṇa. Mārkaṇḍeya rushed towards the child, but as he drew near, he was drawn inside the child by the force of the child’s inhalation. Within the child’s body, an astonishing vision unfolded before him. He beheld innumerable worlds, entire universes, and the continual processes of destruction and creation of universes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the child exhaled again, Mārkaṇḍeya was expelled from the child’s body. He then understood the meaning of what he had witnessed, namely that Bhagavān dwells within creation and that the entire creation also exists within Him. At every moment, countless universes are created within Him and countless others are dissolved. Everything that can be seen, heard, touched, tasted, or spoken of ultimately perishes, while Bhagavān alone is eternal and imperishable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: Indra and Many Indras&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After Indra defeated the powerful Asura, he faced another task, namely the rebuilding of his capital, Amarāvatī, which had been destroyed in the war. He summoned his architect Viśvakarmā and said, “I am the mighty Indra who has defeated the powerful demon Vṛtra. Build for me a magnificent palace worthy of my greatness, for I am the king of all the Devas.”&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Viśvakarmā and Indra.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
In obedience to this command, Viśvakarmā constructed a lofty palace and invited Indra to inspect it. Indra, however, expressed his dissatisfaction, saying that such a structure was beneath his dignity and that something far more grand should be designed and built.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Viśvakarmā redesigned and constructed an even more magnificent palace, whose towers and domes seemed to touch the clouds. Yet Indra remained dissatisfied and demanded something still greater, asking how the mightiest Deva in the universe could live in what he considered an ordinary palace. Though disheartened, Viśvakarmā, fearing Indra, set about creating an even grander structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the day of inauguration arrived, all the Devas marvelled at the beauty, splendour, and opulence of Viśvakarmā’s palace. To their astonishment, Indra was still displeased and reproached Viśvakarmā, accusing him of failing to do justice to Indra’s glory. Unable to bear this any longer, Viśvakarmā approached Bhagavān Brahmā and prayed that Indra’s vanity and pride were boundless, and that despite exhausting all skill and resources, nothing satisfied him. Brahmā replied that they should approach Bhagavān Viṣṇu, who alone could set Indra in his proper place. They went to Viṣṇu, who promised to intervene.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following day, Indra noticed a group of children playing outside his palace. One child in particular appeared extraordinarily charming and radiant. Indra invited the boy inside and, moved by an instinctive reverence, washed his feet. He then proudly showed the child his latest palace. After observing it carefully, the boy remarked that it was indeed the greatest palace among those in which the Indras before him had lived.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indra reacted sharply, asking what was meant by Indras before him, asserting that he alone was Indra and that none greater had ever existed. The boy laughed and explained that Indra was merely the ruler of this universe. At any given time, innumerable universes exist, while countless others continuously emerge from and dissolve back into the body of Viṣṇu. Each universe has its own Indra, and during the lifetime of a single universe, many Indras arise one after another. The number of universes and Indras is beyond all counting.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Indra and the boy.jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
Indra was deeply shaken and protested that such a thing was impossible. The boy then pointed to a stream of ants entering a crack in the palace wall and said that Indra’s finite mind could not comprehend the infinite Viṣṇu and His infinite creations. Each of those ants, he said, had been an Indra in some previous existence. Astonished, Indra questioned how this could be so. The boy replied that one who performs numerous virtuous acts of dharm is reborn as Indra in a heaven within a universe, and after the fruits of those deeds are exhausted, the soul is reborn again as another being. Greatness and insignificance alike arise and pass away, but none exist independently of Viṣṇu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indra’s pride was completely shattered. He realised that his vanity was meaningless. Although he had defeated Vṛtra, he was not supreme, and all his power, glory, and fame would eventually fade. Only the Supreme Being endures forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=File:Vi%C5%9Bvakarm%C4%81_and_Indra.png&amp;diff=175133</id>
		<title>File:Viśvakarmā and Indra.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=File:Vi%C5%9Bvakarm%C4%81_and_Indra.png&amp;diff=175133"/>
		<updated>2026-01-07T09:01:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;An illustration&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=File:Indra_and_the_boy.jpg&amp;diff=175132</id>
		<title>File:Indra and the boy.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=File:Indra_and_the_boy.jpg&amp;diff=175132"/>
		<updated>2026-01-07T09:00:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Indra learns from the boy&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Mysterious_Nature_of_the_Divine&amp;diff=175131</id>
		<title>Talk:Commentary on Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad: Mysterious Nature of the Divine</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Mysterious_Nature_of_the_Divine&amp;diff=175131"/>
		<updated>2026-01-07T08:37:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: Created page with &amp;quot;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Context&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The following two mantras of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad describe the profoundly mysterious and paradoxical nature of Brahman, who transcends the reach of the senses, the mind, and even the cognitive powers of the Devas. Brahman is presented as immanent yet unreachable, motionless yet surpassing all movement, forming a central Upaniṣadic meditation on transcendence and immanence.  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Mantra 4&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;**अनेजदे...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Context&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The following two mantras of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad describe the profoundly mysterious and paradoxical nature of Brahman, who transcends the reach of the senses, the mind, and even the cognitive powers of the Devas. Brahman is presented as immanent yet unreachable, motionless yet surpassing all movement, forming a central Upaniṣadic meditation on transcendence and immanence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mantra 4&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;**अनेजदेकं मनसो जवीयो नैनैव देवाः आप्नुवन् पूर्वमर्षत् ।&lt;br /&gt;
तद्धावतोऽन्यानत्येति तिष्ठत्तस्मिन्नपो मातरिश्वा दधाति ॥ ४ ॥**&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The One that is unmoving is yet swifter than the mind. The Devas could not reach It, for It always went before them. Though standing still, It surpasses all that run. By It, Mātarīśvan, the vital air, supports the waters.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 4&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purport&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Brahman, the Supreme Reality, is unique and without comparison, revealing itself through profound paradox. Though all pervading and ever present, Brahman remains inaccessible to the grasp of the mind. The mind, despite its remarkable subtlety and speed, cannot comprehend Brahman in its fullness. Whenever the intellect believes it has arrived at understanding, it discovers that Brahman exceeds all such conceptual boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The inability to comprehend Brahman is not due to spatial distance, for Brahman does not move from one location to another and is always immediately present. Rather, Brahman appears remote because it transcends all instruments of perception and cognition. Even the Devas, endowed with superior faculties, fail to apprehend its true nature, thereby underscoring the inherent limitation of sensory and intellectual means.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mantra expresses this transcendence through striking imagery. Brahman is unmoving, yet faster than the mind, standing still while surpassing those who pursue it. Within Brahman and by its sustaining power, Mātarīśvan, identified with the cosmic vital force or prāṇa, moves within subtle space and upholds the waters, giving rise to cosmic order and life sustaining processes. Alternatively, this imagery may also signify the animation of prāṇas within the womb, sustaining life even before conscious awareness arises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, Brahman is revealed as the hidden ground of all activity, the silent presence that enables motion, life, and order, while remaining beyond all direct apprehension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The textual difference between the Kāṇva and the Mādhyandina recensions does not result in any difference in meaning. In the second quarter of the mantra, the term Devas may be understood either as the Divine Beings or as the sense faculties, namely the five senses of perception together with the mind as the sixth. Since these luminous faculties dwell within the individual, the senses are also designated as Devas. The teaching that even the Devas are unable to fathom the mystery of Brahman, and that their powers are derived from Him alone, is illustrated by the well known episode from the Kena Upaniṣad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the fourth quarter of the mantra, commentators generally admit both meanings. Mātarīśvan denotes air or the vital life forces, so called because it moves and grows within space, mātari. By extension, the term is also applied to the fetus, which grows within the mother’s womb. The Vedic accent in the mantra indicates that the word apaḥ is plural and refers to atmospheric waters. This interpretation is accepted by Śaṅkarācārya as an alternative meaning and by Raṅgarāmānuja as the primary meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mantra 5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;तदेजति तन्नैजति तद्दूरे तद्वन्तिके ।&lt;br /&gt;
तदन्तरस्य सर्वस्य तदु सर्वस्य बाह्यतः ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;It moves, and It indeed moves not. It is far and It is near. It is within all this, and It is also indeed outside all this.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 5&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purport&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Brahman is all pervading and uniform. Therefore, it is immobile and does not travel from one place to another. There is no point where it is not eternally present. Yet, within Brahman, all cosmic bodies, matter, and energies continue to move, creating the appearance of movement attributed to Brahman itself. Because Brahman is omnipresent, it abides in the most remote regions of creation and is at the same time closest to us, as it is present within us. Brahman is immanent, being within everything, and also all pervading and all enveloping, surrounding all beings and existing equally within all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
In Abrahamic religious traditions, God is conceived as dwelling in a remote realm called heaven, from where He governs the world, observes human actions, and communicates through intermediaries. In the Hindu tradition, Brahman is not a distant ruler but an intimate and immediate presence, eternally surrounding all beings and abiding within them, sustaining life, withdrawing it, and witnessing all actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustrations for Mantras 4–5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Elephant and the Six Blind Men&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once, six men who were blind from birth were brought to an elephant and were asked to describe it. They surrounded the elephant and each touched a different part of its body. The first blind man touched the tail of the elephant and declared that the elephant was like a rope. The second touched the leg and asserted that the elephant was like a pillar. The third touched the trunk and said that the elephant resembled a snake. The fourth, who touched the broad body, insisted that the elephant was like a wall. The fifth, who happened to touch an ear, claimed that it was like a fan. The sixth grasped a tusk and confidently proclaimed that the elephant was like a sharp spear. Each of the six men refused to accept the descriptions of the others, firmly believing that his own limited experience revealed the true nature of the elephant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The moral of the story is that although truth is one, it is described partially from different standpoints. When all perspectives are taken together and harmonized, a more complete understanding emerges. In a similar manner, those who quarrel over the nature of God resemble these blind men. Their differing views may represent distinct aspects or partial apprehensions of the same truth. Just as the blind men could not perceive the elephant in its entirety, human beings cannot see, hear, taste, touch, or smell the Divine in its fullness. Therefore, dogmatic assertions about the nature of God and the rejection of other perspectives are unwarranted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yaśodā Beholds the Universe in Kṛṣṇa’s Mouth==&lt;br /&gt;
Kṛṣṇa had grown into a young child who could walk and play with other children of his age outside his home. One day, while playing, Kṛṣṇa put some soil into his mouth. One of his companions reported this to Yaśodā. She took Kṛṣṇa by the hand and brought him inside, admonishing him that eating soil was harmful and could lead to illness. She asked him whether he had eaten soil and demanded that he open his mouth to show her.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kṛṣṇa denied the accusation, but at Yaśodā’s insistence he opened his mouth wide. Yaśodā was astonished to behold within it the entire universe, including the sun, the moon, the stars, and the earth. She was then convinced that her son was not an ordinary child but the Divine Himself. Perceiving her amazement, Kṛṣṇa employed his divine power to make her forget this realization. Yaśodā resumed her maternal affection, fondling him lovingly, while Kṛṣṇa smiled gently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These illustrations convey the teaching that the Divine simultaneously transcends and pervades all things, being both beyond complete comprehension and yet intimately present within the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Parable&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
When Bāhva was questioned about Brahman by Vāśkalin, he explained it to him through silence. He said, “Learn about Brahman, my friend,” and then remained silent. When questioned a second and a third time about Brahman, he replied, “I am indeed teaching you, but you are not trying to understand. That Ātmā is silence.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: Even Devas Cannot Fathom Brahman&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The universe was functioning in its usual orderly manner. In the course of time, the elements of nature, namely earth, water, fire, space, and air, became subtly arrogant. They began to think that they themselves constituted the universe and that they alone were responsible for its existence and maintenance. In order to remove this delusion, Bhagavān resolved to teach them a lesson.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bhagavān appeared before Fire in the form of a young man. Blinded by pride, none of the elements recognised Him and regarded Him as a stranger from some distant land. Bhagavān addressed Fire and asked him about his powers. Fire replied with confidence that he could burn the entire creation to ashes. Bhagavān then placed a single blade of grass before him and said that he should burn it. Fire exerted himself repeatedly, but the blade of grass did not burn at all. Fire was astonished and shaken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other elements were not prepared to abandon their pride. Air stepped forward and declared that he could blow away everything in his path and that he was almighty. Bhagavān placed the same blade of grass before Air and asked him to blow it away. Air made repeated efforts, but was unable to move even that blade of grass. In the same manner, the remaining elements attempted to demonstrate their powers and failed completely before that mysterious presence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The five elements were now overcome with fear, for they did not know who this stranger was who had rendered them powerless. They therefore approached their leader Indra, identified with the ātmā, and requested him to investigate. Indra went to the place where the stranger had appeared, but the stranger had vanished. In his place stood a radiant lady named Umā, representing spiritual knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indra asked her who the mysterious person was who had humbled the five elements and deprived them of their powers. Umā replied that it was Brahman, the Supreme Being. It is by the will of Bhagavān that the wind blows, the rivers flow, fire burns, space contains all things, and the earth supports living beings. Without the will of that Bhagavān, even a leaf cannot move. The sun rises by His command, the stars shine through Him, and the moon reflects His grace. She instructed Indra to know Bhagavān alone as the source of all power and all properties of the universe, and declared that by knowing Him alone one attains mokṣa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: Brahman is Outside and Within Us&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The following story from the Śrīmad Bhāgavata Purāṇa, Skandha 12, illustrates through a mystical example how Bhagavān is both within us and outside us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the boon of Bhagavān Śiva, the sage Mārkaṇḍeya became immortal. Therefore, when the age of the universe came to an end and dissolution began, Mārkaṇḍeya did not perish. He witnessed a vast cosmic deluge in which waters rose and submerged everything in their path, engulfing all the worlds and all living beings. Distressed by this sight, the sage wondered whether there was anything at all in the universe that was permanent. As the waters continued to rise, he clung to the upper branches of a banyan tree.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At that moment, he saw a single leaf floating upon the turbulent waters below him. Upon the leaf lay a beautiful infant, smiling and sucking his own toe. The child was none other than Kṛṣṇa. Mārkaṇḍeya rushed towards the child, but as he drew near, he was drawn inside the child by the force of the child’s inhalation. Within the child’s body, an astonishing vision unfolded before him. He beheld innumerable worlds, entire universes, and the continual processes of destruction and creation of universes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the child exhaled again, Mārkaṇḍeya was expelled from the child’s body. He then understood the meaning of what he had witnessed, namely that Bhagavān dwells within creation and that the entire creation also exists within Him. At every moment, countless universes are created within Him and countless others are dissolved. Everything that can be seen, heard, touched, tasted, or spoken of ultimately perishes, while Bhagavān alone is eternal and imperishable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: Indra and Many Indras&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After Indra defeated the powerful Asura, he faced another task, namely the rebuilding of his capital, Amarāvatī, which had been destroyed in the war. He summoned his architect Viśvakarmā and said, “I am the mighty Indra who has defeated the powerful demon Vṛtra. Build for me a magnificent palace worthy of my greatness, for I am the king of all the Devas.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In obedience to this command, Viśvakarmā constructed a lofty palace and invited Indra to inspect it. Indra, however, expressed his dissatisfaction, saying that such a structure was beneath his dignity and that something far more grand should be designed and built.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Viśvakarmā redesigned and constructed an even more magnificent palace, whose towers and domes seemed to touch the clouds. Yet Indra remained dissatisfied and demanded something still greater, asking how the mightiest Deva in the universe could live in what he considered an ordinary palace. Though disheartened, Viśvakarmā, fearing Indra, set about creating an even grander structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the day of inauguration arrived, all the Devas marvelled at the beauty, splendour, and opulence of Viśvakarmā’s palace. To their astonishment, Indra was still displeased and reproached Viśvakarmā, accusing him of failing to do justice to Indra’s glory. Unable to bear this any longer, Viśvakarmā approached Bhagavān Brahmā and prayed that Indra’s vanity and pride were boundless, and that despite exhausting all skill and resources, nothing satisfied him. Brahmā replied that they should approach Bhagavān Viṣṇu, who alone could set Indra in his proper place. They went to Viṣṇu, who promised to intervene.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following day, Indra noticed a group of children playing outside his palace. One child in particular appeared extraordinarily charming and radiant. Indra invited the boy inside and, moved by an instinctive reverence, washed his feet. He then proudly showed the child his latest palace. After observing it carefully, the boy remarked that it was indeed the greatest palace among those in which the Indras before him had lived.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indra reacted sharply, asking what was meant by Indras before him, asserting that he alone was Indra and that none greater had ever existed. The boy laughed and explained that Indra was merely the ruler of this universe. At any given time, innumerable universes exist, while countless others continuously emerge from and dissolve back into the body of Viṣṇu. Each universe has its own Indra, and during the lifetime of a single universe, many Indras arise one after another. The number of universes and Indras is beyond all counting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indra was deeply shaken and protested that such a thing was impossible. The boy then pointed to a stream of ants entering a crack in the palace wall and said that Indra’s finite mind could not comprehend the infinite Viṣṇu and His infinite creations. Each of those ants, he said, had been an Indra in some previous existence. Astonished, Indra questioned how this could be so. The boy replied that one who performs numerous virtuous acts of dharm is reborn as Indra in a heaven within a universe, and after the fruits of those deeds are exhausted, the soul is reborn again as another being. Greatness and insignificance alike arise and pass away, but none exist independently of Viṣṇu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indra’s pride was completely shattered. He realised that his vanity was meaningless. Although he had defeated Vṛtra, he was not supreme, and all his power, glory, and fame would eventually fade. Only the Supreme Being endures forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Fate_of_Materialistic_People&amp;diff=175130</id>
		<title>Talk:Commentary on Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad: Fate of Materialistic People</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Fate_of_Materialistic_People&amp;diff=175130"/>
		<updated>2026-01-07T06:57:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: Created page with &amp;quot;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Context:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;   This verse reinforces the ideas discussed in the first two verses. It emphatically declares that there is indeed a reality beyond the perceptible world, which alone is the source of true happiness.  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Mantra 3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Kāṇva version&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;असुर्या नाम ते लोका अन्धेन तमसा आवृताः ।&amp;#039;&amp;#039;   &amp;#039;&amp;#039;तांस्ते प्रेत्याभिगच्छन...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Context:&#039;&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
This verse reinforces the ideas discussed in the first two verses. It emphatically declares that there is indeed a reality beyond the perceptible world, which alone is the source of true happiness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mantra 3&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Kāṇva version&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;असुर्या नाम ते लोका अन्धेन तमसा आवृताः ।&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;तांस्ते प्रेत्याभिगच्छन्ति ये के च आत्महनो जनाः ॥ ३ ॥&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mādhyandina version&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;असुर्या नाम ते लोका अन्धेन तमसावृताः ।&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;तांस्ते प्रेत्यापि गच्छन्ति ये के च आत्महनो जनाः ॥ ३ ॥&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;IAST Transliteration&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Kāṇva version&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
asuryā nāma te lokā andhena tamasā āvṛtāḥ |  &lt;br /&gt;
tāṃs te pretyābhigacchanti ye ke ca ātmahano janāḥ || 3 ||&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Mādhyandina version&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;asuryā nāma te lokā andhena tamasāvṛtāḥ |&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;tāṃs te pretyāpi gacchanti ye ke ca ātmahano janāḥ || 3 ||&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Those worlds are called &#039;&#039;asuryāḥ&#039;&#039;, enveloped in blinding darkness. Into them indeed plunge, after death (also, according to the Mādhyandina recension), all those people who are killers of the Self.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 3&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purport&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This mantra describes the destiny of thoroughly materialistic and non-spiritual persons, who, after death, descend into demonic states of existence. The eternal and immutable &#039;&#039;ātmā&#039;&#039; constitutes the true nature of the human being, not the perishable physical body. The &#039;&#039;ātmā&#039;&#039; persists from one life to another, whereas the body undergoes constant change and ultimately perishes at death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Materialistic individuals, however, shrouded in ignorance, vanity, or pride, deny the very existence of the &#039;&#039;ātmā&#039;&#039;. They assert: “Only that which can be perceived by the senses exists. There is nothing beyond this world; there is no life after death. Man is merely a combination of material elements, born of the lust of his parents. With physical birth we begin, and with death we end. Therefore, there is no connection between actions and their results. There is neither virtue nor vice. Hence, eat, drink, and be merry.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By denying their own true essence, such deluded persons destroy their &#039;&#039;ātmā&#039;&#039; in this very life. Consequently, they attain neither happiness nor wisdom here, and after death they reach realms characterized by darkness, sorrow, and profound ignorance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Almost all translations of this mantra gloss asuryā as demonic, assuming that these worlds pertain to asuras. Some interpret the term as asūryā, meaning sunless or devoid of the light of wisdom and happiness. However, in the Vedic mantras, the word asura itself signifies the life giving Lord and not the opposite of suras or devas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This latter meaning becomes dominant in post &#039;&#039;&#039;ऋग्वेद&#039;&#039;&#039; literature and in classical Sanskrit texts, where asura is analyzed as a plus sura meaning not a deva and therefore an evil being, rather than asu plus ra meaning life giving, as in the Vedas. Therefore, in this mantra of the &#039;&#039;&#039;ईशावास्य उपनिषद्&#039;&#039;&#039; मन्त्र ३, translations of asuryā as demonic or sunless are philologically problematic. This is the view of Paṇḍit Satavakelar, who has argued convincingly by citing numerous Vedic mantras that asuryā in Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 3 refers to those who are proud of their strength, effort and energy, while failing to acknowledge the Divine basis of creation, thereby becoming egotistical and arrogant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Against this interpretation, there exist other Vedic passages in which asuryā clearly denotes association with asuras, evil, darkness and night. Hence, it is acceptable to translate this mantra either way, since asuras are characterized by pride in strength and are enveloped in the darkness of materialism, exploitation and ignorance. In either case, the essential teaching remains unchanged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parallel Teachings from the Bhagavad Gītā&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The demonic do not know Pravṛtti, karm performed in a manner that leads to rebirth, nor Nivṛtti, karm performed in a manner that leads to mokṣa. Neither purity, nor right conduct, nor truth is found in them.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 16.7&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;They declare that the universe is without truth, without foundation and without a Lord, not produced by a lawful cause and effect sequence. Lust alone is the cause.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 16.8&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Holding fast to such views, these ruined souls of little intelligence and cruel actions arise as enemies of the world, intent upon its destruction.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 16.9&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Given over to insatiable desires, full of hypocrisy, pride and arrogance, deluded by false views, they act with impure resolves.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 16.10&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Bound by countless anxieties ending only with death, taking the gratification of desires as the highest goal, convinced that this alone is everything.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 16.11&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Bound by a hundred snares of hope, devoted to desire and anger, they strive to amass wealth through unjust means for the enjoyment of their senses.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 16.12&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;This has been gained by me today. This desire I shall fulfill. This is mine and that wealth also shall be mine.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 16.13&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;This enemy has been slain by me and others too shall I slay. I am the lord. I am the enjoyer. I am successful, powerful and happy.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 16.14&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;I am wealthy and well born. Who is equal to me. I shall perform yajñas. I shall give gifts. I shall rejoice. Thus speak those deluded by ignorance.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 16.15&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Bewildered by many thoughts, entangled in the net of delusion, addicted to sense enjoyment, they fall into foul hells.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 16.16&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Self conceited, obstinate, filled with pride and arrogance of wealth, they perform yajñas in name alone, with ostentation and without regard for Vedic injunctions.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 16.17&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Given over to egotism, power, arrogance, lust and anger, these malicious beings despise Me dwelling in their own bodies and in those of others.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 16.18&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;These cruel haters, the lowest among men, I repeatedly cast into demonic wombs in the cycle of birth and death.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 16.19&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Entering demonic wombs and deluded birth after birth, they fail to attain Me, O son of Kuntī, and descend to the lowest state.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 16.20&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interestingly, this mantra of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad is cited in certain strands of later Hindu literature as a Vedic injunction against suicide. However, as is evident from the actual meaning and context of the mantra, this interpretation is not philologically or doctrinally accurate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Variants of Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 3 also occur in other Vedic texts. For example, the following passage is found in the &#039;&#039;&#039;बृहदारण्यक उपनिषद्&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;अनन्दाः नाम ते लोका अन्धेन तमसाऽऽवृताः ।  &lt;br /&gt;
ताँस्ते प्रेत्याभिगच्छन्त्यविद्वांसोऽबुधो जनाः ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The ignorant and unwise people enter after death those realms which are well known to be joyless and enveloped by blinding darkness.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bṛhadāraṇyaka Upaniṣad 4.4.11&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This does not imply that the physical aspect of creation is to be entirely ignored. Rather, Mantras 9 to 11 and 12 to 14 of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad further clarify that one must avoid complete materialism while also not rejecting the world outright. A balance is to be maintained between attention to the temporary aspects of existence such as the body, relationships and enjoyments, and attention to that which is permanent and constitutes the foundation of the temporary, namely *Brahman* and the *ātmā*.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One must therefore integrate the performance of worldly duties with the pursuit of spiritual wisdom. A person who remains devoted to the *ātmā* even while actively engaged in worldly responsibilities progresses to higher and divine realms and ultimately attains *mokṣa*, as described in the subsequent Mantras 15 to 18 of this Upaniṣad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: How a Miser Became a Great Saint&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the well known story of Purandara Dāsa, who lived between 1484 and 1564 and is traditionally regarded as the founder of Carnatic music of South India. Purandara Dāsa was born to a wealthy trader and jeweler named Varadappa Nāyaka and his wife, after the couple prayed to Lord Veṅkaṭeśvara for a child. Varadappa was extremely prosperous, yet he was also deeply compassionate and generous toward the poor and needy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his old age, Varadappa handed over his flourishing business of gems and pawning to his son Śrīnivāsa Nāyaka and arranged his marriage to a virtuous and pious woman named Sarasvatī. After assuming control of the business, Śrīnivāsa completely altered its nature. He became intensely profit driven and hard hearted. He cared only for maximizing wealth and refused to give even a small portion of his income in charity. He drove harsh bargains with the poor and showed no sympathy for their suffering. Owing to his miserliness combined with sharp business acumen, the family business prospered immensely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sarasvatī, by contrast, was kind hearted and compassionate and wished to help the poor whenever possible. Śrīnivāsa strictly forbade her from giving anything in charity. Varadappa repeatedly attempted to guide his son toward the virtues of generosity and compassion, but all such efforts failed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One day, Varadappa fell gravely ill. A physician advised that medicinal ash prepared from burnt precious gems could help save his life. Śrīnivāsa outright rejected the suggestion, unwilling to spend money on procuring valuable gems. Sarasvatī pleaded with him, reminding him that his father’s life was far more precious than any jewel. Śrīnivāsa coldly replied that his father was old and destined to die anyway, and that wealth should not be wasted. Varadappa soon passed away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Śrīnivāsa continued his merciless practices and accumulated such immense wealth that people gave him the title Navakoṭi, meaning the owner of ninety million. One day, a poor brāhmaṇa came to Śrīnivāsa’s shop seeking a small sum of money to perform the sacred thread ceremony of his son. Given Śrīnivāsa’s notorious reputation, it was surprising that anyone approached him at all. Instead of outright refusal, Śrīnivāsa asked the brāhmaṇa to return the next day. This pattern continued day after day for several months.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eventually, while cleaning his shop, Śrīnivāsa discovered a box of counterfeit and worthless coins. When the brāhmaṇa returned again, Śrīnivāsa handed him the box, claiming it was sufficient for the ceremony. The brāhmaṇa soon discovered that the coins were fake. Distraught, he went elsewhere and by chance arrived at Śrīnivāsa’s home, unaware that it belonged to the same miser. Finding Sarasvatī alone, he narrated his suffering and begged for help.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sarasvatī immediately realized that the brāhmaṇa was referring to her husband. She felt profound shame at Śrīnivāsa’s conduct. Since she had been forbidden to give charity from household wealth, she realized that the diamond nose ring she wore had been gifted by her own mother and therefore belonged to her alone. She gave the ornament to the brāhmaṇa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The brāhmaṇa then went to Śrīnivāsa’s shop and requested him to pawn the ornament. On seeing it, Śrīnivāsa was stunned, for it appeared identical to his wife’s nose ring. He asked the brāhmaṇa to return the next day, claiming that he needed time to assess its value. He locked the ornament in his shop and returned home.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At home, Śrīnivāsa demanded that Sarasvatī produce her nose ring. Terrified, she went into the kitchen under the pretext of retrieving it and resolved to end her life by consuming powdered diamonds mixed with water. Just as she was about to drink the mixture, the nose ring suddenly fell into the vessel. Overcome with joy, she bowed before the image of Lord Viṣṇu, recognizing the miracle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Sarasvatī presented the ornament to her husband, Śrīnivāsa rushed back to his shop and discovered that the nose ring had vanished from the safe. Sarasvatī then narrated the entire truth. That night, Śrīnivāsa could not sleep. He realized that Lord Viṣṇu Himself must have appeared in the guise of the brāhmaṇa to awaken him.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next morning, Śrīnivāsa confessed his guilt to his wife. He acknowledged that his greed had destroyed his father, insulted the Divine, and nearly cost him his virtuous wife. At the age of thirty, he underwent a complete transformation. He distributed his wealth among the poor and needy. Together with his wife and children, he began traveling from one pilgrimage center to another throughout the Vijayanagara Empire, singing the praises of God.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ten years later, during his travels, Śrīnivāsa met the great scholar Vyāsatīrtha, a follower of the philosophy of Madhvācārya. Vyāsatīrtha initiated him into sannyāsa and gave him the name Purandara Dāsa. Purandara Dāsa composed thousands of devotional songs, nearly one thousand of which survive today. He systematized the pedagogy of Carnatic music that continues to be followed. Through his disciples, including Haridāsa and indirectly Tānsen, his influence extended across the entire Indian subcontinent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Purandara Dāsa realized that true happiness never arises from wealth pursued as the ultimate goal of life. Such pursuit hardens the heart and destroys love and compassion even toward one’s closest family. True happiness arises only when God is pursued as the final goal. This realization transformed a heartless miser into a saint and bestowed upon him the peace he had long sought.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is said that Purandara Dāsa and his wife became so indifferent to wealth that the king of the Vijayanagara Empire once decided to test them. Disguised as a commoner, the king mixed diamonds with rice in their begging bowl. Unaware, Purandara Dāsa brought the donation home. When his wife sifted the rice, she complained that people had mixed worthless stones with the grain and threw the diamonds outside. Witnessing this, the king was humbled, realizing that those devoted to Bhagavān have no attachment to worldly riches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: No One Ever Gets Satisfied with Pleasures&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many people often say, “There is only one life. Therefore let us enjoy it fully. Who knows whether there will be a tomorrow.” Hindu scriptures narrate the story of Emperor Yayāti to illustrate the fallacy of this belief and to teach that indulgence in pleasures can never bring lasting satisfaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emperor Yayāti was a mighty ruler belonging to the Lunar dynasty. He possessed great power, wealth, and prosperity, and was blessed with two wives and many sons. Yayāti was excessively devoted to the enjoyment of sense pleasures and delighted in living a luxurious and indulgent life. He believed that happiness lay in constant gratification of the senses and therefore immersed himself in worldly enjoyments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As time passed, Yayāti grew old. His body became weak and incapable of enjoying the pleasures to which he had become accustomed. However, his mind remained intensely attached to them and continued to crave sensory enjoyment. Unable to reconcile his aging body with his burning desires, Yayāti approached his sons and asked them to exchange their youth for his old age so that he could once again enjoy life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His elder sons refused, explaining that youth is precious and that each individual must bear the consequences of his own actions. Enraged by their refusal, Yayāti cursed them. His youngest son Pūru, however, was devoted, obedient, and selfless. Out of filial duty and reverence for his father, Pūru willingly exchanged his youth for Yayāti’s old age.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regaining youth, Yayāti once again indulged fully in pleasures of the senses. He lived for many more years, immersing himself in enjoyment as before. Yet when this second youth eventually came to an end and old age returned, Yayāti realized a profound truth. Even after experiencing pleasures through two lifetimes of youth, his desires had not diminished in the slightest. Instead of satisfaction, he felt emptiness and remorse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yayāti was overcome with guilt. He realized that he had wronged his sons by cursing them and had deprived Pūru of his rightful youth. Reflecting deeply on his life, he understood that desire can never be quenched by indulgence. From this realization arose a series of verses, which are preserved in several Purāṇic texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;He who withdraws all pleasures into himself, just as a tortoise draws its limbs inward, alone attains the state of yog. Desire for pleasure never subsides through indulgence. Just as fire blazes more fiercely when clarified butter is poured into it, so too desire grows with every act of enjoyment.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Matsya Purāṇa&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Even if one were to possess all the grains on earth, all gold, all cattle wealth, or even all women, one would still find this insufficient to quench desire.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Matsya Purāṇa&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Therefore one should not be deluded by such things. Only when one bears no ill will toward any living being in thought, word, or deed does one attain Brahman.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Matsya Purāṇa&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;When one is not afraid of others, when none is afraid of him, and when one neither excessively likes nor dislikes others, then alone does one attain Brahman.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Matsya Purāṇa&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;True happiness comes to one who abandons greed and covetousness, evils that never grow old even when the body becomes aged and frail, evils that depart only when life itself departs.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Matsya Purāṇa&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Though hair grows old and teeth decay, alas, greed for wealth and longing for long life never grow old.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Matsya Purāṇa&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The happiness obtained from sense pleasures or even the great happiness of heaven is not equal to even one sixteenth part of the happiness that arises when greed is extinguished.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Matsya Purāṇa&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having realized this eternal truth, Emperor Yayāti returned his youth to Pūru and restored him to his rightful position. Yayāti renounced his attachment to pleasures and devoted the remainder of his life to worship of the Divine Lord, practice of yog, and contemplation of ultimate reality. After his death, he attained heavenly realms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This story demonstrates that blind pursuit of sensory pleasures makes a person selfish and insensitive, causing him to neglect even those closest to him. It leads one to forget the Divine and to falsely believe that wealth and pleasure are earned solely through personal effort and therefore rightfully owned. Such delusion results in suffering during life and greater sorrow after death. Therefore, one must recognize that there are higher aims in life than pleasure alone, namely dharm and devotion to God.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Karmyog&amp;diff=175119</id>
		<title>Talk:Commentary on Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad: Karmyog</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Karmyog&amp;diff=175119"/>
		<updated>2026-01-06T13:18:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Context&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the spiritual frame of mind taught in the preceding verse, one should perform one’s duties ceaselessly. This is the central teaching of the present mantra.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mantra 2&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Devanāgarī&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
कुर्वन्नेवेह कर्माणि जिजीविषेच्छतं समाः ।&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;एवं त्वयि नान्यथेतोऽस्ति न कर्म लिप्यते नरे ॥ २ ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Same in both Śākhās)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;IAST Transliteration&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;kurvann eveha karmāṇi jijīviṣec chataṃ samāḥ |&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;evaṃ tvayi nānyathā ito’sti na karma lipyate nare || 2 ||&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;By performing action alone here, one should desire to live for a hundred years. For you, this is the only way, there is no other. Actions do not taint such a person. &#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purport&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One must not seek the Truth by abandoning the world or by renouncing one’s duties. Such withdrawal is not the path to mokṣa. Rather, one should wish to live a full life of a hundred years, actively engaged in the selfless performance of one’s duties for as long as one lives. This alone is the path prescribed for human liberation, and not its opposite.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All actions inevitably bear fruit—good or bad—and these fruits bind the ātmā, causing rebirth. However, the fruits of action do not taint the wise person who performs duties selflessly as an offering to the Lord, just as a lotus leaf remains untouched by water though it rests upon it. On the other hand, one who, through ignorance, avoids his duties deludes himself by thinking, “I am not performing any action,” for no human being can remain without action even for a single moment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This verse teaches that one should always perform prescribed duties while mentally relinquishing the fruits thereof in favor of God. Both performing good actions with desire for their results and neglecting one’s duties are hindrances on the path to mokṣa. Freedom from karma does not arise from abandoning action, but from performing action continuously without attachment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spiritual path is not one of inertia or laziness, but of constant striving. Hence the Kaṭha Upaniṣad declares:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Devanāgarī&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;उत्तिष्ठत जाग्रत प्राप्य वरान्निबोधत ।&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;IAST&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;uttiṣṭhata jāgrata prāpya varān nibodhata |&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;“Arise, awake, and stop not until the goal is reached.” &#039;&#039;&#039;Kaṭha Upaniṣad 1.3.14&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Everyday examples include a banker who handles vast sums of money daily without attachment, knowing that it is not his own, or a diligent nurse who serves many patients without excessive elation or grief over outcomes. Both remain steadily focused on their duties without attachment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This verse of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad anticipates the doctrine of niṣkāma karmayoga, which is taught in great detail in the Bhagavad Gītā. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustrations&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;The Royal Ṛṣis&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Upaniṣads mention jñānī kings such as Aśvapati Kaikeya and Janaka, whose social and political roles required them to perform their royal duties on a daily basis. The Mahābhārata (12.320.4) refers to Dharmdhvaja Janaka, the king of Mithilā, who attained the fruit of sannyāsa while remaining both a householder and a ruler. The Mahābhārata (12.320.24) mentions Pañcaśikhā as a bhikṣu belonging to the Parāśara gotra. Verse 27 records Dharmdhvaja Janaka stating that Pañcaśikhā imparted to him the complete wisdom of Sāṃkhya, yet did not permit him to renounce the world and become an ascetic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Bhāgavata Purāṇa, we similarly read of King Priyavrata, who was a realized jñānī while actively ruling his kingdom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter 18 of the Śānti Parva (Book 12) of the Mahābhārata records a dialogue between King Janaka, who desired to adopt the life of an ascetic, and his queen, who reasoned with him against this inclination. She convinced him that, as a king, he could serve the devas, gurus, and society at large far more effectively than by renouncing the world. She emphasized the greatness of the householder, who generates wealth and sustains all other sections of society.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, she explained that asceticism is primarily a mental state. One who is formally an ascetic yet remains attached to selfish motives and worldly objects is a hypocrite. Conversely, one who is not formally an ascetic but is self-controlled and serves ascetics and gurus with reverence and gifts is also truly an ascetic. Recognizing the soundness of his wife’s reasoning, King Janaka abandoned his desire to become an ascetic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: The Brāhmaṇa Sannyāsī Jājali Accepts the Superiority of the Vaiśya Tulādhāra&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Mahābhārata, Shānti Parva. Narrated by Bheeshma to King Yudhishthira.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Jājali goes to Tulādhāra to learn about Dharm.jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A brāhmaṇa ascetic named Jājali spent several years studying the scriptures and practicing meditation and other austerities. As a result, he acquired great powers of self-control. One day, while he stood absorbed in meditation, a pair of birds began hovering over his head. They soon started constructing a nest upon it. Moved by compassion, Jājali refrained from shaking his head, fearing that he might frighten the birds away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Standing motionless, he allowed the birds to complete the nest and lay a few eggs in it. Not wishing to harm the eggs, Jājali resolved to remain still until they hatched. When the eggs hatched and the young birds emerged, he continued to stand unmoving for many days, exercising extraordinary self-control. Day after day, the parent birds traveled long distances to bring food and feed their offspring. Within a few weeks, the fledglings grew strong, matured, and finally flew away from the nest on Jājali’s head to begin independent lives. Throughout this entire period, Jājali remained steadfast in meditation, not moving his neck or head lest the birds be harmed or disturbed in any way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, this remarkable achievement, born of years of austerity, unfortunately gave rise to a subtle sense of pride. He thought to himself, “Who else could have accomplished such an extraordinary feat?” No sooner had this thought arisen than a voice resounded from the sky, saying, “Do not become conceited, Jājali. Your glory is not equal to that of the shopkeeper Tulādhāra of Vārāṇasī. And yet, even he does not utter words of self-praise such as you have just done.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jājali felt somewhat affronted, but nevertheless resolved to travel to Vārāṇasī to learn what Tulādhāra had to teach. Upon arriving at the shop, he found Tulādhāra engaged in weighing spices, vegetables, grains, and other goods for his customers. Seeing Jājali, Tulādhāra remarked, “I knew that you would come to see me to learn dharm.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This astonished Jājali even more. He asked, “How did you know that I was coming to see you? And how can you, a mere shopkeeper, instruct me in dharm?”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tulādhāra replied, “Most people in this world follow dharm for selfish reasons. Some desire to attain heaven by performing virtuous karma. Others, like you, derive self-satisfaction and happiness through acts of compassion. You have spent your life studying the śāstras and practicing meditation. But these alone do not automatically lead to a true understanding of dharm.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Source: Mahābhārata, Śānti Parva. Narrated by Bhīṣma to King Yudhiṣṭhira.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tulādhāra continued:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Observe the weighing scale that I use to measure goods before selling them. I always weigh honestly, and the beam of my scale remains perfectly balanced. I neither give less nor more, regardless of whether a customer praises me or criticizes me. I practice honesty not out of desire for praise or fear of blame, but because I have faith in honesty itself. I seek the welfare of all creatures and work diligently to serve others—not for the pleasure of self-satisfaction, but because I have faith in Brahman. I know that this same Brahman dwells in all beings. Therefore, I must act for the good of all and give each their rightful due. This, I believe, is the true essence of dharm: equanimity towards praise and blame, selfless action for the welfare of all, and unwavering faith in Brahman.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Tulādhāra spoke these words, the birds appeared from the sky and declared that although Jājali had been like a father to them, Tulādhāra had indeed spoken the truth concerning the essence of dharm. Jājali now realized that while one must avoid evil karma and perform good karma, the highest path lies in performing good actions not for self-gratification or fear of criticism, but for the welfare of all beings and with faith in goodness and in Brahman.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Embracing this understanding of dharm, Jājali practiced it diligently and eventually attained mokṣa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: The Sannyāsī Learns from the Devoted Housewife and Dharmavyādha, the Righteous Meat-seller&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Brāhmaṇa Kauśika burns birds with his meditative powers..jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A young brāhmaṇa boy named Kauśika, living with his elderly parents, suddenly decided to become an ascetic in order to pursue the spiritual path. His parents begged him not to abandon them, for they were old, he was their only child, and they were entirely dependent upon him. However, the boy paid no heed to their lamentations and left them without compassion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kauśika went to live in a forest on the outskirts of a village. He spent most of his days in meditation and other spiritual disciplines. At midday, he would go to the village to beg for food.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One day, while walking toward the village, bird droppings fell upon his body. Looking up, he saw a crane perched on a tree branch above him. Enraged by this, he cast an angry glance at the bird, whereupon it instantly burst into flames and was reduced to ashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kauśika was astonished. It became evident that he had acquired extraordinary powers through his prolonged meditation. He felt proud and gratified, thinking that the bird deserved its fate for having defiled him.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thereafter, Kauśika approached a house in the village to beg for alms. From inside, the lady of the house requested him to wait for a few minutes until she finished serving her husband. The boy waited, but the lady did not emerge immediately. He became irritated and thought to himself, “How dare she make a great man like me wait so long? Does she not know that I can curse her and burn her to ashes with my anger?”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just as this thought arose, the lady called out from within the house, “O brāhmaṇa boy, I am not like that poor crane that can be burnt to ashes by your anger. Please wait, for I must complete serving my husband before coming to give you food.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kauśika was stunned. How could she have known his thoughts? He had spoken to no one, and she had not even seen him. When she finally came out with the food, she apologized for the delay, explaining that it was her duty to serve her husband before attending to anyone else.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unable to restrain his curiosity, Kauśika asked her how she could read his mind when he himself had taken many years of austerity to gain spiritual powers. The lady replied, “I am a simple housewife and completely uneducated. I know only that it is my duty to serve my husband and family with devotion. This itself is my worship. Beyond this, I know no spiritual doctrine. However, if you wish to learn deeper spiritual truths, go to Mithilāpurī. There lives a butcher named Dharmavyādha. He keeps a meat shop in one of the streets there and may be able to instruct you.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Excited and curious, Kauśika immediately set out for Mithilāpurī. After asking several people, he eventually reached Dharmavyādha’s meat shop. He was appalled by the sight—it was dirty, foul-smelling, and filled with blood and chopped meat. Nevertheless, he introduced himself to Dharmavyādha, who said, “Please give me some time to serve my customers. When I am finished, we shall go home, and then you may ask me about spiritual matters.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kauśika sat there waiting, deeply repulsed by the butcher’s occupation. He wondered why the housewife had sent him so far to meet such a person and how a butcher could possibly know anything about spirituality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the evening, after the day’s work was done, Kauśika followed Dharmavyādha to his home, where the butcher lived with his aged parents. Dharmavyādha respectfully offered the boy a seat. From there, Kauśika observed the butcher lovingly serving fruits, milk, and water to his elderly parents with great reverence. Only after attending to them did Dharmavyādha turn to Kauśika, and the two began a discussion on philosophy and spiritual wisdom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kauśika was astonished by the butcher’s depth of knowledge, intelligence, and spiritual insight. He realized that he had been foolish to abandon his aged parents in the pursuit of spirituality. Though proud of his individual accomplishments, he now saw that they were insignificant compared to the spiritual stature of the humble housewife and Dharmavyādha. Neither had neglected their duties; instead, they faithfully served their husband and parents with love, day after day, worshipping God inwardly. They worked without expectation of reward, simply because they regarded the fulfillment of dharma as their natural obligation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through such selfless action, they had attained spiritual enlightenment by the path of karma-yoga, as taught in the Bhagavad Gītā.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kauśika then returned to his aged parents and served them devotedly. In due course, he married and raised a family. When he became old, after his parents had passed away and his children were settled, he formally accepted sannyāsa and eventually attained mokṣa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: The Karmayoga of the Poor Farmer Surpasses the Bhakti of Nārada&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nārada carries oil pitcher on his head.jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The divine sage Nārada Muni incessantly traveled from one world to another, chanting praises of Bhagavān Viṣṇu. Over time, however, a subtle pride entered his heart, and he began to regard himself as the greatest devotee of Viṣṇu. Wishing to verify whether this self-assessment was correct, he approached Kṛṣṇa and asked, “Bhagavān, whom do You consider to be Your greatest devotee on this earth?”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kṛṣṇa replied, “This is indeed a difficult question. But come with Me; I shall take you to the home of a farmer living in Hemakūṭa. He, I believe, is My greatest devotee.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kṛṣṇa and Nārada assumed disguises and arrived at the farmer’s humble dwelling just as the sun was setting. The farmer’s wife had just served food to her husband and their two children. Seeing strangers at his doorstep, the weary and exhausted farmer welcomed them inside and asked whether they needed anything. The visitors requested some food.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The only food available was what the farmer’s wife had prepared for the family. The farmer therefore offered his portion to the guests, and seeing that there were two visitors, his wife also gave them her share. The guests then expressed their desire to rest for the night. As the hut was very small, the farmer, his wife, and their children slept outside, generously offering the hut to the visitors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following morning, the farmer and his wife prepared more food and served it to the guests as breakfast. Kṛṣṇa (still in disguise) then expressed a wish to see the farmer’s fields. The farmer invited them to accompany him. There, he began plowing the land laboriously with his bullock, explaining to Kṛṣṇa and Nārada the arduous nature of agricultural work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After several hours, when it was time to rest, Kṛṣṇa asked the farmer, “You remain occupied all day working in the fields. You return home, tend to your buffalo, eat the meager food your wife prepares from your limited income, spend a little time with your children, and then fall asleep exhausted. Do you ever find time to remember Bhagavān?”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The farmer replied, “I am a poor man who must labor constantly to support my family and animals. Still, I remember Bhagavān three times each day—when I walk to the fields in the morning, when I return home at sunset, and just before I sleep at night.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nārada smiled inwardly upon hearing this and thought, “He remembers Bhagavān only three times a day, whereas I remember Him thousands of times. Surely Viṣṇu will now realize that I am the greater devotee.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kṛṣṇa, perceiving Nārada’s thoughts, decided to teach him a lesson. As the visitors prepared to depart, the poor farmer offered them a pitcher of oil, saying, “This oil is extracted from the mustard seeds that I grow. Please accept it as a humble gift.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After they had walked some distance, Kṛṣṇa said to Nārada, “Place this pitcher of oil upon your head and walk carefully, ensuring that not a single drop is spilled.” Nārada complied. The task proved extremely difficult, and he remained tense throughout. After some time, Kṛṣṇa asked him, “How many times did you remember Me while carrying that pitcher?”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nārada replied, “I was so anxious about spilling the oil that I did not remember You even once.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kṛṣṇa smiled and said, “Observe that humble farmer, Nārada. His life is filled with hardship. He works tirelessly for a meager income and bears the heavy burden of responsibility for his family—far heavier than this pitcher of oil. Yet he performs his duties without pride and remembers Me with devotion three times each day. Do you think your life is more difficult than his? Do you think he is inferior simply because he does not chant My name incessantly, while you, a wandering ascetic, are free from worldly responsibilities?”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nārada was humbled. He realized that the farmer performed his svadharma with devotion, composure, and a sense of duty. Though he remembered Bhagavān only three times a day, every action of his life was, in truth, an act of worship. His three daily remembrances merely served to consciously dedicate the entire day’s karma to Viṣṇu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=File:N%C4%81rada_carries_oil_pitcher_on_his_head.jpg&amp;diff=175118</id>
		<title>File:Nārada carries oil pitcher on his head.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=File:N%C4%81rada_carries_oil_pitcher_on_his_head.jpg&amp;diff=175118"/>
		<updated>2026-01-06T13:18:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The Karmyog of the Poor Farmer defeats the Bhakti of Nārada&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=File:J%C4%81jali_goes_to_Tul%C4%81dh%C4%81ra_to_learn_about_Dharm.jpg&amp;diff=175117</id>
		<title>File:Jājali goes to Tulādhāra to learn about Dharm.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=File:J%C4%81jali_goes_to_Tul%C4%81dh%C4%81ra_to_learn_about_Dharm.jpg&amp;diff=175117"/>
		<updated>2026-01-06T13:15:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Brahmana Sannyāsī Jājali accepts the superiority of the Vaishya Tulādhāra:&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=File:Br%C4%81hma%E1%B9%87a_Kau%C5%9Bika_burns_birds_with_his_meditative_powers..jpg&amp;diff=175116</id>
		<title>File:Brāhmaṇa Kauśika burns birds with his meditative powers..jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=File:Br%C4%81hma%E1%B9%87a_Kau%C5%9Bika_burns_birds_with_his_meditative_powers..jpg&amp;diff=175116"/>
		<updated>2026-01-06T13:14:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The Sannyāsī learns from the devoted Housewife, and Dharmavyādha, the Righteous Meat-seller&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Karmyog&amp;diff=175106</id>
		<title>Talk:Commentary on Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad: Karmyog</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Karmyog&amp;diff=175106"/>
		<updated>2026-01-05T17:15:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Context&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the spiritual frame of mind taught in the preceding verse, one should perform one’s duties ceaselessly. This is the central teaching of the present mantra.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mantra 2&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Devanāgarī&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
कुर्वन्नेवेह कर्माणि जिजीविषेच्छतं समाः ।&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;एवं त्वयि नान्यथेतोऽस्ति न कर्म लिप्यते नरे ॥ २ ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Same in both Śākhās)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;IAST Transliteration&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;kurvann eveha karmāṇi jijīviṣec chataṃ samāḥ |&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;evaṃ tvayi nānyathā ito’sti na karma lipyate nare || 2 ||&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;By performing action alone here, one should desire to live for a hundred years. For you, this is the only way, there is no other. Actions do not taint such a person. &#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purport&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One must not seek the Truth by abandoning the world or by renouncing one’s duties. Such withdrawal is not the path to mokṣa. Rather, one should wish to live a full life of a hundred years, actively engaged in the selfless performance of one’s duties for as long as one lives. This alone is the path prescribed for human liberation, and not its opposite.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All actions inevitably bear fruit—good or bad—and these fruits bind the ātmā, causing rebirth. However, the fruits of action do not taint the wise person who performs duties selflessly as an offering to the Lord, just as a lotus leaf remains untouched by water though it rests upon it. On the other hand, one who, through ignorance, avoids his duties deludes himself by thinking, “I am not performing any action,” for no human being can remain without action even for a single moment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This verse teaches that one should always perform prescribed duties while mentally relinquishing the fruits thereof in favor of God. Both performing good actions with desire for their results and neglecting one’s duties are hindrances on the path to mokṣa. Freedom from karma does not arise from abandoning action, but from performing action continuously without attachment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spiritual path is not one of inertia or laziness, but of constant striving. Hence the Kaṭha Upaniṣad declares:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Devanāgarī&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;उत्तिष्ठत जाग्रत प्राप्य वरान्निबोधत ।&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;IAST&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;uttiṣṭhata jāgrata prāpya varān nibodhata |&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;“Arise, awake, and stop not until the goal is reached.” &#039;&#039;&#039;Kaṭha Upaniṣad 1.3.14&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Everyday examples include a banker who handles vast sums of money daily without attachment, knowing that it is not his own, or a diligent nurse who serves many patients without excessive elation or grief over outcomes. Both remain steadily focused on their duties without attachment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This verse of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad anticipates the doctrine of niṣkāma karmayoga, which is taught in great detail in the Bhagavad Gītā. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustrations&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;The Royal Ṛṣis&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Upaniṣads mention jñānī kings such as Aśvapati Kaikeya and Janaka, whose social and political roles required them to perform their royal duties on a daily basis. The Mahābhārata (12.320.4) refers to Dharmdhvaja Janaka, the king of Mithilā, who attained the fruit of sannyāsa while remaining both a householder and a ruler. The Mahābhārata (12.320.24) mentions Pañcaśikhā as a bhikṣu belonging to the Parāśara gotra. Verse 27 records Dharmdhvaja Janaka stating that Pañcaśikhā imparted to him the complete wisdom of Sāṃkhya, yet did not permit him to renounce the world and become an ascetic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Bhāgavata Purāṇa, we similarly read of King Priyavrata, who was a realized jñānī while actively ruling his kingdom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter 18 of the Śānti Parva (Book 12) of the Mahābhārata records a dialogue between King Janaka, who desired to adopt the life of an ascetic, and his queen, who reasoned with him against this inclination. She convinced him that, as a king, he could serve the devas, gurus, and society at large far more effectively than by renouncing the world. She emphasized the greatness of the householder, who generates wealth and sustains all other sections of society.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, she explained that asceticism is primarily a mental state. One who is formally an ascetic yet remains attached to selfish motives and worldly objects is a hypocrite. Conversely, one who is not formally an ascetic but is self-controlled and serves ascetics and gurus with reverence and gifts is also truly an ascetic. Recognizing the soundness of his wife’s reasoning, King Janaka abandoned his desire to become an ascetic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: The Brāhmaṇa Sannyāsī Jājali Accepts the Superiority of the Vaiśya Tulādhāra&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A brāhmaṇa ascetic named Jājali spent several years studying the scriptures and practicing meditation and other austerities. As a result, he acquired great powers of self-control. One day, while he stood absorbed in meditation, a pair of birds began hovering over his head. They soon started constructing a nest upon it. Moved by compassion, Jājali refrained from shaking his head, fearing that he might frighten the birds away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Standing motionless, he allowed the birds to complete the nest and lay a few eggs in it. Not wishing to harm the eggs, Jājali resolved to remain still until they hatched. When the eggs hatched and the young birds emerged, he continued to stand unmoving for many days, exercising extraordinary self-control. Day after day, the parent birds traveled long distances to bring food and feed their offspring. Within a few weeks, the fledglings grew strong, matured, and finally flew away from the nest on Jājali’s head to begin independent lives. Throughout this entire period, Jājali remained steadfast in meditation, not moving his neck or head lest the birds be harmed or disturbed in any way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, this remarkable achievement, born of years of austerity, unfortunately gave rise to a subtle sense of pride. He thought to himself, “Who else could have accomplished such an extraordinary feat?” No sooner had this thought arisen than a voice resounded from the sky, saying, “Do not become conceited, Jājali. Your glory is not equal to that of the shopkeeper Tulādhāra of Vārāṇasī. And yet, even he does not utter words of self-praise such as you have just done.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jājali felt somewhat affronted, but nevertheless resolved to travel to Vārāṇasī to learn what Tulādhāra had to teach. Upon arriving at the shop, he found Tulādhāra engaged in weighing spices, vegetables, grains, and other goods for his customers. Seeing Jājali, Tulādhāra remarked, “I knew that you would come to see me to learn dharm.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This astonished Jājali even more. He asked, “How did you know that I was coming to see you? And how can you, a mere shopkeeper, instruct me in dharm?”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tulādhāra replied, “Most people in this world follow dharm for selfish reasons. Some desire to attain heaven by performing virtuous karma. Others, like you, derive self-satisfaction and happiness through acts of compassion. You have spent your life studying the śāstras and practicing meditation. But these alone do not automatically lead to a true understanding of dharm.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Source: Mahābhārata, Śānti Parva. Narrated by Bhīṣma to King Yudhiṣṭhira.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tulādhāra continued:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Observe the weighing scale that I use to measure goods before selling them. I always weigh honestly, and the beam of my scale remains perfectly balanced. I neither give less nor more, regardless of whether a customer praises me or criticizes me. I practice honesty not out of desire for praise or fear of blame, but because I have faith in honesty itself. I seek the welfare of all creatures and work diligently to serve others—not for the pleasure of self-satisfaction, but because I have faith in Brahman. I know that this same Brahman dwells in all beings. Therefore, I must act for the good of all and give each their rightful due. This, I believe, is the true essence of dharm: equanimity towards praise and blame, selfless action for the welfare of all, and unwavering faith in Brahman.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Tulādhāra spoke these words, the birds appeared from the sky and declared that although Jājali had been like a father to them, Tulādhāra had indeed spoken the truth concerning the essence of dharm. Jājali now realized that while one must avoid evil karma and perform good karma, the highest path lies in performing good actions not for self-gratification or fear of criticism, but for the welfare of all beings and with faith in goodness and in Brahman.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Embracing this understanding of dharm, Jājali practiced it diligently and eventually attained mokṣa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: The Sannyāsī Learns from the Devoted Housewife and Dharmavyādha, the Righteous Meat-seller&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A young brāhmaṇa boy named Kauśika, living with his elderly parents, suddenly decided to become an ascetic in order to pursue the spiritual path. His parents begged him not to abandon them, for they were old, he was their only child, and they were entirely dependent upon him. However, the boy paid no heed to their lamentations and left them without compassion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kauśika went to live in a forest on the outskirts of a village. He spent most of his days in meditation and other spiritual disciplines. At midday, he would go to the village to beg for food.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One day, while walking toward the village, bird droppings fell upon his body. Looking up, he saw a crane perched on a tree branch above him. Enraged by this, he cast an angry glance at the bird, whereupon it instantly burst into flames and was reduced to ashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kauśika was astonished. It became evident that he had acquired extraordinary powers through his prolonged meditation. He felt proud and gratified, thinking that the bird deserved its fate for having defiled him.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thereafter, Kauśika approached a house in the village to beg for alms. From inside, the lady of the house requested him to wait for a few minutes until she finished serving her husband. The boy waited, but the lady did not emerge immediately. He became irritated and thought to himself, “How dare she make a great man like me wait so long? Does she not know that I can curse her and burn her to ashes with my anger?”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just as this thought arose, the lady called out from within the house, “O brāhmaṇa boy, I am not like that poor crane that can be burnt to ashes by your anger. Please wait, for I must complete serving my husband before coming to give you food.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kauśika was stunned. How could she have known his thoughts? He had spoken to no one, and she had not even seen him. When she finally came out with the food, she apologized for the delay, explaining that it was her duty to serve her husband before attending to anyone else.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unable to restrain his curiosity, Kauśika asked her how she could read his mind when he himself had taken many years of austerity to gain spiritual powers. The lady replied, “I am a simple housewife and completely uneducated. I know only that it is my duty to serve my husband and family with devotion. This itself is my worship. Beyond this, I know no spiritual doctrine. However, if you wish to learn deeper spiritual truths, go to Mithilāpurī. There lives a butcher named Dharmavyādha. He keeps a meat shop in one of the streets there and may be able to instruct you.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Excited and curious, Kauśika immediately set out for Mithilāpurī. After asking several people, he eventually reached Dharmavyādha’s meat shop. He was appalled by the sight—it was dirty, foul-smelling, and filled with blood and chopped meat. Nevertheless, he introduced himself to Dharmavyādha, who said, “Please give me some time to serve my customers. When I am finished, we shall go home, and then you may ask me about spiritual matters.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kauśika sat there waiting, deeply repulsed by the butcher’s occupation. He wondered why the housewife had sent him so far to meet such a person and how a butcher could possibly know anything about spirituality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the evening, after the day’s work was done, Kauśika followed Dharmavyādha to his home, where the butcher lived with his aged parents. Dharmavyādha respectfully offered the boy a seat. From there, Kauśika observed the butcher lovingly serving fruits, milk, and water to his elderly parents with great reverence. Only after attending to them did Dharmavyādha turn to Kauśika, and the two began a discussion on philosophy and spiritual wisdom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kauśika was astonished by the butcher’s depth of knowledge, intelligence, and spiritual insight. He realized that he had been foolish to abandon his aged parents in the pursuit of spirituality. Though proud of his individual accomplishments, he now saw that they were insignificant compared to the spiritual stature of the humble housewife and Dharmavyādha. Neither had neglected their duties; instead, they faithfully served their husband and parents with love, day after day, worshipping God inwardly. They worked without expectation of reward, simply because they regarded the fulfillment of dharma as their natural obligation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through such selfless action, they had attained spiritual enlightenment by the path of karma-yoga, as taught in the Bhagavad Gītā.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kauśika then returned to his aged parents and served them devotedly. In due course, he married and raised a family. When he became old, after his parents had passed away and his children were settled, he formally accepted sannyāsa and eventually attained mokṣa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: The Karmayoga of the Poor Farmer Surpasses the Bhakti of Nārada&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The divine sage Nārada Muni incessantly traveled from one world to another, chanting praises of Bhagavān Viṣṇu. Over time, however, a subtle pride entered his heart, and he began to regard himself as the greatest devotee of Viṣṇu. Wishing to verify whether this self-assessment was correct, he approached Kṛṣṇa and asked, “Bhagavān, whom do You consider to be Your greatest devotee on this earth?”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kṛṣṇa replied, “This is indeed a difficult question. But come with Me; I shall take you to the home of a farmer living in Hemakūṭa. He, I believe, is My greatest devotee.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kṛṣṇa and Nārada assumed disguises and arrived at the farmer’s humble dwelling just as the sun was setting. The farmer’s wife had just served food to her husband and their two children. Seeing strangers at his doorstep, the weary and exhausted farmer welcomed them inside and asked whether they needed anything. The visitors requested some food.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The only food available was what the farmer’s wife had prepared for the family. The farmer therefore offered his portion to the guests, and seeing that there were two visitors, his wife also gave them her share. The guests then expressed their desire to rest for the night. As the hut was very small, the farmer, his wife, and their children slept outside, generously offering the hut to the visitors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following morning, the farmer and his wife prepared more food and served it to the guests as breakfast. Kṛṣṇa (still in disguise) then expressed a wish to see the farmer’s fields. The farmer invited them to accompany him. There, he began plowing the land laboriously with his bullock, explaining to Kṛṣṇa and Nārada the arduous nature of agricultural work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After several hours, when it was time to rest, Kṛṣṇa asked the farmer, “You remain occupied all day working in the fields. You return home, tend to your buffalo, eat the meager food your wife prepares from your limited income, spend a little time with your children, and then fall asleep exhausted. Do you ever find time to remember Bhagavān?”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The farmer replied, “I am a poor man who must labor constantly to support my family and animals. Still, I remember Bhagavān three times each day—when I walk to the fields in the morning, when I return home at sunset, and just before I sleep at night.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nārada smiled inwardly upon hearing this and thought, “He remembers Bhagavān only three times a day, whereas I remember Him thousands of times. Surely Viṣṇu will now realize that I am the greater devotee.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kṛṣṇa, perceiving Nārada’s thoughts, decided to teach him a lesson. As the visitors prepared to depart, the poor farmer offered them a pitcher of oil, saying, “This oil is extracted from the mustard seeds that I grow. Please accept it as a humble gift.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After they had walked some distance, Kṛṣṇa said to Nārada, “Place this pitcher of oil upon your head and walk carefully, ensuring that not a single drop is spilled.” Nārada complied. The task proved extremely difficult, and he remained tense throughout. After some time, Kṛṣṇa asked him, “How many times did you remember Me while carrying that pitcher?”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nārada replied, “I was so anxious about spilling the oil that I did not remember You even once.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kṛṣṇa smiled and said, “Observe that humble farmer, Nārada. His life is filled with hardship. He works tirelessly for a meager income and bears the heavy burden of responsibility for his family—far heavier than this pitcher of oil. Yet he performs his duties without pride and remembers Me with devotion three times each day. Do you think your life is more difficult than his? Do you think he is inferior simply because he does not chant My name incessantly, while you, a wandering ascetic, are free from worldly responsibilities?”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nārada was humbled. He realized that the farmer performed his svadharma with devotion, composure, and a sense of duty. Though he remembered Bhagavān only three times a day, every action of his life was, in truth, an act of worship. His three daily remembrances merely served to consciously dedicate the entire day’s karma to Viṣṇu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Karmyog&amp;diff=175105</id>
		<title>Talk:Commentary on Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad: Karmyog</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Karmyog&amp;diff=175105"/>
		<updated>2026-01-05T17:02:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: Created page with &amp;quot;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;  Context:   With the spiritual frame of mind taught in the preceding verse, we should all perform our duties ceaselessly- This is the central idea of this verse.  Mantra 2  क ु व नेवेह कमािण िजजीिवषे छतं समाः ।  एवं विय ना यथेतोऽि त न कम िल यते नरे ॥ २ ॥ [Same in the two Shākhās]  Translation:   Performing Karma in this...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Context:  &lt;br /&gt;
With the spiritual frame of mind taught in the preceding verse, we should all perform our duties ceaselessly- This is the central idea of this verse. &lt;br /&gt;
Mantra 2 &lt;br /&gt;
क ु व नेवेह कमािण िजजीिवषे छतं समाः । &lt;br /&gt;
एवं विय ना यथेतोऽि त न कम िल यते नरे ॥ २ ॥ [Same in the two Shākhās] &lt;br /&gt;
Translation:  &lt;br /&gt;
Performing Karma in this world indeed must one desire to live for a hundred years. This is what is (required) for you, and there is no other way here. Karmas do not taint such a person. Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad 2 &lt;br /&gt;
Purport:  &lt;br /&gt;
One must not seek the Truth by abandoning this world or by renouncing all his duties. This is definitely not the path towards Moksha. Rather, wish to live a full life of a hundred years, actively engaged in the selfless performance of your duties till you live. Indeed, this is the only way enjoined for man’s salvation, and not the opposite. All actions bear fruit- good or bad. And these fruits taint the ātmā, causing it to be reborn. But the fruits of actions- good or otherwise, don’t taint that wise man, who performs his duties selflessly, as an offering to the Lord, just as a lotus leaf is not tainted by water, even though floating on and immersed in it. But he, who through ignorance, shirks away from his duties, merely deludes himself by thinking- ‘I am not performing any action!’ because no man can desist from action for even a single moment. &lt;br /&gt;
Notes:  &lt;br /&gt;
The verse teaches that we should always perform our prescribed duties and mentally abdicate the fruit obtained thereto in favor of God. Performance of good actions with a desire of their fruit, or neglect of one’s duties- both are a hinderance in the path leading to Moksha. Freedom from Karma does not come by abandoning Karma, but by performing them constantly without attachment. The path of spirituality is not one of laziness but of constant striving. Which is why, the Katha Upaniṣhad 1.3.14 reads- &lt;br /&gt;
उि	त जा त ा य वराि नबोधत ।  &lt;br /&gt;
Awake, arise! Stop not till the goal is reached. Katha Upaniṣhad 1.3.14 &lt;br /&gt;
Everyday examples would be a banker handling millions of dollars everyday and yet not getting attached to that money because he knows that it is not his. Or a hard-working nurse taking care of several patients diligently in a hospital without excessively rejoicing or grieving at the outcomes of her patients’ treatment. Both of them focus on doing their job constantly and carefully without getting attached. &lt;br /&gt;
This verse of Īshāvāsyopaniṣhad hints at ‘Niṣhkāma Karmayoga’ that is taught by the Bhagavad Gita in great detail. The importance of Karma is further detailed in Mantras 9-11 below. &lt;br /&gt;
Illustrations:  &lt;br /&gt;
The Royal Rishis: The Upanishads mention Jnānī kings like Ashvapati Kaikeya and Janaka whose social and political role required them to perform their royal duties every day. Mahābhārata 12.320.4 mentions Dharmadhvaja Janaka, the King of Mithilā, who obtained the result of sannyāsa even while being a householder and king. Mahābhārata 12.320.24 refers to Panchashikhā as a Bhikshu or Parāshara gotra. Verse 27 refers to Dharmadhvaja Janaka revealing that Panchashikhā taught the entire wisdom of Samkhya to the King but did not permit him to renounce the world and become and ascetic. In the Bhāgavata Purāṇa we read about King Priyavrata who was a Jnānī. &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter 18 of the Shānti Parva (Book 12) of the Mahābhārata records the discussion between King Janaka, who wanted to become an ascetic, and his Queen who reasoned with him against his desire. She convinced him that being a King, he could serve the Devas, Gurus and the society at large much better than being an ascetic. She emphasizes the greatness of being a householder who generates wealth and supports all the other sections of the society. Furthermore, asceticism is a mental state. One who is formally an ascetic but is attached to selfish motives and objects of the world is a hypocrite. Whereas one who is not formally an ascetic but is self-controlled and serves other ascetics and his Gurus with gifts and reverence is also an ascetic. King Janaka sees the sound logic in his wife’s words and decides to give up thoughts of becoming an ascetic.  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Story: Brahmana Sannyāsī Jājali accepts the superiority of the Vaishya Tulādhāra:30 &lt;br /&gt;
A Brahmana ascetic Jajali spent several years studying scriptures and practicing meditation and other austerities. As a result, he acquired great powers of self-control. One day, a pair of birds started hovering over his head, as he stood meditating. They started constructing a next on his head. Overcome with compassion, Jajali did not want to shake his head for the fear of scaring the birds away. &lt;br /&gt;
As he stood still, the birds completed the next, and lay a few eggs in the next! The compassionate Jajali did not want damage the eggs and decide to stand still till the eggs hatched. When the eggs hatched and little children birds came out, Jajali used his powers of great self-control to stand still for numerous days. Day after day, the parent couple birds would bring food from great distances and feed their children. In a few weeks, the tiny children grew older and mature, and flew out of the next on Jajali’s head to live independent lives. All these weeks, Jajali kept meditating, and did not shake his neck or head lest the birds were harmed or scared in any way. His remarkable achievement and powers of self-control due to years of meditation now unfortunately gave way to a little pride. He thought, “Who else could have done this remarkable feat!” But as soon as he had said these words to himself, a voice from the sky said, “Do not get puffed up Jajali. Your glory and greatness is not equal to that shopkeeper Tuladhara of Varanasi. And yet, even he does not say the words that you have uttered in self-praise.”  &lt;br /&gt;
Jajali was a bit miffed. But he nevertheless proceeded to Varanasi to hear what Tuladhara had to say. When he arrived at the shop, Tuladhara was busy weighing spices, vegetables, grains etc. for his customers. Upon seeing Jajali, he said, “I knew you were coming to see me to learn Dharma.” Jajali was even more bewildered now. He asked, “How did you know that I was coming to see you? And how can you, a mere shopkeeper, teach me about Dharma?” &lt;br /&gt;
Tuladhara replied, “Practically all the people in this world follow Dharma for the sake of a selfish motive. Some want to go to heaven by performing virtuous karma. Some, like you, attain self-satisfaction and happiness by acts of compassion. You have spent all your life studying the shastras and meditating. But that does not automatically lead to an understanding of Dharma.” &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
30 Source: Mahābhārata, Shānti Parva. Narrated by Bheeshma to King Yudhishthira. &lt;br /&gt;
Tuladhara continued, “See the weighing scale that I use weigh goods before selling them. I always weigh the goods honestly, and the beam of my scale is always horizontal perfectly. Neither do I weigh less, nor do I weigh more irrespective of whether my customer praises me or criticizes me. I stay honest not for the love of praise or fear of criticism, but because I have faith in honesty. I desire the good of all creatures, and work diligently to serve others, not for the reward of a ‘feel good’ sensation, but because I have faith in Brahman. I know that this same Brahman resides in all creatures, and therefore, I should work for the welfare of everyone, and give everyone their due. This, I believe to be the true essence of Dharma – having a uniform attitude towards praise and criticism, doing good to others without any selfish motive and for the welfare of others, and having faith in Brahman.” &lt;br /&gt;
As Jajali spoke these words, the birds appeared from the sky and declared that although Jajali was like their father, Tuladhara had indeed spoken the truth about the essence of Dharma. Jajali now realized that one should avoid bad &lt;br /&gt;
karma, and perform good karma. But the best is to do good karma not for self-gratification (or for the fear of criticism), but for promoting good of all creatures and with faith in goodness and in Brahman. Jajali practiced this understanding of Dharma, and eventually attained Moksha. &lt;br /&gt;
Story: The Sannyāsī learns from the devoted Housewife, and Dharmavyādha, the Righteous Meat-seller &lt;br /&gt;
A young Brahmana boy Kaushika  living with his elderly parents suddenly decided to become an ascetic to follow the path of spirituality. His parents begged him not to leave them because they were old, he was their only child and therefore they were completely dependent on him. But the boy would have none of his parents’ wailings and abandoned them without any pity. &lt;br /&gt;
He started living in a forest at the edge of a village. He would spend most of his day meditating 	and 	doing 	other 	spiritual practices. At lunch time, he would go to the village and beg for some food. &lt;br /&gt;
One day, as he was walking towards the village, some bird droppings landed on his body. He looked up and saw a crane sitting on the branches of a tree above his head. He was so annoyed with the bird that he gave it an angry look. And lo, the bird caught fire and was burnt to ashes. &lt;br /&gt;
Kaushika was amazed. Apparently, he had acquired great spiritual powers because of meditating regularly. He felt very proud and happy, and thought that the bird deserved being burned to death because it had dared to drop its dirty shit on him. &lt;br /&gt;
Kaushika then approached a home in the village to beg for some food. The lady of the house called from inside and requested him to wait for a few minutes till she completed serving her husband inside the house. The boy waited, and waited, but the lady did not come out. He got angry and thought in his mind – “How dare she keep a great man like me waiting outside for such a long time? Does she not know that I can curse her and burn her to death by my anger?” He was just about to say a curse against her that she called from inside the house – “O Brahmana boy, I am not like that poor crane which can be burned to ashes just by your anger. Please wait because I must complete serving my husband before I come out to give you food.” Kaushika was shocked. How could the lady have read his mind? He had not said anything to anyone. She had not even seen him so far and yet knew what he had been thinking. Finally, she came out with food and apologized for the delay, saying that it was her duty to serve her husband before anyone else, and had to therefore keep the boy waiting. &lt;br /&gt;
He could not help asking the lady as to how she could read his mind, whereas he had taken several years to acquire spiritual powers. The lady answered – “I am a simple housewife and am totally illiterate. I just know that it is my duty to serve my husband and other family members with devotion. This is my way of worship. Beyond that, I do not know any other spiritual truth. But if you want to learn more about spiritual truths, you should go to Mithilāpuri. There lives a butcher named Dharmavyādha. He has a meat shop in one of the streets of that town, and may be able to teach you spiritual wisdom.” &lt;br /&gt;
Kaushika became very excited and left for Mithilāpuri immediately. He asked several people about the butcher and eventually reached the meat shop. He was appalled when he reached that place. It was stinking and dirty. The boy nevertheless introduced himself to Dharmavyādha who said – “Please give me some time to serve all my customers. When I am done with them, we can go home and then you ask me questions about spiritual wisdom.” So, the boy sat waiting there. He was quite disgusted to see the butcher chop meat for his customers. There was so much blood, meet and foul smell in that area. The boy wondered – “Why did that lady send me all this way to this butcher. How could he possibly know anything about spirituality?” &lt;br /&gt;
In the evening, when the work was done, the Kaushika followed the butcher to his home, where the butcher lived with his aged parents. The butcher offered a seat respectfully to the boy, from where he watched the butcher serve fruits, milk and water to his elderly parents with great love and respect. After he had served his parents, he came to the boy and the two started discussing philosophy and spiritual wisdom. The boy was surprised to see that the butcher was so intelligent and wise and had a great deal of spiritual knowledge.  He realized that he was a fool to neglect his responsibilities towards his old parents and go to the forest thinking that he would become spiritually wise. He had become proud of his individual achievements, but in reality, these achievements were nothing compared to the spiritual powers of the humble housewife or the butcher. The butcher and the lady did not neglect their duties but served their husband and parents faithfully and with love, day after day, worshipping God in their minds. They worked without any expectation of a reward from their family members, because they thought they must carry out their Dharma or duties automatically. This had automatically resulted in them becoming spiritually enlightened through the path of Karma Yoga taught in the Gita. &lt;br /&gt;
The Brahman boy Kaushika then returned to his aged parents to serve them dutifully. In the course of time, he married and raised a family. When he was old, his parents had passed away, and his children grown up and settled, he himself took Sannyāsa (became an ascetic) and eventually attained Moksha.  &lt;br /&gt;
Story: The Karmayoga of the Poor Farmer defeats the Bhakti of Nārada  &lt;br /&gt;
The Divine Sage Narada Muni incessantly travelled from one planet to the other, chanting reverentially praises to Bhagavān Vishnu. In the course of time, pride entered his heart and he came to think of himself as the greatest devotee of Vishnu. To verify that his self-assessment was true, he went to Krishna and asked Him, “Bhagavān, who do You consider to be Your best devotee on this earth?” &lt;br /&gt;
Krishna replied, “This question is really difficult to answer. But let me take you to the home of the farmer in Hemakuta  - him I think to be My greatest devotee.” Krishna and Narada changed their appearances and arrived at the farmer’s doorstep. The sun was setting, and the farmer’s wife had just served her husband and their two kids some food. Seeing strangers at his doorstep, the tired and exhausted farmer invited them inside and asked them if they needed anything. The visitors asked for some food. &lt;br /&gt;
The only food available was what the farmer’s wife had cooked. So the farmer gave his food to the stranger. The wife, seeing that there two visitors, gave her food to them as well. The visitors further said that they were tired and wanted to sleep after dinner. As the farmer’s hut was very small, the couple and their kids went outside the hut to sleep and kindly gave their small hut to the visitors to sleep. &lt;br /&gt;
Next morning, the farmer and his wife prepared some more food and served as breakfast to the visitors. Krishna (in disguise) then expressed a wish to see the farmer’s field. So the farmer asked them to accompany him. There in the field, the farmer set to tilling the land laboriously with his bullock, explaining to Krishna and Narada (in disguise) the tiring work of agriculture. After a few hours, when it was time for rest, Krishna asked the farmer, “You keep so busy all the time. You work in the fields all day. Then you go home, feed your buffalo. Your wife prepares meager food from the very little income you have. You eat it with your family, play a bit with your kids, ask about their school and then go to bed – completely exhausted. Do you ever get time to remember Bhagavān?” &lt;br /&gt;
The farmer replied, “I am a humble poor farmer that must work and work to feed my family and my buffalo. But three times in the day, I get a chance to remember Bhagavān. When I leave home and walk towards the field in the morning, when I walk back towards my home at sunset, and just when I am about to sleep in the night.” &lt;br /&gt;
Narada snickered when he heard that and thought to himself, “Ahh, he remembers Bhagavān only thrice. I remember Him thousands of time throughout the day. Perhaps Vishnu has now understood that not this farmer, but I am the greater devotee.” Krishna read the mind of Narada and decided to teach him a lesson. When the two visitors were about to leave, the poor farmer gave them a pitcher of oil as a gift, saying, “This oil is extracted from the mustard seeds that I cultivate. I’d be grateful if you’d accept it as a gift.” The visitors were charmed by the poor farmer’s generosity and left. &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
After they had gone some distance, Krishna suddenly said, “Narada, I want you to place this pitcher of oil on your head, and walk carefully so that not a single drop spills out.” Narada obliged. It was really tough for him, and he was nervous all the time. After an hour, Krishna asked him, “So how many times did you remember me Narada, while you carried that oil pitcher on your head?” Narada replied, “I was so nervous about spilling it that I did not dare to remember you even once.” &lt;br /&gt;
Krishna smiled and said, “Look at that humble farmer Narada. His life is so hard. He works the entire day for a meager income. He has the heavy responsibility of his family on his head, heavier than this oil pitcher. Yet, he continues to work day after day. And what is commendable, he has no pride in his heart, and he takes my name with devotion three times in the day. Do you think your life is tougher than him? Do you think he becomes inferior to you just because he does not remember me thousands of times in the day like you – you who are a wandering ascetic who does not have any responsibilities in life?” Sage Narada was humbled. He realized that the farmer performed his Svadharma with devotion and with a sense of duty, without getting agitated. And yet, even though he remembered Bhagavān only three times in the entire day, the fact was that every action of that farmer was &lt;br /&gt;
actually an act of worship. The triple prayer of the farmer was merely a formality to dedicate his day’s entire worth of Karma to Vishnu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:Spirituality_over_Materialism&amp;diff=175063</id>
		<title>Talk:Commentary on Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad:Spirituality over Materialism</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:Spirituality_over_Materialism&amp;diff=175063"/>
		<updated>2025-12-26T09:05:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Context&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first verse of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad gives the essence of the spiritual teaching of Hinduism: that God is the ruler and the immanent controller of the universe and the ultimate reality, while the world is subject to change and destruction according to His will. Material objects are to be used with a sense of detachment and gratitude.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mantra 1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Devanāgarī (standardized text)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ॐ ईशा वास्यमिदं सर्वं यत्किञ्च जगत्यां जगत् ।&lt;br /&gt;
तेन त्यक्तेन भुञ्जीथा मा गृधः कस्यस्विद्धनम् ॥&lt;br /&gt;
(Same in both Śākhās)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;IAST Transliteration (with full diacritics)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
oṃ īśā vāsyam idaṃ sarvaṃ yat kiñca jagatyāṃ jagat |&lt;br /&gt;
tena tyaktena bhuñjīthā mā gṛdhaḥ kasyasvid dhanam ||&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Whatever moving or unmoving objects exist in this changing world, all of them are to be regarded as pervaded or enveloped by the Divine Ruler. By that understanding, enjoy the objects of the world through renunciation. Do not covet, for to whom does this wealth truly belong?” - Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purport&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All living and non-living objects in this ever-changing universe are temporary and subject to decay. The Lord, however, who is immanent in all things and envelops the entirety of existence, governs them in manifold ways and is eternal and imperishable. One is exhorted to realize this eternal truth and avoid entanglement in worldly attachments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bounties of nature are to be enjoyed, but with a spirit of renunciation and non-attachment. Excessive hankering after wealth and obsession with possessions is discouraged. To whom does all this truly belong? Certainly not to any individual, for we bring nothing with us at birth and take nothing with us at death. Hence, coveting what belongs to others is meaningless. The underlying reality alone is the true owner of all wealth; human beings are merely temporary custodians of divine riches. What we enjoy is permitted by Him, and therefore, gratitude, rather than attachment or pride, should characterize our relationship with possessions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some commentators interpret the second half of the verse as:&lt;br /&gt;
“Enjoy that portion which has been allotted or relinquished by the Lord as your share, and do not covet the wealth of others.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This interpretation lends a moral emphasis to the mantra, suggesting that since the Lord is the inner abiding witness and dispenser of karmic results, each person receives what is justly due through past actions. Consequently, one should not desire the wealth of others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the verse does not prohibit the enjoyment of worldly objects. Rather, it cautions against undue obsession and attachment to them. The overall outlook prescribed is spiritual rather than materialistic. True renunciation is fundamentally an inner disposition of the mind; external renunciation constitutes only a minor aspect of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In later literature, this idea of renunciation is taken to mean that our entire life and all that we possess must be used in worshipful actions (yajñas), and that we must enjoy only the leftovers as a gift of the Divine after we have shared with others. For example, the householder should feed himself only on leftovers after offering his food to the devas, the ṛṣis, learned teachers, elders, the poor, travelers, dependents, various creatures, the helpless, and the sick, and so on, as taught through the concept of the five daily Mahāyajñas in the Dharmaśāstra literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mahatma Gandhi had once remarked:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“I have now come to the final conclusion that if all the Upaniṣads and all the other scriptures happened all of a sudden to be reduced to ashes, and if only the first verse of the Īśopaniṣad were left intact in the memory of Hindus, Hinduism would live forever.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, according to him, this verse represents the essence of Hindu spirituality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Śrī Anirvāṇa also remarks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Thus the renunciation of enjoyment is not an obstinate avoidance of, or aversion towards, objects and desires, but their transformation through charity and sacrifice. What has to be rejected is greed, or running after things, pouncing upon objects of the senses like vultures. Dharma teaches us self-control. Under its discipline we learn indifference, detachment, and become witness-consciousness. That is at the root of renunciation. Let whatever has to come, come. I will not desire it, will not run after it. So, when it comes, I will be able to use it properly, for the good of many, in charity or in sacrifice to the gods. By both, I become vast. The joy that comes from this vastness is the joy of Brahman, the supreme bliss that comes through divine enjoyment interpenetrated by my renunciation.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nature of Īśvara mentioned in this mantra is further detailed in Mantras 4–5 and 8 below. The nature of individuals who have overcome attachment to material objects and relationships, and whose outlook is spiritual, is described in Mantras 6–7 below. Mantra 8 describes the nature of the Lord whom these spiritually enlightened, saintly persons attain after death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: Wealth Can Never Give Immortality&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ṛṣi Yājñavalkya decided to take sannyāsa. He possessed considerable property gifted to him by King Janaka and others. He had two wives. Calling them, he said:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“I wish to become a sannyāsī. Let me divide my wealth between you two.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maitreyī asked the ṛṣi, “Will your wealth make me immortal?”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ṛṣi Yājñavalkya replied, “No. My wealth will only give you a life that other rich people have. It will not give you immortality.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maitreyī replied, “Then of what use is your wealth to me? Give me that wealth which will make me immortal.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ṛṣi Yājñavalkya was very pleased with her. He then taught her the spiritual wisdom that can liberate a human being from bondage and mortality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: Bhagavān Brahmā’s Teaching - Da Da Da&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once, the residents of all three worlds had whatever they desired in abundance. The devas in heaven longed for the pleasures of food, drink, and dance, and they obtained plentiful enjoyment of all their objects of desire (kāma). On earth, human beings aspired for bountiful crops, comfortable dwellings, good clothing, and wealth (artha), and their wishes were likewise fulfilled. The asuras, driven by ambition, yearned for power, which they acquired through military conquests. Thus, the asuras too indulged in their passion for power and dominion over others (kāma).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yet all these three classes of beings felt that something was still missing in their lives. Despite material abundance and the fulfillment of their desires, they were not truly happy. Their hearts continued to yearn for inner peace and lasting joy. However, they were unable to discern how such inner fulfillment could be attained.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, all three the devas, the asuras, and human beings approached Bhagavān Brahmā and prayed to him for inner peace in their hearts. In response, Brahmā uttered only a single syllable, “Da.” This utterance surprised them all. None of them could immediately comprehend its meaning, and therefore they returned to their respective abodes, pondering over the significance of that solitary syllable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The devas returned to their indulgences in pleasure, drinking, eating, and dancing, attempting to drown their inner sense of emptiness in these activities. Suddenly, one of them rose and exclaimed aloud, “I now understand what our father Brahmā meant when he uttered ‘Da’. He meant dāmyata, self-restraint or control over the senses. Perhaps we should limit our food, drink, and revelry, and lead more disciplined lives.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The devas put this teaching into practice, and they soon discovered the inner peace and joy for which they had been longing. They realized that true happiness does not lie in excessive indulgence in sense pleasures, but in restraining them and engaging in more purposeful and meaningful activities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meanwhile, on earth, a group of human beings stood admiring their abundant harvest when they saw a flock of hungry birds descend to feed on the grain. One of them rose to drive the birds away, but suddenly stopped and said, “I believe our father Brahmā intended us to practice datta, or charity, when he uttered ‘Da’.” The farmers found his words reasonable and allowed the birds to continue eating. Observing the satisfaction of the birds and hearing their joyful chirping, they laughed and felt genuine happiness. Thus, human beings understood what Bhagavān Brahmā sought to teach them, that true joy lies not in hoarding wealth, but in sharing it with others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The asuras, as usual, were engaged in one of their violent military campaigns, striking down and tormenting others. When one of their victims pleaded for mercy, an asura stepped forward and said, “Stop! I think our father meant dayadhvam when he uttered ‘Da’. Let us show compassion.” The victim, whose life was spared, expressed profound gratitude, and for the first time, the asuras experienced a sense of inner peace previously unknown to them. They too realized that true peace is not found in overpowering others through violence, but in living a life guided by love and compassion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus indeed, true contentment, peace, and happiness are attained not through the accumulation of wealth, power, or indulgence in sense pleasures, but through the practice of dharma, through sharing (datta), compassion (dayā), and self-restraint (dāmyata).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: Abandoning Māyā (Temptations) versus Saṃsāra (the World)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Sikh tradition narrates an insightful tale of a meeting between two saints in the seventeenth century CE, which underscores the superiority of inner renunciation over mere external poverty. Once, Swāmī Samartha Rāmdās was traversing the Himalayas when he encountered Gurū Hargobind, the sixth Sikh Guru, riding a horse, clad in royal attire and bearing weapons. The swāmī remarked:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Are you not a spiritual successor of Gurū Nānak? If so, why do you carry weapons and wear luxurious garments like a king?”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gurū Hargobind replied:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“I have renounced māyā, the temptations of the world, but I have not renounced saṃsāra, the world and its responsibilities.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hearing this, Swāmī Samartha Rāmdās was greatly pleased and said:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“I truly admire your understanding.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: King Pṛthu Milks Mother Earth&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
King Pṛthu was crowned by many ṛṣis to rule the earth. However, he found it extremely difficult to take care of the people in his kingdom. Famines were frequent, rains did not arrive on time, and trees and plants were drying up. Cattle had nothing to eat and were starving. As a result, the people of the kingdom began to perish due to lack of food.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pṛthu became exceedingly angry with Mother Earth (Pṛthivī) for causing such suffering to his subjects. He believed that the earth was concealing grains and plants within herself instead of allowing them to grow upon her surface. Determined to force her to yield food, he resolved to shoot an arrow into the heart of the earth and split her open so that the hidden sustenance could be obtained by the people. As he was about to take aim, Mother Earth, terrified, assumed the form of a cow and fled, with King Pṛthu in close pursuit. The king followed her relentlessly wherever she went and refused to desist. At last, the cow implored him not to kill her. King Pṛthu then questioned her as to why she was withholding food from his people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mother Earth replied:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Bhagavān assumed the form of Brahmā and created plants and food crops so that beings might live and also lead lives of good conduct and discipline. Instead, human beings merely cultivate food, consume it, and exploit natural resources solely for physical comfort. They have forgotten to express gratitude to Bhagavān through worship and sacred rites. They neglect their duties of charity and sharing. I feared that human beings would exhaust all the food in the world by consuming it entirely, without offering any portion for worship or charity. Therefore, I concealed whatever food remained within myself.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mother Earth further told him that she would yield food again only if a worthy person brought a calf and a vessel and began to milk her properly. She also instructed that the land must be leveled and irrigation systems established, so that rainwater would not simply flow uselessly into the ocean.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
King Pṛthu acknowledged that human beings had taken the earth for granted and forgotten its true importance. She had been abused, mistreated, and harassed by all. He vowed that this would not occur again. He summoned the ṛṣis, the devas, and other beings, and they collectively milked the earth, with Indra and other devatās serving as calves. Portions of the yield were set aside for each category of living beings before human beings took their share for consumption.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, abundance of food and prosperity returned to the earth once more, after Mother Earth was assured that she and all other stakeholders would be respected and cared for by those who partook of the nourishment she provided.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This story, found in the Bhāgavata Purāṇa, illustrates the principle that wealth and resources should be enjoyed only after they have been shared with all dependents and stakeholders of the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: King Pṛthu Milks Mother Earth&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
King Pṛthu was crowned by many ṛṣis to rule the earth. However, he found it extremely difficult to take care of the people in his kingdom. Famines were frequent, rains did not arrive on time, and trees and plants were drying up. Cattle had nothing to eat and were starving. As a result, the people of the kingdom began to perish due to lack of food.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pṛthu became exceedingly angry with Mother Earth (Pṛthivī) for causing such suffering to his subjects. He believed that the earth was concealing grains and plants within herself instead of allowing them to grow upon her surface. Determined to force her to yield food, he resolved to shoot an arrow into the heart of the earth and split her open so that the hidden sustenance could be obtained by the people. As he was about to take aim, Mother Earth, terrified, assumed the form of a cow and fled, with King Pṛthu in close pursuit. The king followed her relentlessly wherever she went and refused to desist. At last, the cow implored him not to kill her. King Pṛthu then questioned her as to why she was withholding food from his people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mother Earth replied:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Bhagavān assumed the form of Brahmā and created plants and food crops so that beings might live and also lead lives of good conduct and discipline. Instead, human beings merely cultivate food, consume it, and exploit natural resources solely for physical comfort. They have forgotten to express gratitude to Bhagavān through worship and sacred rites. They neglect their duties of charity and sharing. I feared that human beings would exhaust all the food in the world by consuming it entirely, without offering any portion for worship or charity. Therefore, I concealed whatever food remained within myself.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mother Earth further told him that she would yield food again only if a worthy person brought a calf and a vessel and began to milk her properly. She also instructed that the land must be leveled and irrigation systems established, so that rainwater would not simply flow uselessly into the ocean.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
King Pṛthu acknowledged that human beings had taken the earth for granted and forgotten her true importance. She had been abused, mistreated, and harassed by all. He vowed that this would not occur again. He summoned the ṛṣis, the devas, and other beings, and they collectively milked the earth, with Indra and other devatās serving as calves. Portions of the yield were set aside for each category of living beings before human beings took their share for consumption.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, abundance of food and prosperity returned to the earth once more, after Mother Earth was assured that she and all other stakeholders would be respected and cared for by those who partook of the nourishment she provided.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This story, found in the Bhāgavata Purāṇa, illustrates the principle that wealth and resources should be enjoyed only after they have been shared with all dependents and stakeholders of the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: A Childless Rich Man Finds Inheritors for His Wealth&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very wealthy man was troubled by the thought that there was no one to inherit his property, since he had no children. Therefore, he placed an advertisement in the newspapers stating:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“I wish to adopt a son for inheriting my millions. Suitable candidates should apply, explaining why they are the best person to be my son and therefore inherit my wealth.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most remarkable application came from a gentleman who was eighty years old. His application read:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“I am the most suitable person to be adopted as your son and to inherit your wealth because I already have children and grandchildren. Therefore, you can be assured that your wealth will be preserved and inherited not only after your death, but even after my death, and even after the death of my children (that is, your grandchildren).”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon reading this application, the wealthy man felt deeply ashamed. He realized that although no one can carry wealth with them after death, he himself had been clinging to his riches and worrying about their preservation even when he would no longer be present. This realization led him to resolve to make better use of his wealth. While he was still alive, he donated large sums for the construction of new institutions and the maintenance of existing schools, orphanages, old-age homes, temples, and monasteries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hindu scriptures declare that a materialistic person who is excessively attached to wealth and does not share it with those in need is sinful and “eats sin.” Such a person forgets that no wealth is permanent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Let a rich man satisfy one who seeks help, and let him take a longer view of life, not becoming obsessed solely with present possessions. Wealth revolves like the wheels of a chariot, coming now to one, now to another.” Ṛgveda 10.117.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“In vain does a foolish man acquire food. Truly, I declare, it becomes his death. He who does not cherish a companion or a friend—he is wholly evil, he who eats alone.” Ṛgveda 10.117.6&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: We Cannot Take Our Money with Us after Death&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once, when Gurū Nānak was passing through the city of Lahore (now in Pakistan), a wealthy Hindu trader named Dhūnicand invited the saint to partake of a meal in his palatial mansion. Dhūnicand was exceedingly proud of his riches. Even as the Gurū ate his meal, Dhūnicand kept recounting how wealthy he was and how vast his possessions were.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After Gurū Nānak had finished his meal, he handed a sewing needle to Dhūnicand and said, “Please keep this needle safely and take it with you to heaven after your death. When we meet there, I would like to receive it back from you.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dhūnicand looked puzzled and replied, “But how can anyone take anything with them after they die?”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gurū Nānak smiled and said, “Exactly so. You cannot carry even a small needle with you after death. Do you then believe that you can carry all your wealth with you when you die? If not, then what is the source of your pride?”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dhūnicand grasped the teaching that one should not take pride in what one wears, what one eats, or where one lives. All worldly possessions are inevitably left behind at death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thereafter, Dhūnicand became a transformed man. He devoted his wealth to the construction of dharmaśālās, community spaces meant for worship, satsaṅga, weddings, and other social and religious gatherings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:Spirituality_over_Materialism&amp;diff=175062</id>
		<title>Talk:Commentary on Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad:Spirituality over Materialism</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:Spirituality_over_Materialism&amp;diff=175062"/>
		<updated>2025-12-26T08:39:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: Created page with &amp;quot;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Context&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The first verse of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad gives the essence of the spiritual teaching of Hinduism: that God is the ruler and the immanent controller of the universe and the ultimate reality, while the world is subject to change and destruction according to His will. Material objects are to be used with a sense of detachment and gratitude.  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Mantra 1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Devanāgarī (standardized text)  ॐ ईशा वास्...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Context&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first verse of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad gives the essence of the spiritual teaching of Hinduism: that God is the ruler and the immanent controller of the universe and the ultimate reality, while the world is subject to change and destruction according to His will. Material objects are to be used with a sense of detachment and gratitude.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mantra 1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Devanāgarī (standardized text)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ॐ ईशा वास्यमिदं सर्वं यत्किञ्च जगत्यां जगत् ।&lt;br /&gt;
तेन त्यक्तेन भुञ्जीथा मा गृधः कस्यस्विद्धनम् ॥&lt;br /&gt;
(Same in both Śākhās)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;IAST Transliteration (with full diacritics)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
oṃ īśā vāsyam idaṃ sarvaṃ yat kiñca jagatyāṃ jagat |&lt;br /&gt;
tena tyaktena bhuñjīthā mā gṛdhaḥ kasyasvid dhanam ||&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Whatever moving or unmoving objects exist in this changing world, all of them are to be regarded as pervaded or enveloped by the Divine Ruler. By that understanding, enjoy the objects of the world through renunciation. Do not covet, for to whom does this wealth truly belong?” - Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purport&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All living and non-living objects in this ever-changing universe are temporary and subject to decay. The Lord, however, who is immanent in all things and envelops the entirety of existence, governs them in manifold ways and is eternal and imperishable. One is exhorted to realize this eternal truth and avoid entanglement in worldly attachments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bounties of nature are to be enjoyed, but with a spirit of renunciation and non-attachment. Excessive hankering after wealth and obsession with possessions is discouraged. To whom does all this truly belong? Certainly not to any individual, for we bring nothing with us at birth and take nothing with us at death. Hence, coveting what belongs to others is meaningless. The underlying reality alone is the true owner of all wealth; human beings are merely temporary custodians of divine riches. What we enjoy is permitted by Him, and therefore, gratitude, rather than attachment or pride, should characterize our relationship with possessions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some commentators interpret the second half of the verse as:&lt;br /&gt;
“Enjoy that portion which has been allotted or relinquished by the Lord as your share, and do not covet the wealth of others.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This interpretation lends a moral emphasis to the mantra, suggesting that since the Lord is the inner abiding witness and dispenser of karmic results, each person receives what is justly due through past actions. Consequently, one should not desire the wealth of others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the verse does not prohibit the enjoyment of worldly objects. Rather, it cautions against undue obsession and attachment to them. The overall outlook prescribed is spiritual rather than materialistic. True renunciation is fundamentally an inner disposition of the mind; external renunciation constitutes only a minor aspect of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In later literature, this idea of renunciation is taken to mean that our entire life and all that we possess must be used in worshipful actions (yajñas), and that we must enjoy only the leftovers as a gift of the Divine after we have shared with others. For example, the householder should feed himself only on leftovers after offering his food to the devas, the ṛṣis, learned teachers, elders, the poor, travelers, dependents, various creatures, the helpless, and the sick, and so on, as taught through the concept of the five daily Mahāyajñas in the Dharmaśāstra literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mahatma Gandhi had once remarked:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“I have now come to the final conclusion that if all the Upaniṣads and all the other scriptures happened all of a sudden to be reduced to ashes, and if only the first verse of the Īśopaniṣad were left intact in the memory of Hindus, Hinduism would live forever.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, according to him, this verse represents the essence of Hindu spirituality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Śrī Anirvāṇa also remarks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Thus the renunciation of enjoyment is not an obstinate avoidance of, or aversion towards, objects and desires, but their transformation through charity and sacrifice. What has to be rejected is greed, or running after things, pouncing upon objects of the senses like vultures. Dharma teaches us self-control. Under its discipline we learn indifference, detachment, and become witness-consciousness. That is at the root of renunciation. Let whatever has to come, come. I will not desire it, will not run after it. So, when it comes, I will be able to use it properly, for the good of many, in charity or in sacrifice to the gods. By both, I become vast. The joy that comes from this vastness is the joy of Brahman, the supreme bliss that comes through divine enjoyment interpenetrated by my renunciation.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nature of Īśvara mentioned in this mantra is further detailed in Mantras 4–5 and 8 below. The nature of individuals who have overcome attachment to material objects and relationships, and whose outlook is spiritual, is described in Mantras 6–7 below. Mantra 8 describes the nature of the Lord whom these spiritually enlightened, saintly persons attain after death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: Wealth Can Never Give Immortality&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ṛṣi Yājñavalkya decided to take sannyāsa. He possessed considerable property gifted to him by King Janaka and others. He had two wives. Calling them, he said:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“I wish to become a sannyāsī. Let me divide my wealth between you two.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maitreyī asked the ṛṣi, “Will your wealth make me immortal?”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ṛṣi Yājñavalkya replied, “No. My wealth will only give you a life that other rich people have. It will not give you immortality.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maitreyī replied, “Then of what use is your wealth to me? Give me that wealth which will make me immortal.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ṛṣi Yājñavalkya was very pleased with her. He then taught her the spiritual wisdom that can liberate a human being from bondage and mortality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: Bhagavān Brahmā’s Teaching - Da Da Da&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once, the residents of all three worlds had whatever they desired in abundance. The devas in heaven longed for the pleasures of food, drink, and dance, and they obtained plentiful enjoyment of all their objects of desire (kāma). On earth, human beings aspired for bountiful crops, comfortable dwellings, good clothing, and wealth (artha), and their wishes were likewise fulfilled. The asuras, driven by ambition, yearned for power, which they acquired through military conquests. Thus, the asuras too indulged in their passion for power and dominion over others (kāma).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yet all these three classes of beings felt that something was still missing in their lives. Despite material abundance and the fulfillment of their desires, they were not truly happy. Their hearts continued to yearn for inner peace and lasting joy. However, they were unable to discern how such inner fulfillment could be attained.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, all three the devas, the asuras, and human beings approached Bhagavān Brahmā and prayed to him for inner peace in their hearts. In response, Brahmā uttered only a single syllable, “Da.” This utterance surprised them all. None of them could immediately comprehend its meaning, and therefore they returned to their respective abodes, pondering over the significance of that solitary syllable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The devas returned to their indulgences in pleasure, drinking, eating, and dancing, attempting to drown their inner sense of emptiness in these activities. Suddenly, one of them rose and exclaimed aloud, “I now understand what our father Brahmā meant when he uttered ‘Da’. He meant dāmyata, self-restraint or control over the senses. Perhaps we should limit our food, drink, and revelry, and lead more disciplined lives.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The devas put this teaching into practice, and they soon discovered the inner peace and joy for which they had been longing. They realized that true happiness does not lie in excessive indulgence in sense pleasures, but in restraining them and engaging in more purposeful and meaningful activities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meanwhile, on earth, a group of human beings stood admiring their abundant harvest when they saw a flock of hungry birds descend to feed on the grain. One of them rose to drive the birds away, but suddenly stopped and said, “I believe our father Brahmā intended us to practice datta, or charity, when he uttered ‘Da’.” The farmers found his words reasonable and allowed the birds to continue eating. Observing the satisfaction of the birds and hearing their joyful chirping, they laughed and felt genuine happiness. Thus, human beings understood what Bhagavān Brahmā sought to teach them, that true joy lies not in hoarding wealth, but in sharing it with others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The asuras, as usual, were engaged in one of their violent military campaigns, striking down and tormenting others. When one of their victims pleaded for mercy, an asura stepped forward and said, “Stop! I think our father meant dayadhvam when he uttered ‘Da’. Let us show compassion.” The victim, whose life was spared, expressed profound gratitude, and for the first time, the asuras experienced a sense of inner peace previously unknown to them. They too realized that true peace is not found in overpowering others through violence, but in living a life guided by love and compassion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus indeed, true contentment, peace, and happiness are attained not through the accumulation of wealth, power, or indulgence in sense pleasures, but through the practice of dharma, through sharing (datta), compassion (dayā), and self-restraint (dāmyata).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: Abandoning Māyā (Temptations) versus Saṃsāra (the World)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Sikh tradition narrates an insightful tale of a meeting between two saints in the seventeenth century CE, which underscores the superiority of inner renunciation over mere external poverty. Once, Swāmī Samartha Rāmdās was traversing the Himalayas when he encountered Gurū Hargobind, the sixth Sikh Guru, riding a horse, clad in royal attire and bearing weapons. The swāmī remarked:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Are you not a spiritual successor of Gurū Nānak? If so, why do you carry weapons and wear luxurious garments like a king?”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gurū Hargobind replied:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“I have renounced māyā, the temptations of the world, but I have not renounced saṃsāra, the world and its responsibilities.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hearing this, Swāmī Samartha Rāmdās was greatly pleased and said:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“I truly admire your understanding.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: King Pṛthu Milks Mother Earth&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
King Pṛthu was crowned by many ṛṣis to rule the earth. However, he found it extremely difficult to take care of the people in his kingdom. Famines were frequent, rains did not arrive on time, and trees and plants were drying up. Cattle had nothing to eat and were starving. As a result, the people of the kingdom began to perish due to lack of food.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pṛthu became exceedingly angry with Mother Earth (Pṛthivī) for causing such suffering to his subjects. He believed that the earth was concealing grains and plants within herself instead of allowing them to grow upon her surface. Determined to force her to yield food, he resolved to shoot an arrow into the heart of the earth and split her open so that the hidden sustenance could be obtained by the people. As he was about to take aim, Mother Earth, terrified, assumed the form of a cow and fled, with King Pṛthu in close pursuit. The king followed her relentlessly wherever she went and refused to desist. At last, the cow implored him not to kill her. King Pṛthu then questioned her as to why she was withholding food from his people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mother Earth replied:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Bhagavān assumed the form of Brahmā and created plants and food crops so that beings might live and also lead lives of good conduct and discipline. Instead, human beings merely cultivate food, consume it, and exploit natural resources solely for physical comfort. They have forgotten to express gratitude to Bhagavān through worship and sacred rites. They neglect their duties of charity and sharing. I feared that human beings would exhaust all the food in the world by consuming it entirely, without offering any portion for worship or charity. Therefore, I concealed whatever food remained within myself.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mother Earth further told him that she would yield food again only if a worthy person brought a calf and a vessel and began to milk her properly. She also instructed that the land must be leveled and irrigation systems established, so that rainwater would not simply flow uselessly into the ocean.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
King Pṛthu acknowledged that human beings had taken the earth for granted and forgotten its true importance. She had been abused, mistreated, and harassed by all. He vowed that this would not occur again. He summoned the ṛṣis, the devas, and other beings, and they collectively milked the earth, with Indra and other devatās serving as calves. Portions of the yield were set aside for each category of living beings before human beings took their share for consumption.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, abundance of food and prosperity returned to the earth once more, after Mother Earth was assured that she and all other stakeholders would be respected and cared for by those who partook of the nourishment she provided.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This story, found in the Bhāgavata Purāṇa, illustrates the principle that wealth and resources should be enjoyed only after they have been shared with all dependents and stakeholders of the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: King Pṛthu Milks Mother Earth&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
King Pṛthu was crowned by many ṛṣis to rule the earth. However, he found it extremely difficult to take care of the people in his kingdom. Famines were frequent, rains did not arrive on time, and trees and plants were drying up. Cattle had nothing to eat and were starving. As a result, the people of the kingdom began to perish due to lack of food.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pṛthu became exceedingly angry with Mother Earth (Pṛthivī) for causing such suffering to his subjects. He believed that the earth was concealing grains and plants within herself instead of allowing them to grow upon her surface. Determined to force her to yield food, he resolved to shoot an arrow into the heart of the earth and split her open so that the hidden sustenance could be obtained by the people. As he was about to take aim, Mother Earth, terrified, assumed the form of a cow and fled, with King Pṛthu in close pursuit. The king followed her relentlessly wherever she went and refused to desist. At last, the cow implored him not to kill her. King Pṛthu then questioned her as to why she was withholding food from his people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mother Earth replied:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Bhagavān assumed the form of Brahmā and created plants and food crops so that beings might live and also lead lives of good conduct and discipline. Instead, human beings merely cultivate food, consume it, and exploit natural resources solely for physical comfort. They have forgotten to express gratitude to Bhagavān through worship and sacred rites. They neglect their duties of charity and sharing. I feared that human beings would exhaust all the food in the world by consuming it entirely, without offering any portion for worship or charity. Therefore, I concealed whatever food remained within myself.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mother Earth further told him that she would yield food again only if a worthy person brought a calf and a vessel and began to milk her properly. She also instructed that the land must be leveled and irrigation systems established, so that rainwater would not simply flow uselessly into the ocean.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
King Pṛthu acknowledged that human beings had taken the earth for granted and forgotten her true importance. She had been abused, mistreated, and harassed by all. He vowed that this would not occur again. He summoned the ṛṣis, the devas, and other beings, and they collectively milked the earth, with Indra and other devatās serving as calves. Portions of the yield were set aside for each category of living beings before human beings took their share for consumption.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, abundance of food and prosperity returned to the earth once more, after Mother Earth was assured that she and all other stakeholders would be respected and cared for by those who partook of the nourishment she provided.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This story, found in the Bhāgavata Purāṇa, illustrates the principle that wealth and resources should be enjoyed only after they have been shared with all dependents and stakeholders of the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_%C5%9A%C4%81nti_Mantra&amp;diff=175061</id>
		<title>Talk:Commentary on Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad: Śānti Mantra</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_%C5%9A%C4%81nti_Mantra&amp;diff=175061"/>
		<updated>2025-12-23T11:34:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: Created page with &amp;quot;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;  Traditionally, the study of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad is commenced with this mantra from the Bṛhadāraṇyaka Upaniṣad 5.1.1 (= Mādhyandina Śatapatha Brāhmaṇa 14.8.1).  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ॐ पूर्णमदः पूर्णमिदं पूर्णात् पूर्णमुदच्यते ।&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;पूर्णस्य पूर्णमादाय पूर्णमेवावशिष्यते ॥&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ॐ श...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traditionally, the study of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad is commenced with this mantra from the Bṛhadāraṇyaka Upaniṣad 5.1.1 (= Mādhyandina Śatapatha Brāhmaṇa 14.8.1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ॐ पूर्णमदः पूर्णमिदं पूर्णात् पूर्णमुदच्यते ।&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;पूर्णस्य पूर्णमादाय पूर्णमेवावशिष्यते ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ॐ शान्तिः शान्तिः शान्तिः ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;IAST (with full diacritical markings):&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
oṃ pūrṇam adaḥ pūrṇam idaṃ pūrṇāt pūrṇam udacyate |&lt;br /&gt;
pūrṇasya pūrṇam ādāya pūrṇam evāvaśiṣyate ||&lt;br /&gt;
oṃ śāntiḥ śāntiḥ śāntiḥ ||&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Om. That (Brahman) is infinite. This (the universe) is infinite. From the Infinite arises the infinite. When the infinite is taken from the Infinite, the Infinite alone remains.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purport:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The human mind is accustomed to grasping objects that are finite. The universe, however, is infinite, and it has emerged from the infinite Brahman. Yet, the manifestation of this infinite creation does not diminish Brahman in any way. Brahman remains complete, whole, and infinite. The limitations of space and time do not apply to Brahman.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By definition, the infinite remains infinite, regardless of how much is drawn from it. Brahman is not separate from the universe; rather, the universe is encompassed within Brahman, while Brahman transcends even the totality of the universe.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of the Śānti Mantra is to pray for the removal of all obstacles to the successful and complete study of the Upaniṣad. The Upaniṣads associated with the four Vedas employ distinct Śānti Mantras, each derived from its respective textual corpus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Traditional_Commentaries_and_Modern_Translations&amp;diff=175060</id>
		<title>Talk:Traditional Commentaries and Modern Translations</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Traditional_Commentaries_and_Modern_Translations&amp;diff=175060"/>
		<updated>2025-12-23T11:21:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: Created page with &amp;quot;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;  In a broad sense, the Śatapatha Brāhmaṇa, in both its Mādhyandina and Kāṇva recensions&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;The Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad occurs in Kāṇḍa 14 of the Mādhyandina recension and Kāṇḍa 17 of the Kāṇva recension of the Śatapatha Brāhmaṇa. The Mādhyandina version consists of fourteen kāṇḍas divided into exactly one hundred chapters, while the Kāṇva version has seventeen kāṇḍas comprising one hundred and fou...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a broad sense, the Śatapatha Brāhmaṇa, in both its Mādhyandina and Kāṇva recensions&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;The Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad occurs in Kāṇḍa 14 of the Mādhyandina recension and Kāṇḍa 17 of the Kāṇva recension of the Śatapatha Brāhmaṇa. The Mādhyandina version consists of fourteen kāṇḍas divided into exactly one hundred chapters, while the Kāṇva version has seventeen kāṇḍas comprising one hundred and four chapters. In both recensions, however, the final six chapters form the Bṛhadāraṇyaka Upaniṣad. More than sixty traditional Sanskrit commentaries on this text are known, preserved in both manuscript and printed form.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, functions as a continuous exegetical exposition of the forty chapters of the corresponding Śukla Yajurveda Saṃhitā. In both traditions, the Brāhmaṇa culminates in the six chapters of the Bṛhadāraṇyaka Upaniṣad, which together constitute an extensive philosophical elaboration closely related to the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad, though the precise nature of this relationship is not always explicit. Several verses of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad are directly cited within the Bṛhadāraṇyaka Upaniṣad, attesting to their textual and doctrinal continuity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among the major Upaniṣads, the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad possesses one of the largest bodies of surviving Sanskrit commentarial literature, second only to the Taittirīya Upaniṣad. The earliest extant commentary is that of Śaṅkarācārya, composed on the Kāṇva recension. Since the Kāṇva Śākhā historically predominated in peninsular India, except in certain regions such as parts of Maharashtra most subsequent commentators likewise focused on this recension, with relatively fewer works devoted to the Mādhyandina text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, the oldest known commentary, now lost and predating Śaṅkarācārya, was most likely composed on the Mādhyandina recension. This work is traditionally attributed to Bhartṛprapañca, a representative of the Bhedābheda school of Vedānta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Śaṅkarācārya (7th century CE), the foremost systematizer of Advaita Vedānta, produced a commentary renowned for its clarity, rigor, and philosophical coherence. His interpretation has exercised a decisive influence on later exegetes and continues to guide most modern translations of the Upaniṣad. Over the subsequent millennium, his bhāṣya inspired numerous sub-commentaries and glosses by scholars such as Anubhūtisvarūpācārya, Narendra Purī, Ānandagirī, Śaṅkarānanda, Sāyaṇācārya, Appayya Dīkṣita, and Brahmendra Sarasvatī.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to Advaita Vedānta exegesis, several scholars composed commentaries on the Mādhyandina recension of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad within broader works on the Śukla Yajurveda Saṃhitā. Notable among these are Uvaṭa and Mahīdhara, whose interpretations encompass the Saṃhitā as a whole and reflect ritual as well as philosophical concerns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rāmānuja (1017–1137 CE), the illustrious systematizer of Viśiṣṭādvaita Vedānta, did not himself compose a commentary on the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad. Nevertheless, several eminent scholars of his tradition authored commentaries on the text, notably Vedānta Deśika, Raṅgarāmānuja, and Kūranārāyaṇa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Madhva (1238–1317 CE), the founder of the Dvaita Vedānta school, composed a commentary on the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad that became foundational for the Dvaita exegetical tradition. His work inspired numerous sub-commentaries and independent expositions by later scholars, including Jayatīrtha, Vādirāja, and Rāghavendra Tīrtha.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, commentators belonging to the Rāmānandī tradition, as well as various schools of Bhedābheda Vedānta—notably that of Nimbārka—and Śuddhādvaita Vedānta, founded by Vallabha in the sixteenth century, produced a substantial body of interpretive literature on the Upaniṣad. Independent pre-modern scholars such as Vijñānabhikṣu also contributed notable commentaries that integrate Vedāntic and Sāṃkhya perspectives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the modern period, Dayānanda Sarasvatī and scholars associated with the Ārya Samāj, founded by him in 1875 CE, composed numerous commentaries on the Mādhyandina recension of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad, either as independent works or as part of comprehensive commentaries on the Śukla Yajurveda Saṃhitā of the Mādhyandina Śākhā.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Owing to its brevity and profound philosophical depth, the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad has been translated into a wide range of Indian and European languages. The present author is personally familiar with only a limited number of these languages and is therefore unable to provide an exhaustive list. Among the Hindi translations consulted are those by Dāmodara Sātavalekar, Jagdīśvarānanda, and Rājvīr Śāstrī.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prominent English translations consulted include those by Max Müller, Sri Aurobindo, Swami Sarvānanda, P. B. Gajendragadkar, Swami Sivananda, Sarvepalli Radhakrishnan, Swami Chinmayananda, Anirvan, Swami Gambhirananda, A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda, Eknath Easwaran, Patrick Olivelle, Valerie Roebuck, and Swami Lokeśvarānanda.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Devat%C4%81_(Subject_Matter_or_Addressee)_of_the_Mantras&amp;diff=175059</id>
		<title>Talk:Devatā (Subject Matter or Addressee) of the Mantras</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Devat%C4%81_(Subject_Matter_or_Addressee)_of_the_Mantras&amp;diff=175059"/>
		<updated>2025-12-23T09:44:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: Created page with &amp;quot;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;  The Devatā of a mantra is that to whom the mantra is addressed, or alternatively, the principal subject matter that the mantra seeks to reveal. In the case of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad, the Devatā of the mantras is generally understood to be the Ātmā, indicating that the text is fundamentally Vedāntic in orientation rather than ritualistic in purpose.  As noted by Śaṅkarācārya and other traditional commentators, the precedin...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Devatā of a mantra is that to whom the mantra is addressed, or alternatively, the principal subject matter that the mantra seeks to reveal. In the case of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad, the Devatā of the mantras is generally understood to be the Ātmā, indicating that the text is fundamentally Vedāntic in orientation rather than ritualistic in purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As noted by Śaṅkarācārya and other traditional commentators, the preceding thirty-nine chapters of the Śukla Yajurveda Saṃhitā primarily concern Vedic rites and sacrificial ceremonies (yajñas). This concluding chapter, however, is not employed in ritual performance, for its subject matter is exclusively spiritual and contemplative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While elements of spiritual doctrine do appear sporadically in earlier chapters of the Saṃhitā—such as in Chapters 32 and 34—those sections remain integrated within the framework of ritual application. The Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad alone stands apart, marking a decisive shift from sacrificial action (karma) to inner realization (jñāna), with the Ātmā itself as the central Devatā.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:R%CC%A5%E1%B9%A3i_of_the_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad&amp;diff=175058</id>
		<title>Talk:R̥ṣi of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:R%CC%A5%E1%B9%A3i_of_the_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad&amp;diff=175058"/>
		<updated>2025-12-23T09:22:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All sections of the Vedic Saṃhitās are traditionally associated with a R̥ṣi, the seer to whom the mantras were revealed, who experienced them inwardly, and who transmitted them to others. Since the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad forms part of the Saṃhitā, it too has a designated R̥ṣi, namely Dadhyañc Ātharvaṇa.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;The R̥ṣi is credited with the last five chapters of the Shukla Yajurveda Saṃhitās in the traditional commentaries by Uvvata and Mahīdhara and also in Mādhyandina Shatapatha Brāhmaṇa 14.1.1.20 (Satavalekar 1969:10). Interestingly, the modern commentary of Swami Dayanand Saraswati on the Mādhyandina Saṃhita gives the R̥ṣi as Dīrghatamā for all the mantras but we will stick to the older tradition.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. In the Vedic tradition, it is considered imperative to know the name of the R̥ṣi associated with a body of mantras and something of his background, for such knowledge is believed to shed light on the deeper meaning of the mantras revealed by the Divine to the seer.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;The R̥ṣi, Devatā and Chhanda (prosodic meter) of these mantras of the Shukla Yajurveda Saṃhita (in its Mādhyandina version are listed by the index called Sarvānukramaṇī of Muni Kātyāyana and also listed by ancient commentaries like those of Uvvata (11th cent. CE). However, the Kāṇva Saṃhitā has no similar separate surviving index, but these are mentioned by commentators on the text based on the tradition that they had inherited. The version given here is an amalgamation of numerous retellings in different Hindu scriptures.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
R̥ṣi Dadhīchi is the more commonly used name of Dadhyañc Ātharvaṇa. His name indicates that he was the son of Atharvan, the ancient priest whose name is associated with the Atharvaveda. His own son, in turn, was Pippalāda, after whom the Paippalāda recension of the Atharvaveda is named, and who is traditionally regarded as the teacher of the Praśna Upaniṣad, one of the ten major Upaniṣads.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ashvinī Kumāras, the twin brothers, were unique Devatās because they had the knowledge of reviving dead people back to life. Indra thought, “My advantage over them is that I have spiritual wisdom, which they do not possess. But if they acquire that spiritual knowledge too, then they might threaten me and become the Kings of the Devatās in my place.” Therefore, out of fear and jealousy, Indra ordered that if anyone taught spiritual wisdom to the Ashvinī Kumāras, that teacher’s head would split into a thousand pieces. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Ashvinī Kumāras were upset when they heard of Indra’s decree. They went to a very pious R̥ṣi Dadhīchi and requested, “O R̥ṣi, no one dares to teach us the spiritual wisdom of the Vedic scriptures. &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, we request that you stand up to Indra. We will replace your head with that of a horse, and when that horse head splits, we will replace it again with your original head.” Out of kindness, R̥ṣi Dadhīchi agreed and taught the spiritual wisdom to the twin brothers. As soon as he had done so, Indra hurled an axe and beheaded the R̥ṣi. The Kumāras then re-grafted the head of the R̥ṣi back to his torso when the horse&#039;s head had broken into pieces. R̥ṣi Dadhīchi regained his life and his original form. &lt;br /&gt;
Meanwhile, Indra, the king of Devas, with the help of their Guru Brihaspati, led them to many victories against their evil Asuras. Unfortunately, after several victories over Asuras, Indra became too proud and arrogant. One day, he even insulted Guru Brihaspati, with whose guidance and prayers he had won the battles in the first place. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Brihaspati left the palace of Indra. When this news reached the Asuras, they thought, “Without the guidance and prayers of &lt;br /&gt;
Brihaspati, the Devas are no match for us. Let us attack their kingdom and defeat them.” The guess of the Asuras was correct, and the Devas lost one battle after another. Indra then decided to get another Guru for guidance so that he could be victorious over the Asuras again. This new Guru was Vishvarūpa, the three-headed son of R̥ṣi Tvashtā. &lt;br /&gt;
With the help of Guru Vishvarūpa, the Devas became stronger again. Now they could face the attacks of the Asuras bravely. But Indra noticed that they were still not as strong as how they used to be when Brihaspati was their Guru earlier.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One day, Indra discovered that Vishvarūpa was secretly helping their enemy, the Asuras, too. This meant that Devas and Asuras were now evenly matched and neither could defeat the other completely. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indra was very angry at his Guru for his secret betrayal. In a fit of anger, he beheaded Guru Vishvarūpa. When R̥ṣi Tvashtā heard that his son Vishvarūpa had been killed by Indra, he decided to take revenge. He performed Yajnas and created an evil monster named Vritra, who would help the Asuras against the Devas. Now, the Asuras were led by the evil giant Vritra, and they defeated the Devas several times. Indra and his Devas tried hard, but they could not defeat the Asuras even once. Eventually, the Asuras even drove the Devas, including Indra, out of heaven and occupied it. Indra had no choice but to approach Bhagavān Vishnu for help. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But Vishnu replied, “Vritra can be killed only with a weapon made from the bones of a R̥ṣi who has meditated a long time, who is pure and therefore whose bones have become charged with spiritual power. At this time, Dadhīchi is the only R̥ṣi whose bones can give a strong enough weapon.”&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ashwini Kumaras Goes to Rsi Dadhichi to ask for his help fight against Vritra.jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now Indra was in a fix. He had been extremely cruel to R̥ṣi Dadhichi once in the past, even beheading him. But the Ashvin Kumāras, the twin physicians of the Devas, had restored his head and had brought him back to life then. Indra went to the twins and said, “You had once brought back R̥ṣi Dadhichi to life. Perhaps, if you ask him to give you his bones, he might agree.” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Ashvin Kumāras went to R̥ṣi Dadhichi with Indra’s request. Indra too went along with them. The R̥ṣi said, R̥ṣi Dadhichi smiled and said, “Aren’t you the same person, Indra, who had tried to kill me earlier? But it is the duty of R̥ṣi munis to forgive and forget. And even more important, if I do not forgive him and do not give you my bones, then because of his past actions, many innocent Devatās and other creatures will suffer. Therefore, I will forgive Indra and permit you to take my bones.” Indra came forward and bowed to R̥ṣi Dadhichi, who blessed him and forgave him. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
R̥ṣi Dadhichi then sat in meditation until his soul left his body and merged with Bhagavān Vishnu. Indra then used the weapon Vajra, crafted from his bones. When the Asuras invaded again, led by the monster Vritra, a very fierce battle took place. Indra hurled the Vajra repeatedly at Vritra and slashed his arms and legs. But, Vritra refused to die, and even with his remaining body, continued to kill thousands of Devas. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indra then advanced toward Vṛtra from the front. Vṛtra drew in a deep breath and drew Indra into his stomach. From within the demon’s body, Indra began to rend him with the Vajra, tearing his way outward. He created an opening in Vṛtra’s abdomen and emerged through it. Streams of blood gushed forth from the demon’s body, and before long Vṛtra lay dead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indra breathed a sigh of relief. The Devas rejoiced in their victory as the defeated Asuras fled the battlefield. Thereafter, Indra approached Bṛhaspati, his preceptor, and humbly apologized for his earlier disrespectful conduct. Bṛhaspati accepted Indra’s apology and returned to heaven, resuming his role as guide and counselor to the Devas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Kṛṣṇa’s Teaching to King Yudhiṣṭhira===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Āśvamedhika Parva, the fourteenth book of the Mahābhārata, Kṛṣṇa explains the deeper significance of Indra’s victory over Vṛtra to Yudhiṣṭhira in the following words:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Indra could not defeat Vṛtra as long as he kept attacking Vṛtra from outside. It was only after Indra went inside Vṛtra that he was able to kill the demon. In the same way, whenever we face problems in our lives, we must not fight them half-heartedly just from the outside. If we fight problems without trying our best, they will not go away. They will keep coming back, just like Vṛtra kept attacking Indra even after losing an arm or a leg. But, if we attack the problems from inside by involving ourselves completely in the fight, wholeheartedly, and defeat them completely, then alone can we get rid of them so that they will never bother us again.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Continuing his instruction, Kṛṣṇa further addressed Yudhiṣṭhira as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“King Yudhishthira, the second thing you must learn from the Indra–Vritra battle is this: Indra got into serious trouble and had to face Vritra due to his own fault. Had he kept his pride in control, he would not have annoyed his Guru Brihaspati. And had he kept his anger in control, he would have found a better way to deal with his second Guru Vishvarūpa. Therefore, the true reason for problems in our life is not others, but our own negative and evil feelings like anger, pride, greed, etc., within our minds. These evil feelings are our true enemies. It is very easy to defeat our enemies outside in the world. But a real victor is he who defeats the enemies of anger, pride, greed, jealousy, etc., within his own mind.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Symbolic Interpretation in Relation to the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The symbolism of this narrative may be applied to the interpretation of the mantras of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad in the following manner. Tvaṣṭṛ represents the cosmic Creator, whose son Viśvarūpa signifies the manifold forms of material existence. Viśvarūpa’s three heads symbolically correspond to the three Guṇas: sattva, rajas, and tamas, that constitute Prakṛti.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These guṇas bind and delude the individual through Vṛtra, whose very name denotes “that which covers” or obstructs wisdom. The bones of Dadhīchi are symbolically understood as the mantras of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad themselves. Through their assimilation, Indra, representing the awakened ātman, fashions the weapon of spiritual insight by which the binding forces of the guṇas and the inner enemies they generate may be overcome.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the discerning intellect disregards the counsel of the guru represented in the narrative by Bṛhaspati, the created world, fashioned by Tvaṣṭṛ, overwhelms the individual. However, by taking refuge in spiritual wisdom as revealed in the Upaniṣadic mantras, one may transcend inner weaknesses and attain mastery in both the material and spiritual domains.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:R%CC%A5%E1%B9%A3i_of_the_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad&amp;diff=175000</id>
		<title>Talk:R̥ṣi of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:R%CC%A5%E1%B9%A3i_of_the_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad&amp;diff=175000"/>
		<updated>2025-12-11T05:19:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the sections of the Vedic Saṃhitās have a ‘Rishi’ to whom they were revealed and who experienced them and taught them to others. This Upaniṣhad, being a part of the Saṃhitā, also has a Rishi named ‘Dadhyanc Ātharvaṇa’&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;The Rishi is credited with the last five chapters of the Shukla Yajurveda Saṃhitās in the traditional commentaries by Uvvata and Mahīdhara and also in Mādhyandina Shatapatha Brāhmaṇa 14.1.1.20 (Satavalekar 1969:10). Interestingly, the modern commentary of Swami Dayanand Saraswati on the Mādhyandina Saṃhita gives the Rishi as Dīrghatamā for all the mantras but we will stick to the older tradition.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.  In the Vedic tradition, it is imperative to know the name of the Rishi associated with the mantras and something about him because this knowledge sheds light on the meaning of the mantras revealed by the Divine to the Rishi&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;The Rishi, Devatā and Chhanda (prosodic meter) of these mantras of the Shukla Yajurveda Saṃhita (in its Mādhyandina version are listed by the index called Sarvānukramaṇī of Muni Kātyāyana and also listed by ancient commentaries like those of Uvvata (11th cent. CE). However, the Kāṇva Saṃhitā has no similar separate surviving index, but these are mentioned by commentators on the text based on the tradition that they had inherited. The version given here is an amalgamation of numerous retellings in different Hindu scriptures.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rishi Dadhichi is the common name of Dadhyanch Atharvan. His name indicates that he was the son of Rishi Atharvan, who gave his name to the Atharvaveda. His own son, in turn, was Rishi Pippalāda, after whom the Paippalāda Recension of the Atharvaveda is named, and who is the teacher of the Prashna Upaniṣhad (one of the ten major Upaniṣhads). The following story is narrated in various later Hindu scriptures about Rishi Dadhichi, as an exemplar of supreme sacrifice for the sake of the greater good of the creation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ashvinī Kumāras, the twin brothers, were unique Devatās because they had the knowledge of reviving dead people back to life. Indra thought, “My advantage over them is that I have spiritual wisdom, which they do not possess. But if they acquire that spiritual knowledge too, then they might threaten me and become the Kings of the Devatās in my place.” Therefore, out of fear and jealousy, Indra ordered that if anyone taught spiritual wisdom to the Ashvinī Kumāras, that teacher’s head would split into a thousand pieces. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Ashvinī Kumāras were upset when they heard of Indra’s decree. They went to a very pious Rishi Dadhīchi and requested, “O Rishi, no one dares to teach us the spiritual wisdom of the Vedic scriptures. &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, we are requesting you to stand up to Indra. We will replace your head with that of a horse, and when that horse head splits, we will replace it again with your original head.” Out of kindness, Rishi Dadhīchi agreed and taught the spiritual wisdom to the twin brothers. As soon as he had done so, Indra hurled an axe and beheaded the Rishi. The Kumāras then re-grafted the head of the Rishi back to his torso when the horse&#039;s head had broken into pieces. Rishi Dadhīchi regained his life and his original form. &lt;br /&gt;
Meanwhile, Indra, the king of Devas, with the help of their Guru Brihaspati, led them to many victories against their evil Asuras. Unfortunately, after several victories over Asuras, Indra became too proud and arrogant. One day, he even insulted Guru Brihaspati, with whose guidance and prayers he had won the battles in the first place. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Brihaspati left the palace of Indra. When this news reached the Asuras, they thought, “Without the guidance and prayers of &lt;br /&gt;
Brihaspati, the Devas are no match for us. Let us attack their kingdom and defeat them.” The guess of the Asuras was correct, and the Devas lost one battle after another. Indra then decided to get another Guru for guidance so that he could be victorious over the Asuras again. This new Guru was Vishvarūpa, the three-headed son of Rishi Tvashtā. &lt;br /&gt;
With the help of Guru Vishvarūpa, the Devas became stronger again. Now they could face the attacks of the Asuras bravely. But Indra noticed that they were still not as strong as how they used to be when Brihaspati was their Guru earlier.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One day, Indra discovered that Vishvarūpa was secretly helping their enemy, the Asuras, too. This meant that Devas and Asuras were now evenly matched and neither could defeat the other completely. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indra was very angry at his Guru for his secret betrayal. In a fit of anger, he beheaded Guru Vishvarūpa. When Rishi Tvashtā heard that his son Vishvarūpa had been killed by Indra, he decided to take revenge. He performed Yajnas and created an evil monster named Vritra, who would help the Asuras against the Devas. Now, the Asuras were led by the evil giant Vritra, and they defeated the Devas several times. Indra and his Devas tried hard, but they could not defeat the Asuras even once. Eventually, the Asuras even drove the Devas, including Indra, out of heaven and occupied it. Indra had no choice but to approach Bhagavān Vishnu for help. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But Vishnu replied, “Vritra can be killed only with a weapon made from the bones of a Rishi who has meditated a long time, who is pure and therefore whose bones have become charged with spiritual power. At this time, Dadhīchi is the only Rishi whose bones can give a strong enough weapon.”&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ashwini Kumaras Goes to Rsi Dadhichi to ask for his help fight against Vritra.jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now Indra was in a fix. He had been extremely cruel to Rishi Dadhichi once in the past, even beheading him. But the Ashvin Kumāras, the twin physicians of the Devas, had restored his head and had brought him back to life then. Indra went to the twins and said, “You had once brought back Rishi Dadhichi to life. Perhaps, if you ask him to give you his bones, he might agree.” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Ashvin Kumāras went to Rishi Dadhichi with Indra’s request. Indra too went along with them. The Rishi said, Rishi Dadhichi smiled and said, “Aren’t you the same person, Indra, who had tried to kill me earlier? But it is the duty of Rishis to forgive and forget. And even more important, if I do not forgive him and do not give you my bones, then because of his past actions, many innocent Devatās and other creatures will suffer. Therefore, I will forgive Indra and permit you to take my bones.” Indra came forward and bowed to Rishi Dadhichi, who blessed him and forgave him. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rishi Dadhichi then sat in meditation until his soul left his body and merged with Bhagavān Vishnu. Indra then used the weapon Vajra, crafted from his bones. When the Asuras invaded again, led by the monster Vritra, a very fierce battle took place. Indra hurled the Vajra repeatedly at Vritra and slashed his arms and legs. But, Vritra refused to die, and even with his remaining body, continued to kill thousands of Devas. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indra then approached him from the front. Vritra took a deep breath and sucked Indra inside his stomach. There, Indra began to tear the demon from inside with his Vajra. He made an opening in his stomach and came out. Streams of blood came out gushing from Vritra’s stomach, and soon, the demon was dead. Indra heaved a sigh of relief. The Devas celebrated their victory as the defeated Asuras fled. Indra then went to Guru Brihaspati and apologized to him for his past rude behavior. Brihaspati accepted Indra’s apologies and returned to heaven to guide the Devas again. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Krishna’s teaching to King Yudhishthira &lt;br /&gt;
In the Āshvamedhika Parva or the 14th book of the Mahābhārata, Krishna has explained the true meaning of Indra’s victory to King Yudhishthira in the following words:  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“Indra could not defeat Vritra as long as he kept attacking Vritra from outside. It was only after Indra went inside Vritra that he was able to kill the demon. In the same way, whenever we face problems in our lives, we must not fight them half-heartedly just from the outside. If we fight problems without trying our best, they will not go away. They will keep coming back, just like Vritra kept attacking Indra even after losing an arm or a leg. But, if we attack the problems from inside by involving ourselves completely in the fight, wholeheartedly, and defeat them completely, then alone can we get rid of them so that they will never bother us again. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
King Yudhishthira, the second thing you must learn from the Indra-Vritra battle is this: Indra got into serious trouble and had to face Vritra due to his own fault. Had he kept his pride in control, he would not have annoyed his Guru Brihaspati. And had he kept his anger in control, he would have found a better way to deal with his second Guru Vishvarūpa. Therefore, the true reason for problems in our life is not others, but our own negative and evil feelings like anger, pride, greed, etc., within our minds. These evil feelings are our true enemies. It is very easy to defeat our enemies outside in the world. But a real victor is he who defeats the enemies of anger, pride, greed, jealousy, etc., within his own mind.” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The symbolism of this story can be applied to understand the  Mantras of this Upanishad in the following manner: Tvaṣhtā is the Creator, whose son is Vishvarūpa (all material forms), who has three heads representing the three Guṇas (Sattva, Rajas, Tamas) of Prakriti. These three ensnare and delude us through Vritra (meaning ‘that which covers’ our wisdom). The bones of Dadhichi are these mantras of the Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad, with whose help Indra (our ātmā) can construct the weapon of spiritual wisdom and defeat the three Guṇas and the internal enemies that they create to attain victory in the material and spiritual world. When we do not listen to the sage counsels of our Gurus (Brihaspati in the story), the Divine Lord (Tvaṣhṭā) created world overpowers us, but taking the help of spiritual wisdom, we can overcome our internal weaknesses and enemies.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=File:Ashwini_Kumaras_Goes_to_Rsi_Dadhichi_to_ask_for_his_help_fight_against_Vritra.jpg&amp;diff=174999</id>
		<title>File:Ashwini Kumaras Goes to Rsi Dadhichi to ask for his help fight against Vritra.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=File:Ashwini_Kumaras_Goes_to_Rsi_Dadhichi_to_ask_for_his_help_fight_against_Vritra.jpg&amp;diff=174999"/>
		<updated>2025-12-11T05:18:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Vritra could only be killed with a weapon made of Rsi Dadhichi&#039;s bones.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:R%CC%A5%E1%B9%A3i_of_the_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad&amp;diff=174991</id>
		<title>Talk:R̥ṣi of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:R%CC%A5%E1%B9%A3i_of_the_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad&amp;diff=174991"/>
		<updated>2025-12-10T16:13:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: Created page with &amp;quot;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;  All the sections of the Vedic Saṃhitās have a ‘Rishi’ to whom they were revealed and who experienced them and taught them to others. This Upaniṣhad, being a part of the Saṃhitā, also has a Rishi named ‘Dadhyanc Ātharvaṇa’.  In the Vedic tradition, it is imperative to know the name of the Rishi associated with the mantras and something about him because this knowledge sheds light on the meaning of the mantras revealed...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the sections of the Vedic Saṃhitās have a ‘Rishi’ to whom they were revealed and who experienced them and taught them to others. This Upaniṣhad, being a part of the Saṃhitā, also has a Rishi named ‘Dadhyanc Ātharvaṇa’.  In the Vedic tradition, it is imperative to know the name of the Rishi associated with the mantras and something about him because this knowledge sheds light on the meaning of the mantras revealed by the Divine to the Rishi.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rishi Dadhichi is the common name of Dadhyanch Atharvan. His name indicates that he was the son of Rishi Atharvan, who gave his name to the Atharvaveda. His own son, in turn, was Rishi Pippalāda, after whom the Paippalāda Recension of the Atharvaveda is named, and who is the teacher of the Prashna Upaniṣhad (one of the ten major Upaniṣhads). The following story is narrated in various later Hindu scriptures about Rishi Dadhichi, as an exemplar of supreme sacrifice for the sake of the greater good of the creation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ashvinī Kumāras, the twin brothers, were unique Devatās because they had the knowledge of reviving dead people back to life. Indra thought, “My advantage over them is that I have spiritual wisdom, which they do not possess. But if they acquire that spiritual knowledge too, then they might threaten me and become the Kings of the Devatās in my place.” Therefore, out of fear and jealousy, Indra ordered that if anyone taught spiritual wisdom to the Ashvinī Kumāras, that teacher’s head would split into a thousand pieces. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Ashvinī Kumāras were upset when they heard of Indra’s decree. They went to a very pious Rishi Dadhīchi and requested, “O Rishi, no one dares to teach us the spiritual wisdom of the Vedic scriptures. &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, we are requesting you to stand up to Indra. We will replace your head with that of a horse, and when that horse head splits, we will replace it again with your original head.” Out of kindness, Rishi Dadhīchi agreed and taught the spiritual wisdom to the twin brothers. As soon as he had done so, Indra hurled an axe and beheaded the Rishi. The Kumāras then re-grafted the head of the Rishi back to his torso when the horse&#039;s head had broken into pieces. Rishi Dadhīchi regained his life and his original form. &lt;br /&gt;
Meanwhile, Indra, the king of Devas, with the help of their Guru Brihaspati, led them to many victories against their evil Asuras. Unfortunately, after several victories over Asuras, Indra became too proud and arrogant. One day, he even insulted Guru Brihaspati, with whose guidance and prayers he had won the battles in the first place. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Brihaspati left the palace of Indra. When this news reached the Asuras, they thought, “Without the guidance and prayers of &lt;br /&gt;
Brihaspati, the Devas are no match for us. Let us attack their kingdom and defeat them.” The guess of the Asuras was correct, and the Devas lost one battle after another. Indra then decided to get another Guru for guidance so that he could be victorious over the Asuras again. This new Guru was Vishvarūpa, the three-headed son of Rishi Tvashtā. &lt;br /&gt;
With the help of Guru Vishvarūpa, the Devas became stronger again. Now they could face the attacks of the Asuras bravely. But Indra noticed that they were still not as strong as how they used to be when Brihaspati was their Guru earlier.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One day, Indra discovered that Vishvarūpa was secretly helping their enemy, the Asuras, too. This meant that Devas and Asuras were now evenly matched and neither could defeat the other completely. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indra was very angry at his Guru for his secret betrayal. In a fit of anger, he beheaded Guru Vishvarūpa. When Rishi Tvashtā heard that his son Vishvarūpa had been killed by Indra, he decided to take revenge. He performed Yajnas and created an evil monster named Vritra, who would help the Asuras against the Devas. Now, the Asuras were led by the evil giant Vritra, and they defeated the Devas several times. Indra and his Devas tried hard, but they could not defeat the Asuras even once. Eventually, the Asuras even drove the Devas, including Indra, out of heaven and occupied it. Indra had no choice but to approach Bhagavān Vishnu for help. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But Vishnu replied, “Vritra can be killed only with a weapon made from the bones of a Rishi who has meditated a long time, who is pure and therefore whose bones have become charged with spiritual power. At this time, Dadhīchi is the only Rishi whose bones can give a strong enough weapon.” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now Indra was in a fix. He had been extremely cruel to Rishi Dadhichi once in the past, even beheading him. But the Ashvin Kumāras, the twin physicians of the Devas, had restored his head and had brought him back to life then. Indra went to the twins and said, “You had once brought back Rishi Dadhichi to life. Perhaps, if you ask him to give you his bones, he might agree.” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Ashvin Kumāras went to Rishi Dadhichi with Indra’s request. Indra too went along with them. The Rishi said, Rishi Dadhichi smiled and said, “Aren’t you the same person, Indra, who had tried to kill me earlier? But it is the duty of Rishis to forgive and forget. And even more important, if I do not forgive him and do not give you my bones, then because of his past actions, many innocent Devatās and other creatures will suffer. Therefore, I will forgive Indra and permit you to take my bones.” Indra came forward and bowed to Rishi Dadhichi, who blessed him and forgave him. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rishi Dadhichi then sat in meditation until his soul left his body and merged with Bhagavān Vishnu. Indra then used the weapon Vajra, crafted from his bones. When the Asuras invaded again, led by the monster Vritra, a very fierce battle took place. Indra hurled the Vajra repeatedly at Vritra and slashed his arms and legs. But, Vritra refused to die, and even with his remaining body, continued to kill thousands of Devas. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indra then approached him from the front. Vritra took a deep breath and sucked Indra inside his stomach. There, Indra began to tear the demon from inside with his Vajra. He made an opening in his stomach and came out. Streams of blood came out gushing from Vritra’s stomach, and soon, the demon was dead. Indra heaved a sigh of relief. The Devas celebrated their victory as the defeated Asuras fled. Indra then went to Guru Brihaspati and apologized to him for his past rude behavior. Brihaspati accepted Indra’s apologies and returned to heaven to guide the Devas again. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Krishna’s teaching to King Yudhishthira &lt;br /&gt;
In the Āshvamedhika Parva or the 14th book of the Mahābhārata, Krishna has explained the true meaning of Indra’s victory to King Yudhishthira in the following words:  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“Indra could not defeat Vritra as long as he kept attacking Vritra from outside. It was only after Indra went inside Vritra that he was able to kill the demon. In the same way, whenever we face problems in our lives, we must not fight them half-heartedly just from the outside. If we fight problems without trying our best, they will not go away. They will keep coming back, just like Vritra kept attacking Indra even after losing an arm or a leg. But, if we attack the problems from inside by involving ourselves completely in the fight, wholeheartedly, and defeat them completely, then alone can we get rid of them so that they will never bother us again. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
King Yudhishthira, the second thing you must learn from the Indra-Vritra battle is this: Indra got into serious trouble and had to face Vritra due to his own fault. Had he kept his pride in control, he would not have annoyed his Guru Brihaspati. And had he kept his anger in control, he would have found a better way to deal with his second Guru Vishvarūpa. Therefore, the true reason for problems in our life is not others, but our own negative and evil feelings like anger, pride, greed, etc., within our minds. These evil feelings are our true enemies. It is very easy to defeat our enemies outside in the world. But a real victor is he who defeats the enemies of anger, pride, greed, jealousy, etc., within his own mind.” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The symbolism of this story can be applied to understand the  Mantras of this Upanishad in the following manner: Tvaṣhtā is the Creator, whose son is Vishvarūpa (all material forms), who has three heads representing the three Guṇas (Sattva, Rajas, Tamas) of Prakriti. These three ensnare and delude us through Vritra (meaning ‘that which covers’ our wisdom). The bones of Dadhichi are these mantras of the Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad, with whose help Indra (our ātmā) can construct the weapon of spiritual wisdom and defeat the three Guṇas and the internal enemies that they create to attain victory in the material and spiritual world. When we do not listen to the sage counsels of our Gurus (Brihaspati in the story), the Divine Lord (Tvaṣhṭā) created world overpowers us, but taking the help of spiritual wisdom, we can overcome our internal weaknesses and enemies.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:The_Names_of_%C4%AAsh%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3had&amp;diff=174989</id>
		<title>Talk:The Names of Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:The_Names_of_%C4%AAsh%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3had&amp;diff=174989"/>
		<updated>2025-12-10T15:15:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: Created page with &amp;quot;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;  Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad is so called because Īshāvāsya is the first word of this text&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Similarly, ‘Kena’ is the first word of the Kena Upaniṣhad.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. The text is known by a few alternative names-  #Īshopaniṣhad – This is just a short version of the name Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad.  #Vājasneyi Upaniṣhad – the Shukla Yajurveda recensions are also known as Vājasneyī Shākhā because it is believed that they were r...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad is so called because Īshāvāsya is the first word of this text&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Similarly, ‘Kena’ is the first word of the Kena Upaniṣhad.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. The text is known by a few alternative names- &lt;br /&gt;
#Īshopaniṣhad – This is just a short version of the name Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad. &lt;br /&gt;
#Vājasneyi Upaniṣhad – the Shukla Yajurveda recensions are also known as Vājasneyī Shākhā because it is believed that they were revealed by Sūrya Devatā, taking the form of a horse (vāji) to Maharṣhi Yājnavalkya. &lt;br /&gt;
#Vājasneya Saṃhitopaniṣhad or Mantropaniṣhad – So called because it is in the Shukla Yajurveda (Vājasneyi) Saṃhita, which is a collection of all mantras of these recensions. &lt;br /&gt;
#Brahmasūkta (hymn related to Brahman), Adhyātmādhyāya (chapter on the Ātmā), and so on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For our purposes, we will use only the name ‘Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad’ in this commentary and use this name to denote the Kāṇva version of the scripture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Importance,_Position,_Versions_of_%C4%AAsh%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3had&amp;diff=174988</id>
		<title>Talk:Importance, Position, Versions of Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Importance,_Position,_Versions_of_%C4%AAsh%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3had&amp;diff=174988"/>
		<updated>2025-12-10T15:13:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: Created page with &amp;quot;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;  In most lists of Upaniṣhads, Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad is mentioned first. Several reasons could be conjectured for this:   #Of all the major Upaniṣhads, it is the only one occurring in the Saṃhitā portion of the Vedas. All others are embedded in Brāhmaṇa and Āraṇyaka portions of the Vedas or survive as independent texts. The Vedic Saṃhitās are considered the most authoritative portion of the Vedas and are accepted as div...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In most lists of Upaniṣhads, Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad is mentioned first. Several reasons could be conjectured for this: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Of all the major Upaniṣhads, it is the only one occurring in the Saṃhitā portion of the Vedas. All others are embedded in Brāhmaṇa and Āraṇyaka portions of the Vedas or survive as independent texts. The Vedic Saṃhitās are considered the most authoritative portion of the Vedas and are accepted as divinely revealed&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;For example, the followers of Arya Samaj.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; who do not regard the other two portions (Brāhmaṇas and Āraṇyakas) as Divine in origin. &lt;br /&gt;
#The text gives a summary of all the major doctrines of the Upaniṣhads. Its scope is quite broad, despite its short length. &lt;br /&gt;
#Īshāvāsya is often shortened as ‘Īsha,’ and these lists typically start with names that are short and easy to pronounce (‘Īsha-Kena-Katha….’). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Several mantras of the Upaniṣhad are also found quoted in other texts like the Brihadāraṇyaka and Maitrāyaṇīya Upaniṣhads, along with added comments. Since these comments are explanations of the Īshāvāsya mantras by ancient Rishis, they will be pointed out at each corresponding Mantra. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the Shukla-Yajurveda Saṃhitā itself exists in two separate recensions today, namely the Mādhyandina and the Kāṇva, which have very slight differences among them, the Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad also exists in two versions, forming the last or the fortieth chapter&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;In the Orissan manuscripts of Kāṇva Saṃhitā, however, chapters 35-39 are split in a different way to form chapters 35-40, and therefore, the Upaniṣhad is the forty-first chapter. But it has no differences from the text found in nonOrissan manuscripts as far as the Upaniṣhad is concerned. See P Acharya (1964).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; in both:&lt;br /&gt;
#The Kāṇva version prevailed traditionally in peninsular India and has eighteen mantras&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;The followers of Dvaita Vedānta school, founded by Madhvāchārya, however, split the 18 mantras differently &lt;br /&gt;
(splitting mantras 16 and 17 each into two halves), to make them 20 mantras. Likewise, Upaniṣhad Brahmendra (18th19th cent CE) splits mantra 17 into two halves with the first half numbered 17 and the second numbered mantra 18. Therefore, he considers the Kāṇva version as comprised of 19 mantras and says so clearly too that he is commenting on a text of 19 verses. There are no other differences, and we will ignore this numbering here. See Yajneshwar Shastri and Sunanda Shastri (2013), p. xxxix.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.  Shankarāchārya commented on this version, and most of the ancient and modern commentaries are on this version. In fact, Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad is typically taken to mean this version and not the next one. &lt;br /&gt;
#The Mādhyandina version has seventeen mantras, whose order is slightly different from the eighth mantra onwards. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first eight mantras occur in the same order with slight textual differences from the Kāṇva version. &lt;br /&gt;
We will use the Kāṇva version as the default one and point to differences in the Mādhyandina text in our commentary.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Yajneshwar Shastri and Sunanda Shastri (2013), pp. xxxviii-xxxix&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:General_Introduction_to_Upani%E1%B9%A3hads&amp;diff=174983</id>
		<title>Talk:General Introduction to Upaniṣhads</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:General_Introduction_to_Upani%E1%B9%A3hads&amp;diff=174983"/>
		<updated>2025-12-10T14:10:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four Vedas are the Divinely revealed scriptures. They are: Rigveda, Yajurveda, Sāmaveda, and Atharvaveda. Each Veda has four parts: Saṃhitā (the core part, considered most authoritative), which forms the basis of the other three parts: Brāhmaṇa, Āraṇyaka, and Upaniṣad. The Upaniṣhads typically occur at the end (‘anta’) of each Veda, and therefore they are also often referred to as ‘Vedānta’. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word ‘Upaniṣhad’ means ‘secret wisdom that connects one with the Reality or with the Divine within oneself&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;The popular meaning “sit and learn below and close to a teacher” is very secondary and not very accurate even though modern scholars often promote it.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The Upanishads are concluding sections of the Vedas and are the core scriptures, dealing with  &lt;br /&gt;
#Nature of the Divine,  &lt;br /&gt;
#Nature of the Individual,  &lt;br /&gt;
#Nature of the Universe,  &lt;br /&gt;
#Relationship between the three entities,  &lt;br /&gt;
#The path to Moksha, and  &lt;br /&gt;
#Nature of Moksha. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Many of these six topics are dealt with in other scriptures too from their own perspectives, but none deal with the first (Nature of the Divine) in as much detail as the Upaniṣhad. Together with the Bhagavad Gita and the Brahmasūtras, the Upaniṣhads constitute the triple canonical sources (‘Prasthānatrayī’)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Vedānta itself has several sub-schools of which the most prominent ones are Advaita, Vishiṣhtadvaita and Dvaita associated with Shankarāchārya, Rāmānujāchārya and Madhvāchārya respectively. Some later schools of Vedānta add the Bhāgavata Purāṇa to the Prasthānatrayī.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; of the Vedānta Darshana, the prevailing school of Hindu Dharm. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Upaniṣhads are often embedded within the larger texts detailing Vedic ceremonies (Yajnas) – namely the Āraṇyakas and Brāhmaṇas, although in many cases, they have been preserved separately from their larger mother text that has been lost&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;We don’t know which larger text had the Upanishads of the Atharvaveda embedded in it, with the exception of Praṇava Upaniṣhad that is a part of the surviving portion of the Gopatha Brāhmaṇa. Shankarāchārya mentions a collection of Atharvaveda’s Upaniṣhads starting with a specific mantra that does not exist in texts available to us. Manuscripts with a collection of 52 Upaniṣhads attached to the Atharvaveda are available but they do not begin with the Mantra quoted by Shankarāchārya&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Sometimes, it is difficult to discern where the Brāhmaṇa or Āraṇyaka ends, and the Upaniṣhad starts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of the four Vedas further has several Shākhās or schools of study. The different recensions (‘Shākhās’)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;According to tradition, there were 21 recensions of Rigveda (of which 3 or 4 survive), 9 of Atharvaveda (2 survive), 15 of Shukla-Yajurveda (2 survive), 86 of Krishṇa Yajurveda (11 survive fully and partially). Additionally, Sāmaveda had a thousand varieties of chanting of which most were lost very early on but perhaps 15 or so survived into the common era. Of these, only 3 survive fully today with remnants of a few others available. However, we can say with confidence that practically all major Vedic scriptures are incorporated in the portion of the Vedas that survives today. 5The list of 108 Upaniṣhads given in the Muktikā Upaniṣhad also regards these as the major ones. However, the Brahmasūtras, which are the most ancient and authoritative systematization of the Upanishads, do not refer to two of these (Kena and Māṇdūkya) and instead refer to others (Mahānārāyaṇa, Mahaitareya, Kaushitakī, Shvetāshvatara and Agnirahasya) even according to the traditional commentaries by Shankarāchārya and others. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; of the four Vedas have different, ancient Upanishads attached to them, per the table below. Altogether, over 220 Upanishads survive, but most of them are recent creations and are non-Vedic. But those listed in the table are the ones of whose genuineness we are very certain. Note that different recensions sometimes share texts with each other, including the Upanishads. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The titles that are bolded are considered the 10 major Upanishads in the Advaita Vedanta tradition, and have the earliest commentaries available on them, by Shankarāchārya&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;The manuscripts from Kerala have slight differences than those from other parts of India.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. The titles in Italics are some other ancient Upaniṣhads bearing commentaries or quoted frequently by other ancient Gurus&#039;. This does not mean that the remaining texts are any less ancient or authoritative, but they have not been used significantly by later teachers even though traditional commentaries do exist on some of them. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! No.&lt;br /&gt;
! Veda&lt;br /&gt;
! Recension (Śākhā)&lt;br /&gt;
! Upaniṣad&lt;br /&gt;
! Notes / Source Context&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 || — (Rigvedic Brāhmaṇa) || Mahaitareya (Bahvṛca Brāhmaṇa) || Mahaitareya || Chapters 2–3 of Aitareya Āraṇyaka; Chapter 3 is the Saṃhitopaniṣad.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2 || Ṛgveda || Śākala, Āśvalāyana || Aitareya || Sections 4–6 of Chapter 2 of Aitareya Āraṇyaka.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3 || Ṛgveda || Śāṅkhāyana / Kauśītaki || Kauśītaki &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;The manuscripts from Kerala have slight differences than those from other parts of India. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;|| Chapters 3–6 of Śāṅkhāyana Āraṇyaka.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Numbering varies in different manuscripts.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 4 || Ṛgveda || Śāṅkhāyana || Saṃhitopaniṣad || Chapters 7–8 of Śāṅkhāyana Āraṇyaka.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 5 || Ṛgveda || Śāṅkhāyana || Mahāvākya (etc.) || Chapters 13–15 of Śāṅkhāyana Āraṇyaka.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 6 || Ṛgveda || Bāṣkala || Bāṣkalamantra Upaniṣad || —&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7 || Ṛgveda || Mudgala || Mudgala Upaniṣad || —&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 8 || Ṛgveda || Paiṅgī || Paiṅgala Upaniṣad&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is commonly said to belong to Shukla Yajurveda. But in my opinion it belongs to Rigveda’s lost Paingi Shākhā.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; || —&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 9 || Ṛgveda || Unknown || Ārṣeya&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;We aren’t sure if this and the Shaunaka Upaniṣhad belonged to the Rigveda at all.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; || —&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 10 || Ṛgveda || Unknown || Śaunaka || —&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 11–22 || Atharvaveda || Śaunaka, Paippalāda &amp;amp; others || &lt;br /&gt;
Muṇḍaka, Praśna, Māṇḍūkya, Kaivalya, Brahma, Ātmā, Garbha, Chūlikā, Praṇava, Nārāyaṇa, Atharvaśiras, Atharvaśikhā, etc. ||&lt;br /&gt;
Difficult to identify the exact recensions (extant or lost) they come from.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 23 || Sāmaveda || Kauthuma / Rāṇāyanīya || Chāndogya || Chapters 3–40 of Tāṇḍya Brāhmaṇa.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 24 || Sāmaveda || Jaiminīya / Śātyāyanīya || Prāṇāgnihotra || Initial sections of Jaiminīya Brāhmaṇa.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 25 || Sāmaveda || Śātyāyanīya || Gāyatrī Śātyāyanī || Initial sections of Chapter 4 of Talavakāra Āraṇyaka.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 26 || Sāmaveda || Śātyāyanīya || Kena || Later sections of Chapter 4 of Talavakāra Āraṇyaka.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 27 || Kṛṣṇa Yajurveda || Maitrāyaṇīya || Maitrāyaṇīya Upaniṣad || Also called Maitrāyaṇīya Āraṇyaka.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 28 || Kṛṣṇa Yajurveda || Maitrāyaṇīya (lost sub-śākhā) || Chhāgaleya || From a lost sub-branch.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 29 || Kṛṣṇa Yajurveda|| Maitrāyaṇīya (lost Brāhmaṇa) || Āruṇeya || Manual for entering saṃnyāsa; part of the lost Maitrāyaṇī Brāhmaṇa.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 30 || Kṛṣṇa Yajurveda || Kāṭhaka || Kathāśikṣā || Very similar to Chapter 1 (Śikṣāvalli) of Taittirīya Upaniṣad.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 31 || Kṛṣṇa Yajurveda || Kāṭhaka || Kathavallī || —&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 32 || Kṛṣṇa Yajurveda || Kāṭhaka || Kathāśruti || Manual on saṃnyāsa; from the lost Katha Brāhmaṇa.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 33 || Kṛṣṇa Yajurveda || Kāṭhaka || Śvetāśvatara || A sub-recension of the Katha tradition.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 34 || Kṛṣṇa Yajurveda || Taittirīya || Chitti Upaniṣad || Chapter 3 of Taittirīya Āraṇyaka.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 35 || Kṛṣṇa Yajurveda || Taittirīya || Taittirīya Upaniṣad || Chapters 7–9 of Taittirīya Āraṇyaka.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 36 || Kṛṣṇa Yajurveda || Taittirīya || Mahānārāyaṇa || Chapter 10 of Taittirīya Āraṇyaka.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 37–38 || Śukla Yajurveda || Mādhyaṃdina &amp;amp; Kāṇva || Īśāvāsya || Two similar but distinct recensional versions.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 39–40 || Śukla Yajurveda || Mādhyaṃdina &amp;amp; Kāṇva || Bṛhadāraṇyaka || In two slightly different versions &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 41 || Śukla Yajurveda || Mādhyaṃdina &amp;amp; Kāṇva || Agnirahasya || Sections of Book 10 of Śatapatha Brāhmaṇa (both recensions).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 42 || Śukla Yajurveda || Jābāla (lost) || Jābāla || Manual on saṃnyāsa; only surviving portion of this lost śākhā.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 43 || Śukla Yajurveda || Tāpanīya || Nṛsiṃha Tāpanīya || Two parts: Pūrva and Uttara; Uttara is particularly ancient.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 44 || Śukla Yajurveda || Unknown || Subāla || —&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 45 || Śukla Yajurveda || All Vedas || Śiva-saṃkalpa || Located in Saṃhitā, Chapter 34.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many sections in other parts of the Vedic literature (Saṃhitās  , Brāhmaṇas   and Āraṇyakas ) that have an Upanishadic character, but a listing of the same is being left out here for brevity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:General_Introduction_to_Upani%E1%B9%A3hads&amp;diff=174975</id>
		<title>Talk:General Introduction to Upaniṣhads</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:General_Introduction_to_Upani%E1%B9%A3hads&amp;diff=174975"/>
		<updated>2025-12-10T13:33:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four Vedas are the Divinely revealed scriptures of Hindus. They are-  Rigveda, Yajurveda, Sāmaveda and Atharvaveda. Each Veda has four parts – Saṃhitā (the core part considered most authoritative) which forms the basis of the other three parts – Brāhmaṇa, Āraṇyaka and Upaniṣhad. The Upaniṣhads typically occur at the end (‘anta’) of each Veda and therefore they are also often referred to as ‘Vedānta’. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word ‘Upaniṣhad’ means ‘secret wisdom that connects one with the Reality or with the Divine within oneself.’  The Upanishads are concluding sections of the Vedas and are the core scriptures of Hindu spirituality dealing with  &lt;br /&gt;
#Nature of the Divine,  &lt;br /&gt;
#Nature of the Individual,  &lt;br /&gt;
#Nature of the Universe,  &lt;br /&gt;
#Relationship between the three entities,  &lt;br /&gt;
#The path to Moksha, and  &lt;br /&gt;
#Nature of Moksha. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Many of these six topics are dealt with in other scriptures too from their own perspectives, but none deal with the first (Nature of the Divine) in as much detail as the Upaniṣhad. Together with the Bhagavad Gita and the Brahmasūtras, the Upaniṣhads constitute the triple canonical sources (‘Prasthānatrayī’) of the Vedānta Darshana, the prevailing school of Hindu philosophy and theology. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Upaniṣhads are often embedded within the larger texts detailing Vedic ceremonies (Yajnas) – namely the Āraṇyakas and Brāhmaṇas, although in many cases, they have been preserved separately from their larger mother text that has been lost.  Sometimes, it is difficult to discern where the Brāhmaṇa or Āraṇyaka ends, and the Upaniṣhad starts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of the four Vedas further has several Shākhās or schools of study. The different recensions (‘Shākhās’)  of the four Vedas have different, ancient Upanishads attached to them, per the table below. Altogether, over 220 Upanishads survive, but most of them are recent creations and are non-Vedic. But those listed in the table are the ones of whose genuineness we are very certain. Note that different recensions sometimes share texts with each other, including the Upanishads. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The titles that are bolded are considered the 10 major Upanishads in the Advaita Vedanta tradition, and have the earliest commentaries available on them, by Shankarāchārya.5 The titles in Italics are some other ancient Upaniṣhads bearing commentaries or quoted frequently by other Hindu ancient Hindu teachers. This does not mean that the remaining texts are any less ancient or authoritative, but they have not been used significantly by later teachers even though traditional commentaries do exist on some of them. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! No.&lt;br /&gt;
! Veda&lt;br /&gt;
! Recension (Śākhā)&lt;br /&gt;
! Upaniṣad&lt;br /&gt;
! Notes / Source Context&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 || — (Rigvedic Brāhmaṇa) || Mahaitareya (Bahvṛca Brāhmaṇa) || Mahaitareya || Chapters 2–3 of Aitareya Āraṇyaka; Chapter 3 is the Saṃhitopaniṣad.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2 || Ṛgveda || Śākala, Āśvalāyana || Aitareya || Sections 4–6 of Chapter 2 of Aitareya Āraṇyaka.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3 || Ṛgveda || Śāṅkhāyana / Kauśītaki || Kauśītaki || Chapters 3–6 of Śāṅkhāyana Āraṇyaka.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 4 || Ṛgveda || Śāṅkhāyana || Saṃhitopaniṣad || Chapters 7–8 of Śāṅkhāyana Āraṇyaka.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 5 || Ṛgveda || Śāṅkhāyana || Mahāvākya (etc.) || Chapters 13–15 of Śāṅkhāyana Āraṇyaka.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 6 || Ṛgveda || Bāṣkala || Bāṣkalamantra Upaniṣad || —&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7 || Ṛgveda || Mudgala || Mudgala Upaniṣad || —&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 8 || Ṛgveda || Paiṅgī || Paiṅgala Upaniṣad || —&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 9 || Ṛgveda || Unknown || Ārṣeya || —&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 10 || Ṛgveda || Unknown || Śaunaka || —&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 11–22 || Atharvaveda || Śaunaka, Paippalāda &amp;amp; others || &lt;br /&gt;
Muṇḍaka, Praśna, Māṇḍūkya, Kaivalya, Brahma, Ātmā, Garbha, Chūlikā, Praṇava, Nārāyaṇa, Atharvaśiras, Atharvaśikhā, etc. ||&lt;br /&gt;
Difficult to identify the exact recensions (extant or lost) they come from.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 23 || Sāmaveda || Kauthuma / Rāṇāyanīya || Chāndogya || Chapters 3–40 of Tāṇḍya Brāhmaṇa.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 24 || Sāmaveda || Jaiminīya / Śātyāyanīya || Prāṇāgnihotra || Initial sections of Jaiminīya Brāhmaṇa.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 25 || Sāmaveda || Śātyāyanīya || Gāyatrī Śātyāyanī || Initial sections of Chapter 4 of Talavakāra Āraṇyaka.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 26 || Sāmaveda || Śātyāyanīya || Kena || Later sections of Chapter 4 of Talavakāra Āraṇyaka.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 27 || Kṛṣṇa Yajurveda || Maitrāyaṇīya || Maitrāyaṇīya Upaniṣad || Also called Maitrāyaṇīya Āraṇyaka.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 28 || Kṛṣṇa Yajurveda || Maitrāyaṇīya (lost sub-śākhā) || Chhāgaleya || From a lost sub-branch.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 29 || Kṛṣṇa Yajurveda|| Maitrāyaṇīya (lost Brāhmaṇa) || Āruṇeya || Manual for entering saṃnyāsa; part of the lost Maitrāyaṇī Brāhmaṇa.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 30 || Kṛṣṇa Yajurveda || Kāṭhaka || Kathāśikṣā || Very similar to Chapter 1 (Śikṣāvalli) of Taittirīya Upaniṣad.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 31 || Kṛṣṇa Yajurveda || Kāṭhaka || Kathavallī || —&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 32 || Kṛṣṇa Yajurveda || Kāṭhaka || Kathāśruti || Manual on saṃnyāsa; from the lost Katha Brāhmaṇa.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 33 || Kṛṣṇa Yajurveda || Kāṭhaka || Śvetāśvatara || A sub-recension of the Katha tradition.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 34 || Kṛṣṇa Yajurveda || Taittirīya || Chitti Upaniṣad || Chapter 3 of Taittirīya Āraṇyaka.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 35 || Kṛṣṇa Yajurveda || Taittirīya || Taittirīya Upaniṣad || Chapters 7–9 of Taittirīya Āraṇyaka.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 36 || Kṛṣṇa Yajurveda || Taittirīya || Mahānārāyaṇa || Chapter 10 of Taittirīya Āraṇyaka.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 37–38 || Śukla Yajurveda || Mādhyaṃdina &amp;amp; Kāṇva || Īśāvāsya || Two similar but distinct recensional versions.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 39–40 || Śukla Yajurveda || Mādhyaṃdina &amp;amp; Kāṇva || Bṛhadāraṇyaka || In two slightly different versions &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 41 || Śukla Yajurveda || Mādhyaṃdina &amp;amp; Kāṇva || Agnirahasya || Sections of Book 10 of Śatapatha Brāhmaṇa (both recensions).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 42 || Śukla Yajurveda || Jābāla (lost) || Jābāla || Manual on saṃnyāsa; only surviving portion of this lost śākhā.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 43 || Śukla Yajurveda || Tāpanīya || Nṛsiṃha Tāpanīya || Two parts: Pūrva and Uttara; Uttara is particularly ancient.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 44 || Śukla Yajurveda || Unknown || Subāla || —&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 45 || Śukla Yajurveda || All Vedas || Śiva-saṃkalpa || Located in Saṃhitā, Chapter 34.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many sections in other parts of the Vedic literature (Saṃhitās  , Brāhmaṇas   and Āraṇyakas ) that have an Upanishadic character, but a listing of the same is being left out here for brevity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:General_Introduction_to_Upani%E1%B9%A3hads&amp;diff=174974</id>
		<title>Talk:General Introduction to Upaniṣhads</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:General_Introduction_to_Upani%E1%B9%A3hads&amp;diff=174974"/>
		<updated>2025-12-10T13:31:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four Vedas are the Divinely revealed scriptures of Hindus. They are-  Rigveda, Yajurveda, Sāmaveda and Atharvaveda. Each Veda has four parts – Saṃhitā (the core part considered most authoritative) which forms the basis of the other three parts – Brāhmaṇa, Āraṇyaka and Upaniṣhad. The Upaniṣhads typically occur at the end (‘anta’) of each Veda and therefore they are also often referred to as ‘Vedānta’. &lt;br /&gt;
The word ‘Upaniṣhad’ means ‘secret wisdom that connects one with the Reality or with the Divine within oneself.’  The Upanishads are concluding sections of the Vedas and are the core scriptures of Hindu spirituality dealing with  &lt;br /&gt;
1)	Nature of the Divine,  &lt;br /&gt;
2)	Nature of the Individual,  3) Nature of the Universe,  &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
4)	Relationship between the three entities,  &lt;br /&gt;
5)	The path to Moksha, and  &lt;br /&gt;
6)	Nature of Moksha.  &lt;br /&gt;
Many of these six topics are dealt with in other scriptures too from their own perspectives but none deals with the first (Nature of the Divine) in as much detail as the Upaniṣhad. Together with the Bhagavad Gita and the Brahmasūtras, the Upaniṣhads constitute the triple canonical sources (‘Prasthānatrayī’)    of the Vedānta Darshana, the prevailing school of Hindu philosophy and theology. &lt;br /&gt;
The Upaniṣhads are often embedded within the larger texts detailing Vedic ceremonies (Yajnas) – namely the Āraṇyakas and Brāhmaṇas, although in many cases, they have been preserved separately from their larger mother text that has been lost.  Sometimes, it is difficult to discern where the Brāhmaṇa or Āraṇyaka ends and the Upaniṣhad starts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of the four Vedas further has several Shākhās or schools of study. The different recensions (‘Shākhās’)  of the four Vedas have different, ancient Upanishads attached to them per the table below. Altogether, over 220 Upanishads survive, but most of the are recent creations and are nonVedic. But those listed in the table are the ones of whose genuineness we are very certain. Note that different recensions sometimes share texts between each other, including the Upanishads. &lt;br /&gt;
The titles that are bolded are considered the 10 major Upanishads in the Advaita Vedanta tradition, and have the earliest commentaries available on them, by Shankarāchārya.5 The titles in Italics are some other ancient Upaniṣhads bearing commentaries or quoted frequently by other Hindu ancient Hindu teachers. This does not mean that the remaining texts are any less ancient or authoritative, but they have not been used significantly by later teachers even though traditional commentaries do exist on some of them. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! No.&lt;br /&gt;
! Veda&lt;br /&gt;
! Recension (Śākhā)&lt;br /&gt;
! Upaniṣad&lt;br /&gt;
! Notes / Source Context&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 || — (Rigvedic Brāhmaṇa) || Mahaitareya (Bahvṛca Brāhmaṇa) || Mahaitareya || Chapters 2–3 of Aitareya Āraṇyaka; Chapter 3 is the Saṃhitopaniṣad.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2 || Ṛgveda || Śākala, Āśvalāyana || Aitareya || Sections 4–6 of Chapter 2 of Aitareya Āraṇyaka.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3 || Ṛgveda || Śāṅkhāyana / Kauśītaki || Kauśītaki || Chapters 3–6 of Śāṅkhāyana Āraṇyaka.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 4 || Ṛgveda || Śāṅkhāyana || Saṃhitopaniṣad || Chapters 7–8 of Śāṅkhāyana Āraṇyaka.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 5 || Ṛgveda || Śāṅkhāyana || Mahāvākya (etc.) || Chapters 13–15 of Śāṅkhāyana Āraṇyaka.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 6 || Ṛgveda || Bāṣkala || Bāṣkalamantra Upaniṣad || —&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7 || Ṛgveda || Mudgala || Mudgala Upaniṣad || —&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 8 || Ṛgveda || Paiṅgī || Paiṅgala Upaniṣad || —&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 9 || Ṛgveda || Unknown || Ārṣeya || —&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 10 || Ṛgveda || Unknown || Śaunaka || —&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 11–22 || Atharvaveda || Śaunaka, Paippalāda &amp;amp; others || &lt;br /&gt;
Muṇḍaka, Praśna, Māṇḍūkya, Kaivalya, Brahma, Ātmā, Garbha, Chūlikā, Praṇava, Nārāyaṇa, Atharvaśiras, Atharvaśikhā, etc. ||&lt;br /&gt;
Difficult to identify the exact recensions (extant or lost) they come from.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 23 || Sāmaveda || Kauthuma / Rāṇāyanīya || Chāndogya || Chapters 3–40 of Tāṇḍya Brāhmaṇa.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 24 || Sāmaveda || Jaiminīya / Śātyāyanīya || Prāṇāgnihotra || Initial sections of Jaiminīya Brāhmaṇa.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 25 || Sāmaveda || Śātyāyanīya || Gāyatrī Śātyāyanī || Initial sections of Chapter 4 of Talavakāra Āraṇyaka.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 26 || Sāmaveda || Śātyāyanīya || Kena || Later sections of Chapter 4 of Talavakāra Āraṇyaka.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 27 || Kṛṣṇa Yajurveda || Maitrāyaṇīya || Maitrāyaṇīya Upaniṣad || Also called Maitrāyaṇīya Āraṇyaka.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 28 || Kṛṣṇa Yajurveda || Maitrāyaṇīya (lost sub-śākhā) || Chhāgaleya || From a lost sub-branch.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 29 || Kṛṣṇa Yajurveda|| Maitrāyaṇīya (lost Brāhmaṇa) || Āruṇeya || Manual for entering saṃnyāsa; part of the lost Maitrāyaṇī Brāhmaṇa.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 30 || Kṛṣṇa Yajurveda || Kāṭhaka || Kathāśikṣā || Very similar to Chapter 1 (Śikṣāvalli) of Taittirīya Upaniṣad.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 31 || Kṛṣṇa Yajurveda || Kāṭhaka || Kathavallī || —&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 32 || Kṛṣṇa Yajurveda || Kāṭhaka || Kathāśruti || Manual on saṃnyāsa; from the lost Katha Brāhmaṇa.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 33 || Kṛṣṇa Yajurveda || Kāṭhaka || Śvetāśvatara || A sub-recension of the Katha tradition.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 34 || Kṛṣṇa Yajurveda || Taittirīya || Chitti Upaniṣad || Chapter 3 of Taittirīya Āraṇyaka.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 35 || Kṛṣṇa Yajurveda || Taittirīya || Taittirīya Upaniṣad || Chapters 7–9 of Taittirīya Āraṇyaka.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 36 || Kṛṣṇa Yajurveda || Taittirīya || Mahānārāyaṇa || Chapter 10 of Taittirīya Āraṇyaka.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 37–38 || Śukla Yajurveda || Mādhyaṃdina &amp;amp; Kāṇva || Īśāvāsya || Two similar but distinct recensional versions.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 39–40 || Śukla Yajurveda || Mādhyaṃdina &amp;amp; Kāṇva || Bṛhadāraṇyaka || In two slightly different versions &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 41 || Śukla Yajurveda || Mādhyaṃdina &amp;amp; Kāṇva || Agnirahasya || Sections of Book 10 of Śatapatha Brāhmaṇa (both recensions).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 42 || Śukla Yajurveda || Jābāla (lost) || Jābāla || Manual on saṃnyāsa; only surviving portion of this lost śākhā.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 43 || Śukla Yajurveda || Tāpanīya || Nṛsiṃha Tāpanīya || Two parts: Pūrva and Uttara; Uttara is particularly ancient.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 44 || Śukla Yajurveda || Unknown || Subāla || —&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 45 || Śukla Yajurveda || All Vedas || Śiva-saṃkalpa || Located in Saṃhitā, Chapter 34.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many sections in other parts of the Vedic literature (Saṃhitās  , Brāhmaṇas   and Āraṇyakas ) that have an Upanishadic character, but a listing of the same is being left out here for brevity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:General_Introduction_to_Upani%E1%B9%A3hads&amp;diff=174968</id>
		<title>Talk:General Introduction to Upaniṣhads</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:General_Introduction_to_Upani%E1%B9%A3hads&amp;diff=174968"/>
		<updated>2025-12-10T13:14:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: Created page with &amp;quot;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;  This work is a brief commentary on the short but extremely significant Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad for students who are new to the study of Vedānta. If Nārāyaṇa wills, I will write a longer commentary in the future on this scripture with extracts from traditional commentaries, grammatical notes and parallel passages from other texts. In the first reading, one can skip sections 1.0 and 6.0 and also the ‘Notes’ sub-sections in the C...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This work is a brief commentary on the short but extremely significant Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad for students who are new to the study of Vedānta. If Nārāyaṇa wills, I will write a longer commentary in the future on this scripture with extracts from traditional commentaries, grammatical notes and parallel passages from other texts. In the first reading, one can skip sections 1.0 and 6.0 and also the ‘Notes’ sub-sections in the Commentary (Section 7.0).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, the Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad teaches the following- &lt;br /&gt;
#The world is temporary, so is everything in it. It is OK to enjoy its riches but one must not get attached to anything. We should consume everything with a sense of gratitude towards the Lord. Our spiritual outlook must prevail over material pursuits. Spiritual ignorance coupled with materialism leads to grief in this life and the next. &lt;br /&gt;
#Freedom from the fruit of Karma is not through abandonment of Karma but by their constant performance with a detached spirit. &lt;br /&gt;
#The Divine is a great mystery, unique and full of wonderful qualities. He is within everyone and everything and also envelopes the entire universe. Only seeking and reaching It leads to eternal happiness and life, freedom from delusions and hatreds. &lt;br /&gt;
#One must balance performance of worldly duties and pursuit of spiritual wisdom. Both engagements are essential although they have different results. &lt;br /&gt;
#One must balance engaging with the temporary (material universe) and the permanent (the Ātmā). Both engagements are essential but they have different results. &lt;br /&gt;
#One whose entire life is devoted to Brahman (the Supreme Being) is not bewildered even at the time of his death. While living in his body, he is always liberated, free of sorrow, delusion or prejudice. And his death is a door to immortality and union with the Divine.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After several Mantras in this commentary, I have appended narratives from the Hindu tradition for the benefit of self-study or Satsanga/Pravachana. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:%C4%AAsh%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3had&amp;diff=174967</id>
		<title>Talk:Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:%C4%AAsh%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3had&amp;diff=174967"/>
		<updated>2025-12-10T13:12:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, the Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad teaches the following:&lt;br /&gt;
#The world is temporary, hence is everything in it. It is OK to enjoy its riches, but one must not get attached to anything. We should consume everything with a sense of gratitude towards the Īśvara. Our spiritual outlook must prevail over material pursuits. Spiritual ignorance coupled with materialism leads to grief in this life and the next. &lt;br /&gt;
#Freedom from the fruit of Karma is not through abandonment of Karma but by their constant performance with a detached spirit. &lt;br /&gt;
#The Divine is a great mystery, unique and full of wonderful qualities. He is within everyone and everything and also envelopes the entire universe. Only seeking and reaching It leads to eternal happiness and life, freedom from delusions and hatreds. &lt;br /&gt;
#One must balance the performance of worldly duties and the pursuit of spiritual wisdom. Both engagements are essential, although they have different results. &lt;br /&gt;
#One must balance engaging with the temporary (material universe) and the permanent (the Ātmā). Both engagements are essential, but they have different results. &lt;br /&gt;
#One whose entire life is devoted to Brahman (the Supreme Being) is not bewildered even at the time of his death. While living in his body, he is always liberated, free of sorrow, delusion, or prejudice. And his death is a door to immortality and union with the Divine.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:%C4%AAsh%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3had&amp;diff=174964</id>
		<title>Talk:Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:%C4%AAsh%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3had&amp;diff=174964"/>
		<updated>2025-12-10T10:10:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: Created page with &amp;quot;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;  This work is a brief commentary on the short but extremely significant Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad for students who are new to the study of Vedānta. If Nārāyaṇa wills, I will write a longer commentary in the future on this scripture with extracts from traditional commentaries, grammatical notes and parallel passages from other texts. In the first reading, one can skip sections 1.0 and 6.0 and also the ‘Notes’ sub-sections in the C...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This work is a brief commentary on the short but extremely significant Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad for students who are new to the study of Vedānta. If Nārāyaṇa wills, I will write a longer commentary in the future on this scripture with extracts from traditional commentaries, grammatical notes and parallel passages from other texts. In the first reading, one can skip sections 1.0 and 6.0 and also the ‘Notes’ sub-sections in the Commentary (Section 7.0).  &lt;br /&gt;
In summary, the Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad teaches the following- &lt;br /&gt;
1.	The world is temporary, so is everything in it. It is OK to enjoy its riches but one must not get attached to anything. We should consume everything with a sense of gratitude towards the Lord. Our spiritual outlook must prevail over material pursuits. Spiritual ignorance coupled with materialism leads to grief in this life and the next. &lt;br /&gt;
2.	Freedom from the fruit of Karma is not through abandonment of Karma but by their constant performance with a detached spirit. &lt;br /&gt;
3.	The Divine is a great mystery, unique and full of wonderful qualities. He is within everyone and everything and also envelopes the entire universe. Only seeking and reaching It leads to eternal happiness and life, freedom from delusions and hatreds. &lt;br /&gt;
4.	One must balance performance of worldly duties and pursuit of spiritual wisdom. Both engagements are essential although they have different results. &lt;br /&gt;
5.	One must balance engaging with the temporary (material universe) and the permanent (the Ātmā). Both engagements are essential but they have different results. &lt;br /&gt;
6.	One whose entire life is devoted to Brahman (the Supreme Being) is not bewildered even at the time of his death. While living in his body, he is always liberated, free of sorrow, delusion or prejudice. And his death is a door to immortality and union with the Divine.  &lt;br /&gt;
After several Mantras in this commentary, I have appended narratives from the Hindu tradition for the benefit of self-study or Satsanga/Pravachana. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Choosing_your_Life-Partner:_The_Qualities_in_a_Good_Bride_and_her_Family&amp;diff=174880</id>
		<title>Talk:Choosing your Life-Partner: The Qualities in a Good Bride and her Family</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Choosing_your_Life-Partner:_The_Qualities_in_a_Good_Bride_and_her_Family&amp;diff=174880"/>
		<updated>2025-12-01T06:43:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Śāstras list several qualities that a bride and her family must possess. Some illustrative verses are given below:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;In connecting himself with a wife, let him carefully avoid the ten following families, be they ever so great, or rich in cattle, horses, sheep, grain, or property - &#039;&#039;&#039;Manusmriti 3.6&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039; One which neglects the sacred rites, one in which no male children (are born), one in which the Veda is not studied, one (the members of) which have thick hair on the body, those that are subject to hemorrhoids, phthisis (consumption), weakness of digestion, epilepsy, or white (leukoderma) and black leprosy. &#039;&#039;&#039;Manusmriti 3.7&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Let him not marry a maiden with reddish hair, nor one who has a redundant member, nor one who is sickly, nor one with either no hair (on the body)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Symptom of a medical condition hypotrichosis&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;  or with too much, or one who is garrulous or has red (eyes). &#039;&#039;&#039;Manusmriti 3.8&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Let him marry a lady free from bodily defects, who has an agreeable name, the graceful gait of a swan or an elephant, a moderate (quantity of) hair on the body and the head, small teeth, and soft limbs. &#039;&#039;&#039;Manusmriti 3.10&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Mānava Grhyasutra 7.6-7&#039;&#039;&#039; states that the bride must possess the following qualities: her family must be wealthy, she must be beautiful, she must be knowledgeable, she must be intelligent, and her family must be of good reputation. But, of these qualities, the least important is wealth, slightly more important is beauty, and a little more important is her educational qualifications. But the most important are intelligence and the reputation of her family. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
While some of these requirements might seem too fastidious or misogynistic, many have a logical, scientific, or cultural basis&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Sandahl, Stella. &amp;quot;Women One Should Not Marry – Some Comments on Manusmriti 3.6-9, 11.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;Acta Orientalia,&#039;&#039; vol. 62, 2001, pp. 166-179&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.  For example, it is less likely that a lady from an illiterate and uncultured family will be educated and cultured herself. Likewise, many physical and mental ailments are genetic and are transmitted within families and lineages. But exceptions are there, which is why the same texts say – &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Marry a gem of a girl even if she is from a debased family. &#039;&#039;&#039;Manusmriti 2.238&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Gṛhastha – The Hindu Householder]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Abul_Basar&amp;diff=174558</id>
		<title>Talk:Abul Basar</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Abul_Basar&amp;diff=174558"/>
		<updated>2025-11-11T14:19:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Author|Sachi Anjunkar}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Abul Basar is a Professor at the Department of Natural and Applied Sciences, Glocal University, Mirzapur, Saharanpur, Uttar Pradesh, as of July 2023&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://hist.uic.edu/profiles/mantena-rama-sundari/ Rama Mantena page on University of Illinois, Chicago] accessed July 2023&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. According to his university profile, his research interests include colonial archives and the production of knowledge, historiography and the practices of history, and more recently public spheres, publicity, and debates over civil society in Twentieth-century India. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He has published no books, papers, or research pertaining to the rights of Hindus, or the Indian Government as of October 2025.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his work on &#039;&#039;The Vedas as the Original Source of the Hindu Indian Ancient and Modern Mathematical Sciences: A Survey Article.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Satyanarayana, Bhavanari, Poonam Kumar Sharma, and Abul Basar. “The Vedas as the Original Source of the Hindu Indian Ancient and Modern Mathematical Sciences: A Survey Article.” Journal of Mathematical Problems, Equations and Statistics, vol. 3, no. 1, 2022, pp. 6–10. www.mathematicaljournal.com&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;Poonam mixes Hindu and Islamic ideas and undermines Hinduism:&lt;br /&gt;
* He describes Vedic rishis as emissaries of “Allah” and claims “Allah sent various Rishis, Sages, and Avatars.”&lt;br /&gt;
* He misrepresents Hindu, Islamic, and Sikh figures as part of one theological lineage.&lt;br /&gt;
* He replaces Sanskrit terms such as Ishvara, Deva, and Avatar with “God,” “Prophet,” and “Allah.”&lt;br /&gt;
* He publishes these theological statements in a mathematics journal.&lt;br /&gt;
* He misguides the readers that Hindu Dharm’s link to science is mystical rather than scholarly, claiming that of ancient knowledge in Hindu Dharm are pseudo-scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Hinduphobia]][[Category:Hindumisia]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Poonam_Kumar_Sharma&amp;diff=174557</id>
		<title>Poonam Kumar Sharma</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Poonam_Kumar_Sharma&amp;diff=174557"/>
		<updated>2025-11-11T14:18:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Author|Sachi Anjunkar}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poonam Kumar Sharma is Head of Post Graduate Department of Mathematics D.A.V. College, Jalandhar, as of April 2025&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.davjalandhar.com/facultyprofiles/cv_pksharma.pdf Poonam Kumar Sharma CV] accessed October 2025&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. According to his university profile, his research interests include His Fields of Specialization are Algebra, Topology and Fuzzy Mathematics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He has published no books, papers, or research pertaining to the rights of Hindus or the Indian Government as of October 2025.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his work on &#039;&#039;The Vedas as the Original Source of the Hindu Indian Ancient and Modern Mathematical Sciences: A Survey Article.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Satyanarayana, Bhavanari, Poonam Kumar Sharma, and Abul Basar. “The Vedas as the Original Source of the Hindu Indian Ancient and Modern Mathematical Sciences: A Survey Article.” Journal of Mathematical Problems, Equations and Statistics, vol. 3, no. 1, 2022, pp. 6–10. www.mathematicaljournal.com&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;Poonam mixes Hindu and Islamic ideas and undermines Hinduism:&lt;br /&gt;
* He describes Vedic rishis as emissaries of “Allah” and claims “Allah sent various Rishis, Sages, and Avatars.”&lt;br /&gt;
* He misrepresents Hindu, Islamic, and Sikh figures as part of one theological lineage.&lt;br /&gt;
* He replaces Sanskrit terms such as Ishvara, Deva, and Avatar with “God,” “Prophet,” and “Allah.”&lt;br /&gt;
* He publishes these theological statements in a mathematics journal.&lt;br /&gt;
* He misguides the readers that Hindu Dharm’s link to science is mystical rather than scholarly, claiming that of ancient knowledge in Hindu Dharm are pseudo-scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Hinduphobia]][[Category:Hindumisia]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Bhavanari_Satyanarayana&amp;diff=174556</id>
		<title>Talk:Bhavanari Satyanarayana</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Bhavanari_Satyanarayana&amp;diff=174556"/>
		<updated>2025-11-11T14:17:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Author|Sachi Anjunkar}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Satyanarayana is a Professor and Associate Chair of the Department of Mathematics at Acharya Nagarjuna University as of October 2025&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.nagarjunauniversity.ac.in/departments/science/mathematics/MATHEMATICS/mathametics/Prof.B.Satyanarayana.html Bhavanari Satyanarayana University Profile] accessed July 2023&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. According to his university profile, his research interests include Special Functions, SFuzzy Algebra, and SGraph theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He has published no books, papers, or research pertaining to the rights of Hindus or the Indian Government as of October 2025.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his work on &#039;&#039;The Vedas as the Original Source of the Hindu Indian Ancient and Modern Mathematical Sciences: A Survey Article.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Satyanarayana, Bhavanari, Poonam Kumar Sharma, and Abul Basar. “The Vedas as the Original Source of the Hindu Indian Ancient and Modern Mathematical Sciences: A Survey Article.” Journal of Mathematical Problems, Equations and Statistics, vol. 3, no. 1, 2022, pp. 6–10. www.mathematicaljournal.com&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;Satyanarayana mixes Hindu and Islamic ideas and undermines Hinduism:&lt;br /&gt;
* He describes Vedic rishis as emissaries of “Allah” and claims “Allah sent various Rishis, Sages, and Avatars.”&lt;br /&gt;
* He misrepresents Hindu, Islamic, and Sikh figures as part of one theological lineage.&lt;br /&gt;
* He replaces Sanskrit terms such as Ishvara, Deva, and Avatar with “God,” “Prophet,” and “Allah.”&lt;br /&gt;
* He publishes these theological statements in a mathematics journal.&lt;br /&gt;
* He misguides the readers that Hindu Dharm’s link to science is mystical rather than scholarly, claiming that of ancient knowledge in Hindu Dharm are pseudo-scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Hinduphobia]][[Category:Hindumisia]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>